Environmental Impact Assessment (Draft)

July 2021

People’s Republic of China: Guangxi Hezhou Environment Restoration and Sustainable Development Project

Prepared by the Hezhou Municipal Government for the Asian Development Bank.

CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS (as of 8 June 2021)

Currency unit – yuan (CNY) CNY1.00 = $0.1563 or €0.1282 $1.00 = CNY6.3974 or €0.8203 €1.00 = CNY7.7989 or $1.2190

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB – Asian Development Bank AC – air conditioning AP – affected person BCR – Cultural Relics Bureau BOD – biochemical oxygen demand CASS – Cyclic Activated Sludge System CBR – chloroprene rubber CJJ – Industry standard of Urban Construction Engineering CNY – Chinese yuan COD – chemical oxygen demand COVID-19 – coronavirus disease CPE – chlorinated polyethylene CPE – chlorinated polyethylene CR – critically endangered species CRVA – climate risk vulnerability assessment CSC – construction supervision company CS-EMP – construction site environmental management plan CSPE – chloro-sulfonated polyethylene DEIA – domestic environmental impact assessment DRC – Development and Reform Commission EA – executing agency EEB – Ecology and Environmental Bureau EED – Ecology and Environmental Department EHS – environmental, health, and safety EIA – environment impact assessment EMA – environmental monitoring agency EMP – environmental management plan EMR – emergency response plan EMS – environmental monitoring station EN – endangered species EPB – Environmental Protection Bureau (former EEB) EPD – Environmental Protection Department (former EED) FSR – feasibility study report GAP – gender action plan GB – Chinese National Standard (Guobiao) GDP – gross domestic product GHG – greenhouse gas GRM – grievance redress mechanism GZAR – Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region HDPE – high density polyethylene HEEB – Hezhou Municipal Ecology and Environment Bureau

HJ – environment standard (Huanjing) HMG – Hezhou Municipal Government HMIGC – Guangxi Hezhou Mining Investment Group Company Limited HPMO – Hezhou project management office IA – implementing agency IBAT – Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool IPCC – Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change IUCN – The International Union for Conservation of Nature KSSC – Knowledge and Skills Sharing Center Laeq – equivalent continuous A-weighted sound pressure level LARO – Land Acquisition and Resettlement Office LARP – Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan LED – light emitting diode LIC – loan implementation consultant LID – low impact development LIEC – loan implementation environmental consultant MEE – Ministry of Ecology and Environment MEP – Ministry of Environmental Protection (former MEE) MIMS – medical information management system MOHURD – Ministry of Housing and Urban-Rural Development MPN – Most Probable Number mu – Chinese unit of measurement (1 ha = 15 mu) NBS – nature-based solutions ND – not detected NDRC – National Development and Reform Commission NH3-N – ammonia nitrogen NPS – non-point source OPF – operator of project facility PDG – Pinggui District Government PIC – project implementation consultant PIU – project implementation unit PLG – project leading group PMB – Pinggui Mining Bureau PMO – project management office PRC – People’s Republic of China PVC – polyvinyl chloride QA – quality assurance QC – quality control RC – reinforced concrete structure RCP – representative concentration pathway SFA – State Forestry Administration SL – water conservancy industry standard SPS – Safeguard Policy Statement SRES – Special Report on Emissions Scenarios SS – suspended solids TA – technical assistance TN – total nitrogen TOR – terms of reference TP – total phosphorus TRTA – transaction technical assistance TSP – total suspended particle

TVET – technical and vocational education and Training UN – United Nations UV – ultraviolet VU – vulnerable species WBG – World Bank Group WRB – Water Resource Bureau WWTF – wastewater treatment facility WWTP – wastewater treatment plant

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

oC – degree centigrade m2 – square meter –dB – decibel m3/a – cubic meter per annum –g – gram m3 – cubic meter ha – hectare m3/d – cubic meter per day km – kilometer m3/s – cubic meter per second km2 – square kilometer mg/l – milligram per liter kW – kilowatt mg/m3 – milligram per cubic meter L – liter Mm – millimeter LAeq – Equivalent continuous A- T – metric ton MW – weightedmegawatt sound pressure t/d – metric ton per day m – levelmeter t/a – ton per annum

NOTE

In this report, "$" refers to United States dollars.

This environmental impact assessment is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “terms of use” section on ADB’s website.

In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

CONTENTS

Page I. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... 1 A. Introduction ...... 1 B. Project Impact, Outcome, and Outputs ...... 2 C. Project benefits ...... 3 D. Baseline Environment ...... 5 E. Physical Cultural Resources: ...... 6 F. Potential Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...... 6 G. Public Consultation and Grievance Redress Mechanism ...... 7 H. Alternative Analysis: ...... 8 I. Associated Facilities / Existing Facilities: ...... 8 J. Climate Change ...... 8 K. Environmental Management Plan ...... 9 L. Risks and Assurances ...... 9 M. Conclusion ...... 9 II. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK ...... 10 A. Overview ...... 10 B. PRC Environmental Laws, Regulations, Guidelines, and Standards ...... 10 C. International Agreements ...... 15 D. Applicable ADB Polices and World Bank Group’s Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines ...... 15 E. Assessment Standards for Proposed Project Components ...... 16 a) Surface Water Quality ...... 16 b) Ambient Air Quality...... 16 c) Ambient Acoustic Quality...... 17 d) Ground Water Quality ...... 18 e) Soil Quality ...... 19 f) Wastewater Discharge Standard ...... 21 g) Air Pollutant Emission Standard ...... 23 h) Odor Pollutant Emission Standard ...... 23 i) Noise Standard during Project Construction ...... 24 j) Standards for Grading of Soil Erosion Intensity ...... 24 k) Vibration Standard ...... 24 l) Solid Waste Standard ...... 25 F. Domestic EIA Preparation and Approval ...... 25 III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ...... 26 A. Introduction ...... 26 B. Project Components and Outputs ...... 27 C. Design Scheme and Construction Methods for Physical Constructions ...... 28 (a) Output I - Nature-friendly measures to Reduce Pollution in the Former Mineral Mining Area Implemented ...... 28 (b) Output II - Institutional Mechanism and Service Quality of Health and Elderly Care in Pinggui District Strengthened ...... 53 (c) Output III - Green and Health Care-Related Skills Development Institution Strengthened ...... 60 (d) Project Management and Implementation Capacity Building ...... 62 D. Rationale ...... 62 E. Associated Facilities ...... 66 IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT (Baseline) ...... 69

A. Overview of Hezhou Municipality ...... 69 B. Environmental Setting of Project Area ...... 69 Geography, Topography, and Geology ...... 69 Meteorology and Climate ...... 70 Climatic Changes ...... 71 Hydrology and Water Resources ...... 75 Flora, Fauna, And Biodiversity ...... 78 Social and economic status ...... 85 C. Environmental Baseline ...... 86 Ambient Air Quality...... 86 Acoustic Environment ...... 87 Surface water quality ...... 89 Groundwater Quality ...... 94 Baseline of Soil and sediment Qualities ...... 97 V. ANTICIPATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 107 A. Project Area of Influence and Sensitive Receptors ...... 107 B. Anticipated Project Benefits and Positive Impacts ...... 110 C. Pre-Construction Phase ...... 111 D. Construction Phase ...... 112 Soil erosion and soil contamination ...... 112 Water Quality and Wastewater Management ...... 116 Air Quality ...... 118 Noise...... 120 Vibration ...... 122 Solid Waste ...... 122 Ecology ...... 124 Social Issues, Community and worker health and safety ...... 125 Physical Cultural Resources ...... 129 E. Operational Phase ...... 129 Operation of the On-Site Landfill and Leachate Disposal ...... 129 Ambient air pollution from the three institutions of theAir Pollution from the Three Institutions of the Pinggui Subproject during operationDuring Operation ...... 130 c) Wastewater discharge from each of the built facilities ...... 132 e) Operation and maintenance of the built structuresMaintenance of the Built Structures of Kedashan Subproject ...... 133 F. Indirect, Induced, and Cumulative Impacts ...... 133 G. Climate Change and Greenhouse Gas Emissions ...... 134 VI. ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS ...... 137 A. Without-Project Alternative ...... 137 B. Alternatives for Treatment of Polluted Soil and Slag ...... 137 C. Alternatives for the Landfill Lining ...... 138 D. Alternatives for Restoration of Polluted Water Bodies ...... 139 VII. PUBLIC CONSULTATION, PARTICIPATION, and information disclosure ...... 141 A. Information Disclosure ...... 141 B. The First Round of Consultation for Kedashan Subproject ...... 146 C. The First Round of Consultation for Pinggui Subproject ...... 156 D. The Second Round of Consultation for Kedashan Subproject ...... 162 E. The Second Round of Consultation for Pinggui Subproject ...... 166 F. Future Consultation ...... 173 VIII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ...... 174 IX. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 176

X. PROJECT ASSURANCES ...... 177 XI. CONCLUSION ...... 179 APPENDIX 1. Environmental Management Plan ...... 180 A. Objectives ...... 182 B. Organizations and Their Responsibilities for EMP Implementation ...... 182 C. Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...... 185 D. Environmental Monitoring, Inspection, and Reporting ...... 197 E. Training and Capacity Building ...... 204 F. Grievance Redress Mechanism ...... 205 G. Public Consultation and Awareness Raising ...... 209 H. Cost Estimates ...... 209 I. Mechanisms for Feedback and Adjustment ...... 211 Appendix 2. Monitoring data of environmental baseline – Kedashan Subproject ...... 212 A. Table APP2-1: Monitoring Data of Surface Water Baseline – Kedashan Subproject 212 B. Table APP2-2: Surface Water Baseline of Hongshuiping Reservoir and Shalongchong Reservoir ...... 220 C. Table App2-3: Groundwater Baselines of Kedashan Subproject (mg/L except for coliform and pH) ...... 221 D. Table App2-4: Monitoring Data of Soil and Sediment Baselines - Kedashan Subproject ...... 223 E. Table APP2-5: Soil Baseline of the Project Area – Kedashan Subproject (mg/kg except for pH) ...... 230 F. Table APP2-6: Soil Baseline of Landfill and Stabilizing Sites (mg/kg except for pH) 231 G. Table APP2-7:Sediment Baseline for Kedashan Subproject (mg/kg except for pH) 231 Appendix 3: Health and Safety Plan for Covid-19 Considerations in Construction/civil Works within ADB Hezhou Project ...... 233 Appendix 4: Outline of the Internal Environmental Monitoring Report (IEMR) ...... 244 1. Introduction ...... 244 2. Verification of environmental assessment preparation and approval before commencement of construction ...... 244 3. Incorporation of environmental requirements into project contractual arrangements 244 4. Summary of environmental mitigations and compensation measures implemented during the reporting period ...... 244 5. Adequacy of public consultation / disclosure activities ...... 245 6. Summary of environmental monitoring...... 245 7. Compliance Inspections ...... 246 8. Key environmental issues ... …………………………………………………………..246 9. Conclusion ...... 246 Appendixes ...... 246 Appendix 5: Outline of the External Environmental Monitoring Report (EEMR) ...... 248 1. Executive Summary ...... 248 3. Environmental Safeguard in the Project ...... 248 4. Changes and Adjusted Safeguard Measures ...... 248 5. Implementation Arrangement ...... 248 6. Status of Environmental Safeguard Implementation ...... 248 7. Overall Compliance with EMP ...... 248

8. Key environmental issues and way forward ...... 248 9. Conclusion ...... 248 Appendixes ...... 248 Appendix 6: Terms of Reference for External Environment Monitoring Consultant (EEMC) ..... 249 Appendix 7: Executive Summary in Chinese ...... 250

LIST OF TABLES Table II-1: National Laws and Regulations Relevant to the Project ...... 10 Table II-2: Local Regulations and Standards ...... 12 Table II-3: Applicable Environmental Guidelines ...... 13 Table II-4: Applicable Environmental Standards ...... 14 Table II-5: Applicable International Agreements ...... 15 Table II-6: Surface Water Quality Standards (Unit: mg/L, except for pH) ...... 16 Table II-7: Ambient Air Quality Standard - Grade II (Unit: mg/m3) ...... 17 Table II-8: Environmental Quality Standard and EHS Guideline for Noise Unit: dB(A) ...... 17 Table II-9: Groundwater Quality Standard (Unit: mg/L, except pH, total bacteria, and total coli.)...... 18 Table II-10: Grade II – Soil Quality Standard for Construction Land (Unit: mg/kg) ...... 19 Table II-11: Soil Quality Standard – Risk Screening for Farmland (Unit: mg/kg) ...... 20 Table II-12: Soil Quality Standard – Risk Control for Farmland (Unit: mg/kg) ...... 21 Table II-13: Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standards (Unit: mg/L, except for pH) ...... 21 Table II-14: Discharge Limits of Water Pollutants from Medical Institutions and Other Medical Institutions (Daily Average, excerpt, Unit: mg/L) ...... 23 Table II-15: Integrated Emission Standards of Air Pollutants (Unit: mg/m3) ...... 23 Table II-16: Emission Standard of Lampblack for Catering Industry (Unit: mg/m3) ...... 23 Table II-17: Emission Standard for Odor Pollutant (Unit: mg/m3) ...... 23 Table II-18: Emission Standard of Environment Noise for Boundary of Construction Site ...24 Table II-19: Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary...... 24 Table II-20: Standards for Grading of Soil Erosion Intensity ...... 24 Table II-21: Vertical (Z) Vibration Standard Value for Various Urban Areas (Unit: dB) ...... 24 Table III-1:Summary of Project Components and Subcomponents ...... 27 Table III-2:Summary of 10 Subareas ...... 29 Table III-3: Summary of DM02 Contents ...... 31 Table III-4: Summary of DM05 Contents ...... 31 Table III-5: Summary of DM06 Contents ...... 32 Table III-6: Summary of DM10 Contents ...... 33 Table III-7: Summary of green engineering work for the abandoned mining area restoration subproject ...... 35 Table III-8: Summary of Mine Tailing Removal & Surface Restoration ...... 36 Table III-9: Mine Wastes and Contaminated slag/soil Treatment Plant ...... 37 Table III-10: Summary of Mine Waste and Tailing Landfill Items ...... 42 Table III-11: Eco-permeable dikes Details ...... 45 Table III-12: List of Pollution Filter Strips ...... 46 Table III-13: Wetland Components ...... 46 Table III-14: Summary of Access Roads ...... 47 Table III-15: Monitoring for Landfill site ...... 48 Table III-16: Environmental Monitoring for Kedashan Water Quality ...... 50 Table III-17: Environmental Monitoring for Kedashan Soil Quality ...... 52 Table III-18: Summary of Main Contents of Workers’ Hospital ...... 55 Table III-19 Summary of the Elderly Care Facility ...... 59

Table III-20: Summary of Knowledge & Skill Sharing Center ...... 61 Table III-21: Summary of the Reservoirs ...... 67 Table IV-1: Climate Condition in Hezhou Municipality ...... 71 Table IV-2: Maximum and Minimum Temperature in Hezhou (1951-2005) ...... 72 Table IV-3: He River and its Tributaries ...... 76 Table IV-4: Summary of Flora in Hezhou Municipality ...... 79 Table IV-5: Fauna in Hezhou Municipality ...... 81 Table IV-6: Threatened Species in Hezhou Municipality near Project Areas ...... 83 Table IV-7: Ambient Air Quality baseline in 2019 ...... 86 Table IV-8: Monitoring Location for Noise Baseline ...... 87 Table IV-9: Baseline Noise Monitoring Data (dB(A)) ...... 88 Table IV-10: Monitoring Points for Baseline Monitoring of Surface Water Quality ...... 89 Table IV-11: Summary of Sampling Points Met the Grade IV Standard ...... 91 Table IV-12: Monitoring Results of Surface Water Baseline- Pinggui Subproject (mg/L, except pH and coliform) ...... 92 Table IV-13: Monitoring Points for Baseline Monitoring of Groundwater Quality ...... 94 Table IV-14: Soil Quality Baseline of Hongshuiping Reservoir Area (mg/kg) ...... 98 Table IV-15: Soil Quality Baseline of Shalongchong Reservoir Area (mg/kg) ...... 99 Table IV-16: Soil Quality Baseline of Dashui Pond Area (mg/kg)...... 99 Table IV-17: Soil Quality Baseline of Middle Area between Ponds of Dahu, Zhongnan, and Dashui (mg/kg) ...... 100 Table IV-18: Soil Quality Baseline of Zhongnan Pond (mg/kg) ...... 101 Table IV-19: Soil Quality Baseline of Dahu Pond (mg/kg) ...... 101 Table IV-20: Soil Quality Baseline of Background Sites within Kedashan Area (mg/kg) .... 103 Table IV-21: Soil Quality Baseline of Soil Borrowing Area (mg/kg) ...... 103 Table IV-22: Soil Quality Baseline of Profile Samples for Kedashan Subproject (mg/kg except for depth and pH) ...... 103 Table V-1: Environmentally Sensitive Receptors – Kedashan Subproject ...... 107 Table V-2: Environmentally Sensitive Receptors – The Health-elderly Care Center of Pinggui Subproject ...... 108 Table V-3: Environmentally Sensitive Receptors – Workers’ Hospital of Pinggui Subproject ...... 109 Table V-4: Environmentally Sensitive Receptors – Knowledge and Skill Sharing Center of Pinggui Subproject ...... 109 Table V-5: Estimated Soil Erosion Amount (Kedashan Subproject) ...... 114 Table V-6: Earth Balance for Kedashan Components Subproject (m3) ...... 116 Table V-7: Wastewater Generated during Construction ...... 117 Table V-8: Testing Values of Construction Machinery Noise...... 120 Table V-9: Noise Values of Construction Machineries at Different Distances dB (A) ...... 121 Table V-10: Vibration Levels of Construction Machinery (Unit: dB) ...... 122 Table V-11: Approved Spoil Disposal Sites ...... 123 Table V-12: Summary of Solid Waste Generated during Construction ...... 123 Table V-13: Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants from Medical Organization ...... 131 Table V-14: Pollutants Concentration estimated by the Model (µg/m3) ...... 131 Table V-15: Model Parameters for the pollutant emission from the WWTF (Point source) 131 Table V-16: Air Pollutions during operation of the three institutions ...... 132 Table V-17: Course Estimation of GHG Emission by the Project...... 134 Table V-18: Preliminary Calculation of Carbon Sink from Re-vegetation ...... 135 Table VI-1: Alternative Analysis of Treatment for Heavy Metal polluted Slag/Soil ...... 138 Table VI-2: Alternative Analysis of impermeable material for the landfill lining ...... 138 Table VI-3: Alternative Analysis of Treatment for Heavy Metal polluted Soil ...... 139

Table VII-1: Summary of Information Disclosure...... 142 Table VII-2: Respondents of 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2019 - Individuals ..... 147 Table VII-3: Results of the1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2019– individuals...... 148 Table VII-4: Results of the1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2019 – Groups ...... 150 Table VII-5: Respondents of 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021 - Individuals ..... 153 Table VII-6: Results of 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021– individuals ...... 154 Table VII-7: Results of 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021 – Groups ...... 155 Table VII-8: Respondents of 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021 - Individuals ..... 156 Table VII-9: Results of the 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021– individuals (Education components) ...... 158 Table VII-10: Results of the 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021– individuals (Medical components) ...... 159 Table VII-11: Results of the 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021 – Groups (education components) ...... 160 Table VII-12: Results of the 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021 – Groups (Medical components) ...... 161 Table VII-13: Respondents of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021 ...... 163 Table VII-14: Results of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021 for Kedashan Subproject – individuals ...... 164 Table VII-15: Results of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2020 for Kedashan subproject – Groups ...... 165 Table VII-16: Respondents of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021 - Individuals ...... 167 Table VII-17: Results of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021– individuals (Education components) ...... 168 Table VII-18: Results of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021– individuals (Medical components) ...... 169 Table VII-19: Results of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021 – Groups (education components) ...... 170 Table VII-20: Results of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021 – Groups (Medical components) ...... 171

LIST OF FIGURES Figure III-1: Layout of major project activities in output 1 ...... 28 Figure III-2: Subareas of Kedashan Mining Area ...... 30 Figure III-3: DM02 Previous Tianbao Mining Company Site ...... 31 Figure III-4 Mining Damaged Ground Surface and Exposed Mountain Rocks ...... 32 Figure III-5 Mining Site with Exposed Ground Surface ...... 33 Figure III-6: Mining Excavation and Damaged Ground Surface ...... 34 Figure III-7: Typical Cross Section for the Environmental Restoration Engineering ...... 34 Figure III-8: Locations of Mining Pollutants, Landfill Site, and Transport Routes ...... 35 Figure III-9: Mine Waste & Contaminated Slag/soil Stabilization Process ...... 37 Figure III-10: On-site Landfill Location ...... 39 Figure III-11: Site View at Landfill Location ...... 39 Figure III-12: Layout of the Landfill ...... 39 Figure III-13: Cross-section A-A of the Landfill ...... 40 Figure III-14: Layout of the Leachate Drainage Pipe ...... 40 Figure III-15: Map of Monitoring Wells ...... 41 Figure III-16: Location of surface water environmental restoration subcomponent ...... 43 Figure III-17: Eco-permeable dike Section ...... 44

Figure III-18: Locations of Eco-permeable Dikes ...... 45 Figure III-19: Pollution Filter Strip Section ...... 46 Figure III-20: Access Roads Locations ...... 47 Figure III-21: Locations of monitoring points around landfill site...... 50 Figure III-22: Locations of monitoring points on Kedashan water quality ...... 51 Figure III-23: Locations of Kedashan soil monitoring points ...... 52 Figure III-24: Plan of Workers’ Hospital ...... 55 Figure III-25: Rendering of Workers’ Hospital ...... 55 Figure III-26: Locations of Pinggui Integrated Health and Elderly Care Center and surrounding facilities ...... 58 Figure III-27: Plan of Knowledge and Skill Sharing Center ...... 61 Figure III-28: Rendering of Knowledge and Skill Sharing Center ...... 61 Figure IV-1: Soil profile on Kedashan Area ...... 70 Figure IV-2: Topography of Kedashan Area ...... 70 Figure IV-3: Annual Mean Temp. of Hezhou (1951-2005) ...... 71 Figure IV-4: Historical Precipitation Hezhou Area 1951-2005 ...... 72 Figure IV-5: Changes in Monthly Temperature 2020-2050 ...... 74 Figure IV-6: Changes in Monthly Precipitation 2020-2050 ...... 75 Figure IV-7: Pearl River System ...... 76 Figure IV-8: He River and Its Tributaries ...... 76 Figure IV-9: River and Ponds around the Kedashan Mining Area ...... 77 Figure IV-10: Dahu Pond ...... 78 Figure IV-11: Dashui Pond ...... 78 Figure IV-12: Zhongnan Pond ...... 78 Figure IV-13: The Existing Vegetation on Kedashan Site (Pines, bamboo, shrubs, weeds, and reeds) ...... 80 Figure IV-14: Sampling Points for Surface Water Baseline – Kedashan Subproject ...... 90 Figure IV-15: Sampling Points for Groundwater Baseline – Kedashan Component ...... 95 Figure IV-16: Sampling Points of Soil and Sediment of the Ponds on Kedashan Area ...... 98 Figure VII-1: The First Information Disclosure ...... 144 Figure VII-2: The 2nd Information Disclosure ...... 146 Figure VII-3: The First Round Consultation...... 148 Figure VII-4: Public Consultation meeting in Baisha Town (1st round, in January 2021) ... 154 Figure VII-5:The First Round Public Consultation ...... 157 Figure VII-6: The Second Round Consultation for Kedashan Subproject ...... 164 Figure VII-7:The Second Round Public Consultation in Pinggui ...... 168

Map I. Hezhou Municipality in the PRC’s Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region (GZAR)

Map II. Project Locations (Above: Kedashan Subproject; below: Pinggui Subproject)

I. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY1

A. Introduction

1. The Hezhou Municipal Government (HMG) of Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region (GZAR), People’s Republic of China (PRC) has requested the Asian Development Bank (ADB) to provide a loan for investment and technical assistance for the Guangxi Hezhou Environment Restoration and Sustainable Development Project (the project). The project will help Hezhou to (i) clean the pollution and restore the environment of the former mineral mining area, and (ii) provide essential social services to people and capacitate institutions to make the former mineral mining workers’ living area in Hezhou green, healthy, and sustainable. Based on the ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS, 2009), the project is classified as environmental Category A, requiring the preparation of a project environmental impact assessment (EIA) and environmental management plan (EMP).

2. This draft EIA has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of ADB’s SPS on the basis of (i) domestic environmental impact assessment (DEIAs) prepared by the certified domestic EIA institute, (ii) a project feasibility study report (FSR), (iii) social and economic assessments conducted under the project transaction technical assistance (TRTA), (iv) site visits and environmental compliance audits for existing facilities, (v) discussions held during ADB missions with TRTA consultants, HMG and Hezhou project management office (HPMO), (vi) two rounds of public consultation meetings at the project sites attended by TRTA consultants.

3. Hezhou City is located at the northeast of GZAR, next to Hunan Province in north and Province in south and east. The total area of the municipality is 11,800 square kilometers (km2), with a total population of 2.09 million in 2020. Hezhou, as well as GZAR, are less developed areas in the PRC. By 2020, the average gross domestic product (GDP) per capita was CNY 36,077 and CNY 44,700, respectively, which were only about 47.3% and 61.8% of the national averages. Among all 14 municipalities in GZAR, Hezhou ranked third to the last in GDP per capita in 2020.2

4. Hezhou is surrounded by mountains, which account for about 63% of the total area. The mountainous areas are characterized by low hills as well as karst geography. The Hezhou area has rich mineral mining resources, including iron, manganese, titanium, copper, lead, zinc, arsenic, rare earth, coal, as well as marble, granite, and various construction materials. The area has a long history of mineral mining for hundreds of years. During the 1980s–1990s, Pinggui Mining Bureau (PMB), one of the largest mining companies in GZAR, had extensive mineral mining operations in the area. At the same period, there were many small and medium mineral mining companies conducting mineral mining operations in the area. Due to a lack of regulations, especially those for environmental protection, weak monitoring, and enforcement, the mining operation left many abandoned mining sites with scattered mining wastes, exposed mining surfaces in the area. Most of the left areas are with various heavy metal and arsenic pollutions to the soils and the surface and groundwater. Due to the mining resources exhaustion and the tightened environmental protection regulations and government inspections and enforcements, most mining sites have ceased operations, including PMB. The only remaining mining operation today is marble, stone, and construction material productions. However, almost all abandoned mining sites are not properly treated and closed. The mining wastes continue discharging

1 See the executive summary in Chinese in Appendix 7. 2 https://xw.qq.com/partner/sxs/20210219A0DEAO/20210219A0DEAO00?ADTAG=sxs&pgv_ref=sxs. 2

pollutants to the environment, which could have a negative impact on the water quality and soil in the area. In 2013, a serious water pollution incident happened due to the illegal discharge of the polluted mining tailing water into the He River, causing heavy metals of cadmium and thallium pollution in about 110 km of the river. It directly threatened the safety of the Pearl River water quality.

5. Hezhou Municipality is a part of the Pearl River Watershed under the Xi River system, which is one of the major tributaries of the Pearl River. Pearl River is the third largest river in the PRC, with a total length of 2,320 km and a total watershed area of 453,690 km2. Guangdong Province, the most economically developed region in the PRC, is located in the watershed. The population in the watershed is about 89.9 million. The water quality of the river system is so important to the residents in the areas, and it is the top priority of the municipalities in the watershed to safeguard the water quality safe for the people.

6. There is a serious lack of public institutions of education, health, and elderly care facilities in the Pinggui District of Hezhou City, especially in the medical field. There is no large and medium-sized hospital, and some small hospitals are short of medical equipment, leading to many local patients have to go to other places (Guilin City of GZAR, Guangdong or Hunan provinces) for medical treatment. Like the PRC aging trend, Hezhou is also gradually entering an aging society, with a rapid increase in the proportion of the elderly population. How to overcome the bottleneck in the development of medical and elderly care service facilities has become a top priority for the social and economic development of Hezhou. In addition, the current situation of vocational education is not enough to support the needs of the development of the local economy. The lack of vocational education institutions and the serious shortage of skilled labor force severely restrict the development of local society and economy. Therefore, the establishment of an efficient and practical vocational education institution is also an urgent need for the municipality.

B. Project Impact, Outcome, and Outputs

7. The project is aligned with the following impacts: Hezhou’s water and soil environment improved, and Hezhou’s health service quality and capacity improved.3 The project will have the following outcome: Kedashan’s environment and Pinggui’s health capacity improved. The project consists of two subprojects—Kedashan and Pinggui subprojects.

8. Output 1: Nature-friendly measures to reduce pollution in the Kedashan former mineral mining area implemented. Output 1, comprising the Kedashan subproject, will support nature-friendly measures to improve the environment of the former mineral mining area in Kedashan, and develop the capacity to monitor the environment and pollution in the long term. This output includes (i) removal of abandoned polluting mineral mining facilities, wastes, and tailings; (ii) restoration of damaged or exposed ground surface, including planting of trees and vegetation; (iii) construction of onsite treatment and stabilization of plant and landfill to treat the removed mineral mining wastes and tailings, and closure of the plant and landfill after treatment; (iv) treatment of polluted surface water using nature-based solutions; (v) development of long- term environment and pollution monitoring system in Kedashan, and commencement of monitoring; and (vi) formulation of practical guidance for applying nature-based approach on Hezhou mountain areas’ environment improvement.

3 HMG. 2018. Hezhou City Environment Master Plan, 2016–2030. Hezhou (in Chinese); and HMG. 2018. Healthy Hezhou 2030 Plan. Hezhou (in Chinese). 3

9. Output 2: Institutional mechanisms and service quality of health and elderly care in Pinggui District strengthened. Output 2, part of the Pinggui subproject, will strengthen Hezhou’s county-level institutions, working mechanisms, and stakeholders’ capacities in delivering high- quality health and elderly care. For health care, the output will support (i) design of a practical institutional working mechanism and system to achieve a “medical community (Yi-gong-ti),” through which the county-level Pinggui Workers’ Hospital (PWH) provides coordinated support to strengthen the quality and capacity of the township- and village-level primary health care; (ii) establishment of a “medical community information platform” at PWH, connected with Pinggui District’s township- and village-level public medical institutions; (iii) construction of PWH, a county-level IIA general public hospital; (iv) development of administration capacity of managers and technical capacity of doctors, nurses, health care workers, and staff of PWH to deliver high- quality services; (v) upgrade of equipment of nine township-level hospitals to improve primary care service delivery and quality; and (vi) provision of training to build technical capacity of staff working at township- and village-level rural hospitals to improve primary care service quality. For elderly care, the output will support (i) construction of PIHECC; (ii) establishment of working mechanisms and integration of medical and elderly care at the PIHECC, including administration and operation capacity training for the center’s administrators and managers; and (iii) technical capacity development of health care staff (doctors, nurses, caregivers) working with PIHECC to deliver high-quality services. The constructed project facilities will be green (certified as Chinese Green Building Standard Star-2 after operation) and inclusive, by considering the needs of women, person with disability (PWDs), elderly, and ethnic minorities.4 The facilities will also adopt building information modeling for lean building construction and operation and maintenance (O&M), including green procurement.

10. Output 3: Green and health care-related skills development institutions developed. Output 3, and part of the Pinggui subproject, will support Hezhou in providing Pinggui residents with non-degree vocational skills development opportunities to match the latest market needs, including green and health care-related skills. The output will support (i) operational study to optimize the training quality based on the demands, including skills certification mechanisms, course setting, and human resources development plan; (ii) preparation of a training plan for the training center managers and teachers; and (iii) provision of equipment required for the course and training delivery. To offer the required non-degree training, the government will provide a knowledge and skills sharing center that will be green (certified as Chinese Green Building Standard Star-2 after operation) and inclusive, by considering the needs of women, PWDs, elderly, and ethnic minorities.

C. Project benefits

11. The project will contribute to the targets for environmental improvement, social and economic development, and people's living standards improvement, as follows.

12. Enclosed pollution sources to eliminate the pollution to downstream water system: Kedashan Subproject of the project will clean up and restore the polluted abandoned mining area by using a NBS, the long-accumulated contaminated slag and soil, after stabilizing treatment, will be buried in the specific landfill, and closed with rainwater seepage preventing measure. The project will fundamentally eliminate the major pollution source in the lower reaches of the He River as well as Xi River and Pearl River system in Guangdong Province, and will effectively protect drinking water health for millions of downstream residents. By building and operating the on-site

4 Government of the PRC, Ministry of Housing and Urban–Rural Development. 2019. Assessment Standard for Green Buildings. Beijing (in Chinese).

4

constructed wetlands, ecological restoration of slightly contaminated soil in the proposed area will reduce arsenic and heavy metals contents in the soil and water, improve the soil quality and protect the water quality of two small irrigation reservoirs downstream. A monitoring scheme dedicated to monitoring the environmental restoration in Kedashan separate from project-wide monitoring required in EMP will also be implemented.

13. Increase employment opportunities: The construction and operation of the project will play an important role in stimulating domestic demand and ensuring the social and economic harmonious growth of Hezhou Municipality. During the construction, about 1046 local construction workers are expected to be employed, including 200 for the Kedashan Subproject and 846 for the Pinggui Subproject. During the project operation, about 800 employment opportunities will be provided from the two subprojects. In addition to direct social benefits, through the development of ecological tourism and other business, as well as the vocational training for the surrounding labor forces, the project will promote the economic transformation, development of third industries in this resource-exhausted city, it will indirectly create thousands of jobs during the project operation.

14. Improvement of health and elderly care for residents: Construction of the Workers’ Hospital and the elderly care facility as part of the Pinggui Integrated Elderly Care and Medical Services Center of Pinggui Subproject will significantly improve the medical and elderly care services in Pinggui District and meet the health and elderly care demand of residents and villagers. Due to the rapid aging of Chinese society, the development of hospitals and nursing homes has been objectively full of demand and urgency. The project will effectively solve the problem of medical and elderly care resource shortage in the District. It can meet the medical and elderly care needs and will attract and stabilize technical personnel in the medical and elderly care field, and provide high-quality, professional, and low-cost medical and elderly care services for residents in the District and its surrounding areas. The Workers' Hospital will provide medical services to 430,000 residents, both local and non-local, while the elderly care facility can accommodate 120 people over 60 years of age, including disabled and semi-disabled.

15. Provide employment opportunities through vocational education: As mineral resources were exhausted, leading to a high unemployment rate and reduced urbanization rate in the Municipality. The project will provide vocational knowledge and skills training for unemployed workers, migrant laborers from agriculture, college graduates, the poor, women, and minority laborers. The project will increase employment and expand the middle-income group. It is of great significance to provide comprehensive skills of the labor force and alleviate the contradiction between supply and demand of the skilled labor force.

16. Increase the vegetation coverage and produce the carbon sink: The total proposed afforestation and re-vegetation area is about 16.18 ha, comprising about 14.8 ha terrestrial vegetation and 1.36 ha aquatic vegetation. Increasing the greening area will help control soil erosion, beautify the environment, purify the soil, restore the ecological environment, and produce carbon sink to mitigate the impact of climate change. The project tree and shrub plantings are estimated to achieve 27 tons of carbon sequestration per year based on the local climatic condition.

17. The project is aligned with the PRC’s 13th and 14th five-year plans (2016–2020, 2021– 2025), which promotes environmentally friendly and resource-efficient development, reduction of pollution and natural disasters, improvement of residents’ living standard, and construction of all- around well-off society. The project is also consistent with ADB’s Strategy 2030, which supports innovation and inclusive growth, by being designed to remove economic constraints, address 5

climate change abatement and environmental concerns, promote sustainable social and economic growth, and support policy and institutional reforms.

D. Baseline Environment

18. The environmental baseline monitoring for the surface water, groundwater, air, noise, soil, and sediment was conducted by the certificated environmental monitoring agency (Haiqing- Tiancheng Testing Co.), supported by the other three monitoring agencies due to a large number of samples and complex soil sample pretreatment work. The monitoring was performed by using the PRC’s standard examination methods for the pollutants, with the QA/QC procedure, and assessed in accordance with applicable environmental quality standards.

19. Ambient air: Baseline air quality in the project area was assessed by the DEIA Institute through (i) compilation of monitoring data in Hezhou Municipality, where the local Ecology and Environmental Bureau (EEB) installed the permanent automatic monitoring stations to continuously monitor the six air pollutants (NO2, SO2, CO, O3, PM10, PM2.5). The mean annual values for five out of six recorded parameters in 20195 met the Grade II standard of the Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-2012). The parameters of PM2.5 slightly exceeded the standard due to the location of the monitoring station within the urban area, near vehicles, and other emission sources.

20. Acoustic environment: Noise baseline monitoring for the two subprojects of Kedashan and Pinggui were conducted on 13–14 November 2018 and 30–31 December 2020, respectively, at 20 locations. The monitoring results show that the noise levels at all locations of the two subprojects all meet the PRC Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008) – Grade II and Grade 4a. But the noise baseline at the two points (west boundary of the elderly care facility and the Workers’ Hospital) exceeded the World Bank Group (WBG)’s Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) guideline values of 55 dB for daytime. The DEIA Institute concludes that the reason for the standard-exceeding (the WBG EHS Guideline) was traffic noise in the urban areas.

21. Surface water: For Kedashan Subproject, the baseline surface water qualities of the project area were monitored by the certificated environmental monitoring entity during the periods of 27–29 August 2018, 1–3 November 2018, 14–16 January 2019, 11–13 April 2019 and 25–27 July 2019, respectively. A total of 32 sampling points were selected. The applicable standard is the Surface Water Quality Standard of GB3838-2002-Grade III. For the Pinggui Subproject, four (4) sampling points were selected and monitored during the period of 30 December 2019 to 1 January 2021. The applicable standard is the Grade III of GB3838-2002.

22. The Surface water baseline of Kedashan Subproject: The monitoring results show that: (i) the surface water quality of Shalongchong Reservoir and Dashui Pond meets the Grade III Standard; (ii) manganese (Mn) in Hongshuiping Reservoir exceeded the standard; (iii) Mn at Zhongnan Pond area exceeded the standard, while the other points met the standard; (iv) the water in Dahu Pond was polluted due to low pH value, the exceeded pollutant was Mn; and (v) the surface water nearby the waste slag dump was seriously polluted due to extremely low pH value, which accelerates heavy metals in waste slag released into the water body, causing excessive heavy metals in the water, lead to heavy metal pollution in the water.

23. The Surface water baseline of Pinggui Subproject: Except for fecal coliform at the point of W33, W34, and W36, all the monitored parameters met the Grade III standard of GB Surface

5 Due to COVID-19, there is no data in 2020.

6

Water Quality Standard of GB3838-2002, while the reference standard (for the Ag and residual chlorine only) is the Drinking Water Quality Standard of GB5749-2006.

24. Groundwater: Kedashan Subproject: Seven groundwater samples were taken during the periods of 26-28 September 2018, 1–3 November 2018, 14–16 January 2019, 11–13 April 2019, and 25–27 July 2019, respectively. 17 parameters were monitored, including pH, total hardness, CODMn, Cr6+, Cd, Mn, Fe, Hg, Pb, As, NH3-N, Cu, Zn, CN-, SO4, Tl, and fecal coliform. The monitoring results indicate that the groundwater qualities in Kedashan Area exceeded the PRC Groundwater Quality Standard of GB/T14848-2017-Grade III, with the standard-exceeding pollutants of CODMn, Fecal coliform, As, Pb, and Mn. The reason for the standard-exceeding of fecal coliform and CODMn was by infiltration of surface water; and that for the standard-exceeding of As, Pb and Mn was pollution from waste slag dumps, the DEIA Institute concluded.

25. The contents of the Pinggui Subproject are building constructions for the three institutions, which does not involve the influence of groundwater quality. According to the “Technical Guidelines for EIA on Groundwater Environment of HJ610-2016”, no groundwater monitoring need testing for the baseline. However, according to the data tested on 27 November 2020 on sites 1.2km northeast to Worker’s hospital site, the groundwater indicators was under the Grade III standard defined in Ground Water Quality (GB/T14848-2017).

26. Soil and pond-sediment: The baseline soil and sediment qualities in the Kedashan area were monitored by the environmental monitoring entity during the period 14–16 August 2018, 13 November 2018, 18–24 December 2018, and 23–24 January 2019, respectively. For the surface soil monitoring, 138 sampling points were selected for the Kedashan Mining area; 4 proposed soil-borrow areas and 11 for the sediment of the ponds in the area, and 12 points for sectional sampling in different depths were conducted. The applicable standards are the “Soil Quality Standard for Pollution Risk Control on Farmland of GB15618-2018”.

27. The monitoring results show that (i) all the soil qualities at surface soil monitoring points could not meet the Soil Quality Standard for Farmland of GB15618-2018, with the exceed- standard pollutants of As, Cd, Cu, Pb, Zn, Ni, and Cr; (ii) the soil quality at different depths (columnar sampling) could not meet the standard, the exceed standard pollutants are As, Cu, Pb, Cd, Zn, and Ni; (iii) the exceed pollutants in sediment are As, Cd, Cu, Pb and Zn; and (iv) exceeded- standard pollutants in the soil-borrow area of A1, A36 and Q1 were As, Cu and Cd. The monitoring results indicate that the soil and sediment in the project areas were seriously contaminated.

E. Physical Cultural Resources:

28. There are no cultural heritage or archaeological sites known within and nearby the project areas.

F. Potential Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

29. Construction phase. Anticipated risks are (i) soil erosion during excavation of the landfill, road construction and constructed wetlands of the Kedashan Subproject; (ii) temporary noise disturbance to nearby schools, villages, and communities; (iii) air pollution (mainly fugitive dust); (iv) inappropriate or uncontrolled solid waste disposal (construction solid wastes and domestic rubbish from construction workers); and (v) occupational and community health and safety. These risks are assessed to be relatively minor and temporary: (i) the impacts from construction activities are short-term, localized, small-scale, and reversible; (ii) there are no significant ecological values 7

in the construction sites; and (iv) due to the modified nature of most sites, existing vegetation communities are generally widespread species, and much is planted and/or secondary regrowth. The Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool (IBAT) was used to screen out the endangered and critically endangered species or any protected areas in the project influence area. Site-specific assessments were conducted based on the IBAT screening results to identify potential presence of critical habitat species within the proposed project area of influence. As per the assessment, it is noted that there are no endangered or critically endangered species in the vicinity of the influence areas of the subprojects”.

30. Key environmental risks assessed focused especially on the operational phase of the project, including (i) surface water and groundwater pollutions caused by leakage of the contaminated slag landfill and Improper leachate disposal; (ii) inadequate maintenance of the built constructed wetlands and other facilities on Kedashan area, and; (iii) community health risks caused by inappropriate treatment and disposal of medical solid wastes and sewage; and (iv) odor from wastewater treatment station of the Workers’ Hospital. The mitigation measures to address these impacts and risks are included in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP), mainly include: (i) regular monitoring of contaminants in leachate; and (ii) train operators to keep the landfill and the leachate treatment facility in good operation condition; (iii) ensure all the associated facilities of medical wastes disposal center, and the Industrial WWTP in Wanggao Industrial Park, are maintained in good working condition; (iv) all built facilities will be under the management of the project implementation agencies (IAs), each IA will develop operation and maintenance (O&M) procedures for each built facility and will receive training in environmentally friendly O&M.

31. Special measures to prevent COVID-19. The project constructions involve hundreds of construction workers, together with suppliers and supporting services. The work force may comprise workers from national, regional, and local labor markets. They will live in on-site accommodation, lodge within communities close to work sites or return to their homes after work. Given the complexity and the concentrated number of workers, the potential for the spread of infectious disease involving the construction may be serious, as are the implications of such a spread. The project shall also exercise appropriate precautions against introducing the infection to local communities. The precautionary measures prevent the spread of COVID-19 are proposed in the Chapter V of this EIA.

G. Public Consultation and Grievance Redress Mechanism

32. The first round of information disclosure and public consultation were conducted in the project areas. Feedback from consulted villagers and institutions included 100% support for the project and the anticipated benefits for improved pollution control and ecological restoration of the abandoned mining areas, minimized the water pollution risk of He River, and restored the land use function of the polluted and abandoned mines. Feedback by the respondents included: (i) In order to mitigate the impact from construction vehicle dust on the two villages of Jinzhuchong and Chapanyuan, asphalt pavement should be completed as soon as possible on the earthen road from the villages to the construction site; (ii) effective measures shall be taken during construction to protect nearby water sources and soil from contaminated soil and waste slags; (iii) strengthen construction supervision for the on-site landfill construction, to avoid surface water and groundwater pollutions; (iv) increase the landscaping area as much as possible on the sites to improve scenic beauty; and (vi) conduct water spraying on construction sites daily to minimize dust generated by construction activities. These considerations have been included as mitigation and management measures in the updated FSRs and DEIAs. Measures to address these concerns will be incorporated in the updated FSR, DEIA, and the EMP (Appendix 1). The second-

8

round public consultation was carried out on 20 April 2021 after the EIA was drafted during the TRTA, and the respondents showed 100% support for the project. A grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be developed to address environmental, health, safety, and social concerns associated with the project. The GRM will be introduced to villagers and residents during the design phase and will be implemented throughout project implementation.

H. Alternative Analysis:

33. The alternative designs were assessed and compared against technical, economic, environmental, and social criteria for each subproject. The primary objective with respect to environmental criteria was to identify options with the least adverse environmental impacts and maximum environmental benefits. The following environmental and socio-economic factors were used in the analysis (i) security of surface water, groundwater, and soil qualities on restored abandoned mining area; (ii) cost and service life; (iii) technology maturity; and (iv) adaptation to local and sectoral contexts. The alternatives include: (i) Without-project alternative, (ii) alternatives for the treatment of polluted soil and slag, (iii) alternatives for the landfill lining, and (iv) alternatives for restoration of polluted water bodies.

I. Associated Facilities / Existing Facilities:

34. The project due diligence considered two types of facilities per ADB’s SPS: (i) associated facilities – those which are not funded by the project but whose viability and existence depend exclusively on the project and whose operation and services are essential for the successful operation of the project; and (ii) existing facilities – those which are already established and operating and which the project will help upgrade or rehabilitate. Due diligence was also conducted for existing facilities that will be necessary for the project operations but which are not part of the project scope and will not be subject to any ADB-funded construction, operation, upgrade, rehabilitation, or other activities. The seven “associated facilities” of this project comprise the two reservoirs; the two WWTPs, including an industrial WWTP; the one Solid Waste Incineration Power Plant and two medical solid wastes disposal facilities. There are no “existing facilities” to be supported under the project.

J. Climate Change

35. A climate risk vulnerability assessment (CRVA) for the project area was conducted by the TRTA Consultant to identify the risk climate change presents to project viability, assuming a design life of 30-40 years. Over the past 50 years, the annual average temperature has increased by 0.201°C per decade; and the annual maximum temperature has increased by 0.076°C per decade. The change of annual precipitation in the past 50 years was not significant, only a 3.0 mm increase per decade, but the inter-annual variation was large. The maximum annual precipitation is 1797.1 mm (1986), while the minimum year is only 827.9 mm (1989). The conclusions of the CRVA are that the study indicated a large uncertainty driven by climate models and emissions scenarios in the projection of climate change, and a larger uncertainty was found in the projection of precipitation than of temperature. For the period of 2020–2050, significant warming trends were predicted by all the emissions scenarios of the climate models. This projection is coherent with the climatic trend in the last 60 years according to historical records from 1951–2005.

36. This ADB financed project will result in an increase of 16.18 ha of new vegetation, comprising 14.8 ha terrestrial vegetation and 1.36 ha aquatic vegetation (constructed wetlands on Kedashan area). The tree and shrub planting is estimated to result in annual carbon sequestration of about 27 tons (C) per year (99 tons CO2e). Assuming project GHG emissions of 9

16,268 t CO2e (4437 t Carbon) per year (Table V-15), the project will result in net GHG emission of 16,169 tons CO2e per year. This level is below ADB’s threshold of concern for GHG emissions (100,000 tons COe per year).

K. Environmental Management Plan

37. As part of this EIA, a project environmental management plan (EMP) has been developed (Appendix 1). The EMP covers all phases of project implementation from preparation, construction, commissioning, and operation, and it aims to ensure the monitoring of environmental impacts and implementation of environmental mitigation measures. The EMP will be incorporated into bidding documents, and civil works contractors will comply with the EMP requirements.

38. The EMP defines appropriate mitigation measures for the anticipated environmental impacts and defines the institutional responsibilities and mechanisms to monitor and ensure compliance with PRC’s environmental laws, standards, and regulations, and ADB SPS. The EMP specifies (i) objectives; (ii) major environmental impacts and mitigation measures; (iii) implementing organization and responsibilities; (iv) inspection, monitoring, and reporting arrangements; (v) training and institutional strengthening; (v) feedback and adjustment mechanism; and (vi) the grievance redress mechanism. The EMP will be reviewed and revised as needed in the updated EIA.

L. Risks and Assurances

39. The HMG has implemented several ADB-financed projects and is experienced in ADB safeguard procedures and requirements. However, the staffs of the Project Management Office (HPMO) and the two Project Implementation Units (PIUs) have no previous experience in ADB safeguards and low institutional capacity for environmental management. This may result in the limited implementation of the project EMP and inadequate operation of the project facilities. These risks have been minimized as follows (i) a designated environment officer in the HPMO and one officer respectively in each of the PIUs; (ii) the inclusion of a loan implementation environmental consultant (LIEC) in the loan consulting services; (iii) clear roles and responsibilities of all relevant agencies for EMP implementation, including contractors and construction supervision companies (CSCs); and (iv) capacity building for EMP implementation. The related Environmental assurances or action points(Section X) have been agreed upon and are included in the project administration manual and implementation mechanism agreed between ADB and the HMG.

M. Conclusion

40. It is concluded that full and effective implementation of the project EMP, together with the training and project assurances, will minimize the environmental risks of the project and achieve compliance with the policy and regulatory standards applied in this project EIA. The Executing Agency (EA) and IAs shall ensure that EMP is included in the Bill of Quantity (BOQ) and forms part of bidding documents and civil works contracts. The same shall be revised, if necessary, during project implementation or if there is any change in the project design and with approval of ADB.

10

II. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

A. Overview

41. The project is classified as environmental ‘Category A’ under the ADB SPS (2009), requiring the preparation of a project EIA. ADB’s country partnership strategy, 2021–2025 for the PRC supports achieving high-quality, green development through strengthening institutions and policies, generating regional and global public goods, and sharing knowledge by focusing on the three strategic priorities of environmentally sustainable development, climate change adaptation and mitigation, and aging society and health security. Under the PRC domestic EIA regulations, the Project is classified as ‘Class-1’ (equivalent to ADB Category A), and preparation of full domestic EIA (DEIA) reports is required.6 The Project is consistent with the PRC and GZAR’s 13th and 14th five-year plans.

42. The PRC has a range of laws, regulations, technical guidelines, and standards that govern the way in which environmental protection and environmental impact assessment for projects must be implemented, including for pollution prevention and control on the water, air, noise, ecology, and solid waste, and technical guidelines on assessing ambient air, noise, surface water, groundwater, and ecological impacts. The two DEIA reports upon which this project EIA is largely based was prepared in accordance with the PRC Law on Environmental Impact Assessment (2018 revision); Management Regulation on EIA Categories of Construction Projects (MEE, 2018 revision); Guidelines on Public Participation in EIA (MEE, 2019);7 and, Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment (HJ/T2-93).8

B. PRC Environmental Laws, Regulations, Guidelines, and Standards

43. The primary national laws and regulations that govern DEIA are in Table II-1 and

44. Table II-2 shows the relevant provincial and local regulations and standards.

Table II-1: National Laws and Regulations Relevant to the Project Law Year Environmental Protection Law 2018 Urban and Rural Planning Law 2015 Solid Waste Pollution Prevention and Control Law 2020 Environmental Impact Assessment Law 2019 Water Pollution Prevention and Control Law 2018 Air Pollution Prevention and Control Law 2018 Noise Pollution Prevention and Control Law 2018 Law for the Prevention and Control of Soil Pollution 2019

6 The PRC’s Directory for the Management of Different Categories of Project Environmental Impact Assessment classifies EIAs into three categories with different reporting requirements: (i) Full EIA Report – for projects with potentially significant environmental impacts; (ii) Tabular Environmental Impact Assessment (TEIA) – for projects with less significant impacts; (iii) EIA Registration Form – for projects with the least environmental impacts. 7 Passed in the meeting of MEE on 16 April 2019 and implemented since 1 January 2019. 8 Atmosphere: HJ 2.2, Surface Water HJ/T 2.3, Noise: HJ 2.4, Ecology: HJ 19, Ground Water: HJ 610, Biodiversity: HJ 623, Invaded Species: HJ 624. 11

Law Year Law for the Prevention and Control of Environmental Pollution by Solid 2020 Waste Act of Mineral Resources 2009 Land Administration Law 2004 Wild Animal Protection Law 2018 Water and Soil Conservation Law 2011 Clean Production Promotion Law 2012 Energy Conservation Law 2016 Circular Economy Promotion Law 2008 Regulation Year Classification of Construction Project Environmental Protection 2018 Management (MEP) Medical Waste Management 2003 Environmental Protection Management for Construction Projects 2017 Circular on National Ecological Environment Conservation Outline issued by 2000 the State Council Interim Provisions on Promoting Industrial Structure Adjustment 2005 Decision on Revision of Category on Industrial Structure Adjustment (2011) 2013 (NDRC) Decision on Implementing Approach of Scientific Development and 2005 Strengthening Environmental Protection Suggestions on Further Strengthening Ecological Environment Protection 2007 Regulation on Implementing PRC Land Administration Law (1999) 2014 Management Regulation on Urban Construction Wastes 2005 Circular on Implementing Action Plan for Air Pollution Prevention and 2014 Control and Making Strict Access Approval of EIA Measures on Public Participation in Environmental Impact Assessment 2018 Ecological Environmental Protection Plan of Yangtze River Economic Belt 2017 National Hazardous Waste List (MEP Order No. 39) 2016 Circular on Further Strengthening Environmental Impact Assessment Management to Prevent Environmental Risks (Ministry of Environmental 2012 Protection, No. 77) Regulations of the People's Republic of China on the Protection of Wild 2017 Plants Administrative Measures for Pollution Discharge Permits (Trial) (MEP Order 2018 No. 48)

12

Law Year Catalogue for the Emission Permission Classification of Fixed Pollution 2017 Sources (MEP Order No. 45) Letter on Printing and Distributing the Implementation Plan for the 13th Five- 2017 Year Plan for National Wetland Protection (SFA, [2017] No. 40) Guiding Opinions on Strengthening Prevention and Control of Dioxin 2010 Pollution (NDRC, MFA, and MEP) Notice on Coordination between EIA and Emission Permit System" (MEP, 2017 [2017] No. 84) Notice on Printing and Distributing the Technical Guidelines for Domestic 2010 Waste Treatment (NDRC, MOHURD, MEP); Interim Measures for Environmental Protection and Acceptance of 2017 Construction Project Completion (MEP, [2017] No. 4) Regulations of the People's Republic of China on River Management 2018 Regulations on The Administration of Medical Institutions (Decree No. 149 1994 of The State Council) Regulations on the Management of Medical Waste (Decree No. 380 of the 2004 State Council Measures for the Administration of Nosocomial Infection (Decree No. 48 of 2006 the Ministry of Health) Catalogue of Medical Waste Classification (Ministry of Health) [2003] No. 2004 287) Technical Specification for Centralized Disposal of Medical Waste (No.206 2004 [2003] Issued by MEE) Measures for the Management of Medical Waste in Medical and Health 2004 Institutions (Order No. 36 of the Ministry of Health) Technical Guide for Hospital Sewage Treatment (No.197 [2003] Issued by 2004 Ministry of Environmental Protection of the People's Republic of China) Measures for the Implementation of the Law of the People's Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Infectious Diseases (Decree No. 17 1991 of the Ministry of Health) Measures for the Management of Hazardous Waste Transfer forms (No.5 1999 Order of State Environmental Protection Administration)

Table II-2: Local Regulations and Standards Laws and regulations Year Environmental protection Regulations of GZAR (25 May 2016) 2016 Water environment function zoning 2016 Management Measures for EIA Documents of Construction Projects in GZAR (EED 2018 of GZAR (Gui-Huan Aug-20188) 13

Laws and regulations Year Notice for Implementation of Technical Guidelines for EIA of construction projects 2016 (EPD of GZAR) Implementation Plan for Improving Regional Air Quality in GZAR 2011 Water pollution prevention and control action plan in GZAR 2015 Action Plan for Soil Pollution Control in GZAR 2014 Water Function Zoning in Hezhou Municipality 2016 Action plan for air pollution control in Hezhou Municipality 2015 Action Plan for Water Pollution Control in Hezhou Municipality 2015 Action Plan for Soil Pollution Prevention and Control in Hezhou Municipality 2016

45. The implementation of environmental laws and regulations is supported by associated management and technical guidelines. Those applicable to the project are summarized in Table II-3.

Table II-3: Applicable Environmental Guidelines Guideline Code/Year Technical Guideline on EIA: for Construction Projects HJ/T 2.1-2016 Technical Guideline on EIA: Atmospheric Environment HJ 2.2-2018 Technical Guideline on EIA: Surface Water Environment HJ/T 2.3-2018 Technical Guideline on EIA: Acoustic Environment HJ 2.4-2009 Technical Guideline on EIA: Ecological Assessment HJ 19-2011 Technical Guideline on EIA: Ground Water Environment HJ610-2016 Standard for the assessment of regional biodiversity HJ623-2011 Technical Guideline for Assessment on Environmental Risk of Alien HJ624-2011 Species Technical Guideline on Environmental Risk Assessment for Construction HJ/T169-2018 Project Technical Specifications for the Collection, Storage and Transportation of HJ2025-2012 Hazardous Waste

National List of Hazardous Wastes (MEP, Order No. 39) 2016

Technical Guidelines for Soil Pollution Investigation on Construction Land HJ25.1--2019

Technical Guidelines for Soil Pollution Risk Control and Remediation HJ25.2-2019 Monitoring on Construction Land

Technical Guidelines for Soil Remediation on Construction Land HJ25.4-2019

General Provisions-Technical Guidelines for Self-Monitoring of Pollution HJ819-2017; Emission Entities

14

Guideline Code/Year Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment of Hazardous Wastes in 2017 Construction Projects” (MEP, No. 43) Technical Specifications for Application and Issuance of Pollution HJ942-2018 Discharge Permits Technical Requirements for Environmental Protection for Standardized HJ 773-2015 Construction of Centralized Drinking Water Sources Technical Specifications for Domestic Waste Incineration Treatment CJJ 90-2009 Engineering

46. The national environmental quality standard system that supports/evaluates the implementation of the environmental protection laws and regulations in the PRC is classified into two categories by function, i.e., pollutant emission/discharge standards and ambient environmental standards. The standards applicable to this project are in Table II-4.

Table II-4: Applicable Environmental Standard Standard Code Surface Water Quality Standard GB3838-2002 Urban Ambient Acoustic Quality Standard GB3096-2008 Ambient Air Quality Standard GB3095-2012 Groundwater Quality Standard GB/T14848-2017 Integrated Emission Standard of Air Pollutants GB16297-1996 Emission Standard for Odor Pollutant GB 14554-93 Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary GB12348-2008 Soil environmental quality-Risk control standard for soil contamination of GB15618-2018 agricultural land Soil environmental quality-Risk control standard for soil contamination of GB36600—2018 Construction land Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard GB8978-1996 Noise Limit for Construction Sites GB12523-2011 Standard on Pollution Control of Storage and Disposal Location for GB18592-2001 General Industrial Waste Technical Specification on Landfill Treatment of Municipal Waste GB50869-2013 Standard on Pollution Control of Municipal Waste Landfill GB16889-2008 Standards for the Control of Domestic Waste Pyrolysis Pollution GB18485-2014 Identification of Major Hazard Sources of Hazardous Chemicals GB18218-2018 Standard for Grading of Soil Erosion Intensity SL190-2007 Urban Area Environmental Vibration GB10070–88 15

C. International Agreements

47. The PRC is a signatory to major international environmental agreements relevant to the project (Table II-5), dealing with biodiversity, wetland protection, and climate change.

Table II-5: Applicable International Agreements Agreement Year Purpose (relevance to project) Ramsar Convention on Wetlands Prevent encroachment on and loss of wetlands for 1975 of International Importance now and the future (project includes the reservoir) Convention on Biological Conservation and sustainable use of biological 1993 Diversity diversity (project includes reforestation) Achieve stabilization of atmospheric greenhouse gas United Nations Framework 1994 (GHG) concentrations (project involves GHG emission Convention on Climate Change reduction) Kyoto Protocol to UN Framework Further reduction of greenhouse gas emissions (as 2005 Convention on Climate Change above) UN Convention to Combat Combat desertification and mitigate effects of drought 1996 Desertification (project involves soil erosion control) Control over transboundary movement of hazardous Basel Convention 1992 wastes

D. Applicable ADB Polices and World Bank Group’s Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines

48. ADB’s SPS provides the basis for the project EIA. Projects financed by ADB must comply with the SPS. The purpose of the SPS is to establish an environmental review process to ensure that projects financed under ADB loans are environmentally sound and to be operated in line with applicable regulatory requirements so that significant environment, health, or safety hazards are not likely to be caused. The SPS promotes a good international practice as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group (WBG)’s Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines.9 The principles and standards of the EHS Guidelines are adopted by the SPS. Some of the relevant EHS sector guidelines for this project cover general guidelines (including both occupational and community health and safety) and industry sector guidelines on waste management facilities. The water, air, and noise quality standards in the EHS guidelines provide a reference against project impacts. In general, many PRC standards are the same as, or higher than, the EHS standards.

49. Compared with PRC EIA requirements, the SPS requires a number of additional considerations for the EIA preparation, including (i) a project-specific GRM; (ii) definition of the project area of influence; (iii) assessment of direct, indirect, induced, and cumulative impacts; (iv) due diligence of project associated facilities; (v) protection of physical cultural resources; (vi) climate change mitigation and adaptation; (vii) occupational and community health and safety requirements (including emergency preparedness and response); (viii) impacts on livelihoods through environmental media; (ix) biodiversity conservation; and (x) ensuring that the EMP

9 World Bank Group Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, 30 April 2007, Washington, USA. See: http://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/Topics_Ext_Content/IFC_External_Corporate_Site/Sustainability-At- IFC/Policies-Standards/EHS-Guidelines#IndustryEHS.

16

includes an implementation schedule and measurable performance indicators. These requirements are usually weak in PRC EIAs. With the assistance of TRTA consultants, the DEIA has been updated in accordance with SPS by the DEIA Institutes to fill in the above gaps and comply with SPS requirements.

E. Assessment Standards for Proposed Project Components a) Surface Water Quality

50. The main water body in the PRC should comply with its related standard, which is classified by the local EPB according to its function. The water bodies relevant to this project involve the implementation of Grade III, IV, and V of PRC Environmental Quality Standards for Surface Water (GB3838-2002) (Table II-6). The Grade III, IV and V standards are applicable to the He River mainstream, the water bodies within and nearby the project sites (the ponds and small reservoirs), and local wastewater discharge channels, respectively.

Table II-6: Surface Water Quality Standards (Unit: mg/L, except for pH) No. Parameter Grade III Standard Grade IV Standard Grade V Standard 1 pH 6~9 6~9 6~9

2 CODCr 20 30 40

3 BOD5 4 6 10 4 TN 1 1.5 2

5 NH3-N 1 1.5 2 6 TP 0.2 0.3 0.4 7 Oil 0.05 0.5 1 8 Cu ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤1.0 9 Zn ≤1.0 ≤2.0 ≤2.0 10 Pb ≤0.05 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 11 Cr6+ ≤0.05 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 12 Cd ≤0.005 ≤0.005 ≤0.01 13 As ≤0.05 ≤0.1 ≤0.1 14 Hg ≤0.0001 ≤0.001 ≤0.001 15 F ≤1.0 ≤1.5 ≤1.5 16 Fe ≤0.3 17 Mn ≤0.1 18 Tl 0.0001 Note: CODCr/CODMn = chemical oxygen demand, BOD5 = 5 days biochemical oxygen demand, NH3-N = ammonia nitrogen, TN=total nitrogen, TP=total phosphorus. There are no standard limits for Fe, Mn, and Tl in the Surface Water Quality Standard (GB3838-2002); take the Drinking Water Quality Standard of GB5749-2006 as the reference. b) Ambient Air Quality

51. Ambient air quality in the environmental sensitive locations, and the areas outside the construction sites, meets Grade II of PRC Ambient Air Quality Standard of GB3095-2012 (implemented since January 2016) and WBG EHS guidelines. For SO2, PM2.5 and PM10, EHS is more stringent; however, the Project has no SO2 emission. During the project implementation, PM indicator must be attended. (Table II-7). 17

Table II-7: Ambient Air Quality Standard - Grade II (Unit: mg/m3) Pollutant Time GB3095-2012 (Grad II) EHS Annual 0.06 n/a average 0.125-0.05 (0.02 SO2 Daily average 0.15 guideline) Hourly average 0.50 n/a Annual 0.035 0.01 average PM2.5 Daily average 0.075 0.025 Annual 0.07 0.07-0.03 (0.02 guideline) average PM10 0.075-0.15 (0.05 Daily average 0.15 guideline) Annual 0.04 0.04 guideline average NO2 Daily average 0.08 n/a Hourly average 0.2 0.20 guideline Daily average 4.0 n/a CO Hourly average 10.0 n/a

Note: SO2=sulfuric dioxide; NO2=nitrogen dioxide; PM10/PM2.5=particulate matter; CO=carbon monoxide. c) Ambient Acoustic Quality

52. According to Classification of the Suitable Areas for Environmental Noise of Urban Area in Hezhou, the project areas involve the implementation of Grade I, II, III, and 4a of Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008), and the applicable WBG EHS Guideline are the noise guideline for the residential and institutional area and for the industrial and commercial area. Chinese standard is more stringent. (Table II-8).

Table II-8: Environmental Quality Standard and EHS Guideline for Noise (Unit: dB(A)) Standard Daytime Nighttime Remarks Refer to residential communities, villages, suburbs and Grade I 55 45 countryside, hospitals, schools, and research institutes. Refer to major functions of commercial and market trading use or combination of residential, commercial and industrial Grade II 60 50 which areas need to maintain the quiet environment for the residential area Refer to major functions of industrial manufacturing and Grade III 65 55 warehousing logistic use which areas need to avoid the significant negative effect caused by the industrial noise

18

Standard Daytime Nighttime Remarks Refer to the areas along the traffic trunk line, except the Grade 4a 70 55 railway, where need to avoid the significant negative effect caused by the traffic noise EHS 55 45 for residential, institutional area EHS 70 70 for industrial and commercial area d) Ground Water Quality

53. The groundwater quality in the project area must comply with the Grade III of Quality Standard for Ground Water (GB 14848-2017) (Table II-9). The Grade I, II and III groundwater qualities apply to drinking water source, the Grade IV groundwater suitable for industry and agriculture, and the Grade V groundwater cannot be used as drinking water.

Table II-9: Groundwater Quality Standard (Unit: mg/L, except pH, total bacteria, and total coli.) Parameter Grade I Grade II Grade III Grade IV Grade V 5.5~6.5 pH 6.5~8.5 5.5~9 8.5~9 Ammonia nitrogen ≤0.02 ≤0.10 ≤0.50 ≤1.5 >1.5 (mg/L) Chloride (mg/L) ≤50 ≤150 ≤250 ≤350 >350 Sulfate (mg/L) ≤50 ≤150 ≤250 ≤350 >350 Nitrate (in N) (mg/L) ≤2 ≤5 ≤20 ≤30 >30 Nitrite (in N) (mg/L) ≤0.01 ≤0.10 ≤1.00 ≤4.80 >4.80 Fluoride (mg/L) ≤1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤2 >2 Zinc (mg/L) ≤0.05 ≤0.5 ≤1 ≤5 >5 Copper (mg/L) ≤0.01 ≤0.05 ≤1 ≤1.5 >1.5 Manganese (mg/L) ≤0.05 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 ≤1.5 >1.5 Iron (mg/L) ≤0.1 ≤0.2 ≤0.3 ≤2.0 >2.0 Solubility total solids ≤300 ≤500 ≤1000 ≤2000 >2000 (mg/L) Total hardness ≤150 ≤300 ≤450 ≤650 >650 (mg/L) Permanganate index ≤1 ≤2 ≤3 ≤10 >10 (mg/L) Mercury (mg/L) ≤0.0001 ≤0.0001 ≤0.001 ≤0.002 >0.002 Hexavalent ≤0.005 ≤0.01 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 >0.1 chromium (mg/L) Arsenic (mg/L) ≤0.001 ≤0.001 ≤0.01 ≤0.05 >0.05 Lead (mg/L) ≤0.005 ≤0.005 ≤0.01 ≤0.1 >0.1 Cadmium (mg/L) ≤0.0001 ≤0.001 ≤0.005 ≤0.01 >0.01 19

Parameter Grade I Grade II Grade III Grade IV Grade V Cyanide (mg/L) ≤0.001 ≤0.01 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 >0.1 Volatile phenol ≤0.001 ≤0.001 ≤0.002 ≤0.01 >0.01 (mg/L) Benzene (μg/L) ≤0.5 ≤1 ≤10 ≤120 >120 Toluene (μg/L) ≤0.5 ≤140 ≤700 ≤1400 >1400 Xylene (μg/L) ≤0.5 ≤100 ≤500 ≤1000 >1000 Nickel (mg/L) ≤0.002 ≤0.002 ≤0.02 ≤0.1 >0.1 e) Soil Quality

54. The applicable environmental standard for Kedashan Subproject during the construction is the Soil Environmental Quality Standard for Farmland (GB15618-2018, a In the case of content of pollutants in soil (construction land) is below or equal to the screening value, the risk to human health can be negligible; while when the pollutant content in the soil exceeds the screening value, there may be a risk to human health. b Refers to the pollution content in the soil of the construction land exceeds the value under the specific land use mode, it poses unacceptable risks to human health, and risk control or restoration measures should be taken.

55. Table II-11 & a In the case of the content of pollutants in soil (farmland) is ≤ the risk screening value, the risk of soil pollution in agricultural land is low; when the content of pollutants in soil is ˃ the risk screening value, the soil of agricultural land may be at risk of contamination, and monitoring for the soil and agricultural products should be conducted. (Instruction in GB15618-2018).

56. Table II-12) because the proposed site is surrounded by some farmlands, and the function of two downstream reservoirs is agricultural irrigation.

57. Upon completion of the project, the area will be designated as land for public facilities, and the Grade II Standard of Soil Quality - Risk Screening Standard for Construction Land” will be implemented according to the DEIA and the local EEB (GB36600-2018, Table II-10).

Table II-10: Grade II – Soil Quality Standard for Construction Land (Unit: mg/kg) Risk screening No. Pollutant Control valueb valuea 1 arsenic 60① 140 2 cadmium 65 172 3 Chromium (hexavalent) 5.7 78 4 copper 18000 36000 5 lead 800 2500 6 Mercury 38 82 7 nickel 900 2000 8 Carbon tetrachloride 2.8 36 9 Chloroform 0.9 10 10 Methyl chloride 37 120 11 1,1-dichloroethane 9 100 12 1,2-dichloroethane 5 21

20

Risk screening No. Pollutant Control valueb valuea 13 1,1-dichloroethylene 66 200 14 Cis-1,2-dichloroethylene 596 2000 15 Trans-1,2-dichloroethylene 54 163 16 Dichloromethane 616 2000 17 1,2-dichloropropane 5 47 18 1,1,1,2-tetrachloroethane 10 100 19 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane 6.8 50 20 Tetrachloroethylene 53 183 21 1,1,1-trichloroethane 840 840 22 1,1,2-trichloroethane 2.8 15 23 Trichloroethylene 2.8 20 24 1,2,3-trichloropropane 0.5 5 25 Vinyl chloride 0.43 4.3 26 benzene 4 40 27 chlorobenzene 270 1000 28 1,2-dichlorobenzene 560 560 29 1,4-dichlorobenzene 20 200 30 Ethylbenzene 28 72 31 Styrene 1290 1290 32 Toluene 1200 1200 33 Meta-xylene + p-xylene 570 570 34 O-xylene 640 640 35 Nitrobenzene 76 760 36 aniline 260 663 37 2-chlorophenol 2256 4500 38 Benz[a]anthracene 15 151 39 Benzo(a)pyrene 1.5 15 40 Benzo[b]fluoranthene 15 151 41 Benzo[k]fluoranthene 151 1500 42 Chrysene 1293 12900 43 Dibenz(a,h)anthracene 1.5 15 44 Indeno (1,2,3-cd) pyrene 15 151 45 Naphthalene 70 700 46 Dioxins (total toxicity equivalent) 0.00004 0.0004 a In the case of content of pollutants in soil (construction land) is below or equal to the screening value, the risk to human health can be negligible; while when the pollutant content in the soil exceeds the screening value, there may be a risk to human health. b Refers to the pollution content in the soil of the construction land exceeds the value under the specific land use mode, it poses unacceptable risks to human health, and risk control or restoration measures should be taken.

Table II-11: Soil Quality Standard – Risk Screening for Farmland (Unit: mg/kg)a Items Risk screening value pH pH ≤5.5 5.5<pH ≤6.5 6.5<pH ≤7.5 pH>7.5 Paddy field 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 Cadmium other 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 Paddy field 0.5 0.5 0.6 1.0 Mercury other 1.3 1.8 2.4 3.4 21

Items Risk screening value pH pH ≤5.5 5.5<pH ≤6.5 6.5<pH ≤7.5 pH>7.5 Paddy field 30 30 25 20 Arsenic other 40 40 30 25 Paddy field 80 100 140 240 Lead other 70 90 120 170 Paddy field 250 250 300 350 Chromium other 150 150 200 250 Paddy field 150 150 200 200 Copper orchard 50 50 100 100 Nickel 60 70 100 190 Zinc 200 200 250 300 Total benzenehexachloride 0.10 Total DDT 0.10 Benzo[a]pyrene 0.55 a In the case of the content of pollutants in soil (farmland) is ≤ the risk screening value, the risk of soil pollution in agricultural land is low; when the content of pollutants in soil is ˃ the risk screening value, the soil of agricultural land may be at risk of contamination, and monitoring for the soil and agricultural products should be conducted. (Instruction in GB15618-2018).

Table II-12: Soil Quality Standard – Risk Control for Farmland (Unit: mg/kg)a Items Risk control value pH pH ≤5.5 5.5<pH ≤6.5 6.5<pH ≤7.5 pH>7.5 Cadmium 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 Mercury 2.0 2.5 4.0 6.0 Arsenic 200 150 120 100 Lead 400 500 700 1000 Chromium 800 850 1000 1300 a When the content of pollutants in soil exceeds the risk control value, the agricultural products produced from the soil have food safety risks, so the planting of edible agricultural products shall be prohibited, and measures such as returning the farmland to forest should be taken (instructions in GB15618-2018). f) Wastewater Discharge Standard

58. Wastewater discharges into the water body, being implemented Grade III Standard of GB3838-2002, should meet Grade I of PRC Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standards (GB8978-1996). In the case of discharging into the municipal sewage pipeline, Grade III Standard of GB8978-1996 is implemented (see Table II-13)

Table II-13: Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standards (Unit: mg/L, except for pH)

Parameter pH CODCr BOD5 SS NH3-N Oil Grade I Standard 6~9 100 20 70 15 5 Grade III Standard 6~9 500 300 400 / 20 SS = suspended solids

22

59. The domestic sewage and medical wastewater from the medical institutions of the project would be flow together into the internal treatment station within the hospital and discharged into the sewage treatment plant of Pinggui District of Hezhou City. The internal treatment station effluent must meet Table 2 of the Limit of the pretreatment standard of wastewater for medical institutions (GB18466-2005), and the detail is shown in Table II-14. 23

Table II-14: Discharge Limits of Water Pollutants from Medical Institutions and Other Medical Institutions (Daily Average, excerpt, Unit: mg/L) No. Pollutants Limit 1 SS 60 2 BOD5 100 3 CODcr 250 4 NH3-N - 5 Fecal coliform count(MPN/L) 5000 g) Air Pollutant Emission Standard

60. During the project construction, the on-site fugitive emission should comply with Grade II of Integrated Emission Standards of Air Pollutants (GB16297-1996) (Table II-15).

Table II-15: Integrated Emission Standards of Air Pollutants (Unit: mg/m3) Fugitive Emission Limit at Monitoring Standard Parameter Point

SO2 0.4

Grade II Standard NOx 0.12 PM 1.0

NOx = nitrogen oxides.

61. The smoke or soot produced by the canteen should be in accordance with the emission standard of Lampblack for Catering Industry (GB 18483-2001) (Trial), and the limits are shown in Table II-16.

Table II-16: Emission Standard of Lampblack for Catering Industry (Unit: mg/m3) Scale Small Middle Large Maximus density(mg/m3) 2.0 Minimum removal efficiency of 60 75 85 purification facilities (%) h) Odor Pollutant Emission Standard

62. The waste gas generated by the medical wastewater treatment facility and Landfill leachate treatment facility mainly consists of methane, ammonia (NH3), and hydrogen sulfide (H2S). The concentration of NH3 and H2S at the boundary of the project site shall comply with the Emission Standard for Odor Pollutant (GB14554-93) - Grade II, which details are summarized in Table II-14.

Table II-17: Emission Standard for Odor Pollutant (Unit: mg/m3) Parameter Standard Value (existing plant) Standard

NH3 2.0 Grade II of GB 14554-93 H2S 0.1

24

i) Noise Standard during Project Construction

63. The construction activities must comply with PRC Noise Limits for Construction Site standard (GB12523-2011). For the operation phase, Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary (GB12348-2008) was adopted to assess the noise at the boundary of the construction sites of the Kedashan Subproject and the three institutions of the Pinggui Subproject. The applicable WBG EHS Guideline for both industrial enterprises and construction site is Noise guideline for the industrial and commercial areas (Table II-18 and Table II-19).

Table II-18: Emission Standard of Environment Noise for Boundary of Construction Site Daytime (dB(A)) Nighttime (dB(A)) Code of Standard 70 55 GB12523-2011 70 70 EHS (for industrial and commercial area)

Table II-19: Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary Daytime (dB(A)) Nighttime (dB(A)) Classification 55 45 Grade I Standard 60 50 Grade II Standard 70 70 EHS (for industrial and commercial area) j) Standards for Grading of Soil Erosion Intensity

64. The applicable standard is the Standard for Grading of Soil Erosion Intensity (SL190-2007; Ministry of Water Resources) (Table II-20).

Table II-20: Standards for Grading of Soil Erosion Intensity Grade Average erosion modulus (t/km2·a) Average erosion thickness (mm/a) Micro <500 <0.37 Light 500~2500 0.37~1.9 Medium 2500~5000 1.9~3.7 Strong 5000~8000 3.7~5.9 Very Strong 8000~15000 5.9~11.1 Extremely strong >15000 >11.1 k) Vibration Standard

65. Construction activities may cause vibration impact and must comply with PRC Standard for Urban Area Environmental Vibration (GB10070–88) (Table II-21).

Table II-21: Vertical (Z) Vibration Standard Value for Various Urban Areas (Unit: dB) Scope of applicable area Day Night Special residential area 65 65 Residential, cultural, and educational 70 67 area Mixed area and commercial center 75 72 25

Scope of applicable area Day Night Industrial centralized area 75 72 Both sides of traffic trunk line 75 72 Both sides of railway main line 80 80 l) Solid Waste Standard

66. The hazardous waste treatment shall comply with the standard for pollution control of hazardous waste storage (GB 18597-2001) and its amendment (2013), and the general industrial solid waste treatment shall comply with the standard for pollution control of general industrial solid waste storage and disposal site (GB 18599-2001) and its amendment (2013).

F. Domestic EIA Preparation and Approval

67. The two DEIA reports were prepared for the project components by Guangxi Zhengze Environmental Tech Co (the national Grade B certificate EIA institute). The Hezhou Municipal Ecology and Environmental Bureau (EEB) is responsible for the DEIA approval. Approval is expected in July 2021. The TRTA consultant assisted finalization of the DEIA.

26

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

A. Introduction

68. Hezhou City is located at the northeast of GZAR, next to Hunan Province in north and Guangdong Province in south and east. The total area of the municipality is 11,800 square kilometers (km2), with a total population of 2.07 million in 2019. Hezhou, as well as GZAR, are less developed areas in the PRC. By 2018, the average annual gross domestic product (GDP) per capita were CNY 28,000 and CNY 41,489, respectively, which were only about 46% and 64% of the national averages, and the average disposable incomes per capita were CNY 19,000 and CNY 21,485, respectively, which were about 67% and 76% of the national average. Among all 14 municipalities in GZAR, Hezhou ranked second to the last in GDP per capita in 2018.

69. Hezhou is surrounded by mountains, which account for about 63% of the total area. The mountainous areas are characterized by low hills as well as karst geography. The Hezhou area has rich mining resources, including iron, manganese, titanium, copper, lead, zinc, arsenic, rare earth, coal, as well as marble, granite, and various construction materials. The area has a long history of mining for hundreds of years. During the 1980s–1990s, Pinggui Mining Bureau (PMB), which was one of the largest mining companies in GZAR, had extensive mining operations in the area. At the same period, there were many small and medium mining companies conducting mining operations in the area. Due to lack of regulations, especially those for environmental protection, weak monitoring and enforcement, the mining operation had left a lot of abandoned mining sites with scattered mining wastes, exposed mining surfaces in the area, and most of the left areas are with various heavy metal and arsenic pollutions to the soils as well as the surface and groundwater. Due to the mining resources exhaustion and the tightened environmental protection regulations and government inspections and enforcement, most of the mining sites have ceased operations, including PMB. The only remaining mining operation today is marble, stone, and construction material productions. However, almost all abandoned mining sites are not properly treated and closed, and the mining wastes continue discharging pollutants to the environment, which could have a negative impact on the water quality and soil in the area. In 2013, a serious water pollution incident happened due to the illegal discharge of the polluted mining tailing water into the He River, causing heavy metals of cadmium and thallium pollution in about 110 km of the river; it directly threatened the safety of the Pearl River water quality.

70. Hezhou Municipality is a part of the Pearl River Watershed under the Xi River system, which is one of the major tributaries of the Pearl River. Pearl River is the third largest river in the PRC, with a total length of 2,320 km and a total watershed area of 453,690 km2. Guangdong Province, the most economically developed region in the PRC, is located in the watershed. The population in the watershed is about 89.9 million. The water quality of the river system is so important to the residents in the areas, and it is the top priority of the municipalities in the watershed to safeguard the water quality safe for the people.

71. There is a serious lack of public institutions of education, health, and elderly care facilities in the Pinggui District of Hezhou City, especially in the medical field. There is no large and medium-sized hospital, and some small hospitals are short of medical equipment, leading to many local patients have to go to other places (Guilin city of GZAR, Guangdong or Hunan provinces) for medical treatment. Like the PRC aging trend, Hezhou is also gradually entering an aging society, with a rapid increase in the proportion of the elderly population. How to overcome the bottleneck in the development of medical and elderly care service facilities has become a top priority for the social and economic development of Hezhou. In addition, the current situation of vocational education is not enough to support the needs of the development of the local economy. 27

The lack of vocational education institutions and the serious shortage of skilled labor force severely restrict the development of local society and economy; therefore, the establishment of an efficient and practical vocational education institution is also an urgent need for the municipality.

B. Project Components and Outputs

72. The project impact is the environmental cleanups and ecological restoration and resources exhausted city revitalization, which is aligned with the PRC 14th Five Year Social Economic Development Plan in environmental and ecological protection, people living condition improvements, reform, and economic development. The project outcome is the abandoned mining areas pollution cleanups and ecological restoration, the old mining city livelihood improvements and economic transformation. The project outputs include: (i) nature-friendly measures to reduce pollution in the former mineral mining area implemented; (ii) institutional mechanism and service quality of health and elderly care in Pinggui District strengthened; (iii) green and health care-related skills development opportunities increased; and (iv) project management and implementation capacity building. The summary of the project components is shown in Table III-1.

Table III-1:Summary of Project Components and Subcomponents No Description Type/ Unit Quantity Classification 1 Nature-friendly measures to reduce pollution in the former mineral mining area implemented 1.1 Capacity development and technical Technical ea 1 research assistance 1.2 Abandoned mining area environmental and Site restoration m2 130,935 ecological restoration 1.3 Mining wastes and tailings clean up and Environment m2 21,543 treatment clean up 1.4 Surface water system restoration and water Environmental quality treatment restoration 1.5 Mining area access roads Road - construction 1.6 Kedashan Environmental Monitoring during Environmental construction and operation monitoring 2 Institutional mechanism and service quality of health and elderly care in Pinggui District strengthened 2.1 Capacity development and institutional Technical ea 1 Strengthening assistance 2.2 Pinggui Integrated Health and Elderly Care Health/elderly m2 6013 Center care center 2.3 Pinggui Worker's Hospital New hospital m2 99,535

2.4 Service and capacity improvement of set 5 township-level hospitals 3 Green and health care-related skills development opportunities increased 3.1 Capacity development Technical ea 1 assistance

28

No Description Type/ Unit Quantity Classification 3.2 Knowledge and Skill Sharing Center with New training m2 29,826 training equipment center 4 Project management and implementation capacity building 4.1 Project implementation management and support 4.2 Environmental, resettlement, social, gender and minority action plan implementation and monitoring 4.3 Construction supervision

4.4 Workshops, seminars, training and study tours. UG = underground, ea = Each. Source: TRTA consultants.

C. Design Scheme and Construction Methods for Physical Constructions

(a) Output I - Nature-friendly measures to Reduce Pollution in the Former Mineral Mining Area Implemented

Figure III-1: Layout of Major Project Activities in Output 1

Abandoned mining area environmental and ecological restoration subcomponent:

73. During the feasibility study, engineers of hydraulic environment, geology, land, geotechnical engineering, forestry and mining joined field surveys for 10 times within 3 months. The project area is divided into ten subareas from DM01 to DM10 according to the damage location, scope, geological and geomorphic conditions, and damage degree, as shown in Table II-2 and Figure III-2. Based on Feasibility of DI during Feasibility Study, four subareas, including DM02, DM05, DM06, and DM10, have been identified with the natural ground surface damages 29

or unsafe geological conditions caused by the previous mining operations. The estimated area of DM02, DM05, DM06, and DM10 is about 13,0935 m2, which will be restored by ecological intervened. The other subareas will be restored naturally.

Table III-2:Summary of 10 Sub-areas No. Description DM01 is located in Dahutang mining area, with an area of 12354.35 m2. The range of elevation is 515-537m, and the terrain is platform, gentle slope and steep slope. In DM01, the slope of the platform is about 5 degrees, the gentle slope is about 25 degrees, and the steep slope is about 45 degrees. There is basically no vegetation. DM1 The surface layer is gravel and slag left by mining, and the base rock is syenogranite. The rock mass in steep slope is stable without dangerous rocks and pumice. The surface structure is loose and strongly weathered granite. The upper part of the steep slope has high vegetation coverage, and the surface layer is 0.5-2m thick residual slope soil. DM02 is located in Dahutang mining area, with an area of 48259.34 m2 and an elevation range of 520-541m. This area is an abandoned industrial site left by the former Tianbao mining industry, and the landscape damage is mainly caused by the DM02 damage of land resources. According to the investigation, there are two slag heaps left in Tianbao mining industry, which are located in the north and south sides. In addition to the slag heaps, there is a tailings pond and sedimentation pond. DM03 is located in the middle of the exploration area, south of Dahutang, with an area of 1439.69 m2 and an elevation range of 520-532m. There is pine forest around the platform and steep slope mining face. There is no vegetation production on the DM03 steep slope and the platform. The bedrock on the steep slope is exposed. According to the drilling exploration here, the surface layer of the platform is 0.5m argillaceous carbonaceous soil, the lower part is sandstone. A small slag piles are distributed on the platform. DM04 is located in the middle of the exploration area, about 300m to the south of DM03, covering an area of 2987.04 m2 with an elevation range of 486-495m. There is only platform and steep slope mining face at this point, with a steep slope of about DM04 75 ° and almost vertical, without vegetation coverage. Above the steep slope is pine forest. There is a small amount of slag on the platform, with thatch around and water on the platform. The water depth of mining pit is about 2.5m. DM05 is located in the southwest of the exploration area, belonging to the central south mining area, with an area of 78394.11 m2 and elevation range is 422-515m. There are many platforms, gentle slopes and steep slopes at this point. The site is relatively messy and there is no obvious slag accumulation. However, a large number of gravels, pumice or boulders are distributed on the platform, gentle slopes and steep slopes. The largest Boulder, about 8m in diameter, is granite, which is spherical DM05 weathering. There are also a large number of sandstones, granite pumice and gravel with a diameter of 0.3-2m. With a certain degree of rounding, the origin is unknown. The vegetation in the whole area is sparse, only scattered thatch is distributed on the platform or gentle slope. According to the field outcrop, the Quaternary thickness of the original vegetation is about 0.3-2.5m. The bedrock of steep slope and gentle slope is exposed as strongly weathered granite. There is also water pond on the platform, with a water depth of 0.5m. DM06 is located in the middle of the project area and the north of the central south DM06 mining area, with an area of 14693 m2 and an elevation range of 409-432m. The landscape damage is mainly caused by land occupation.

30

No. Description DM07 is located in the mining area of the big pond, southwest of the big pond, with a distribution area of 14317 square meters. Under the current conditions, the vegetation is sparse, the bedrock is exposed, and the landscape is very poor. The DM07 bedrock of DM07 is basically exposed. The gradient of steep slope is about 45-60 ° and there is a pile of slag distribution on site, with an area of 162.5 m2 and a height of 4m. There are a few pine trees and weeds around. DM08 is located in the southwest of Dashuitang, the mining area of Dashuitang. It covers an area of 5445 m2 and is adjacent to the reclamation project. Under the current conditions, the vegetation is sparse and bare, and the landscape effect is very DM08 poor. DM08 is mainly steep slope and gentle slope. The surface layer is covered with a small amount of soil with a thickness of about 0.5m, and the bottom is strongly weathered granite. It is located in Dashuitang mining area, with an area of 13062 m2. It is caused by the historical mining. Under the current conditions, the vegetation is sparse and bare, and DM09 the landscape effect is very poor. The bedrock (completely weathered granite) of DM09 is basically exposed. The gradient of the steep slope is about 60 ° and there is a pile of slag distribution on site, with an area of about 399.5 m2 and a height of 5m. It is located in the upper part of Chachongkou mining area, with an area of 4824 m2 and an elevation of 497m-511m. It is a mining area formed by historical mining. It is surrounded by high, medium and low, surrounded by mountains on three sides and DM10 an exit on one side. The bottom and steep slope of the platform are bedrock, with an elevation of 497m and the top of the steep slope of 507-511m. Under the current conditions, the vegetation is sparse, the bedrock is exposed, and the bedrock is sandstone. It is surrounded by pine trees with vegetation coverage of more than 50%. Source: Feasibility study report.

Naturally restoration area: DM01, 03, 04, 07, 08, and 09

Figure III-2: Sub-areas of Kedashan Mining Area

74. DM02 is in the northeast of the project area, which was the old mining site for previously Tianbao Mining Company. The typical site view is shown in Figure III-3, where the abandoned mining facilities, mine tailings, and waste were left on the site without any treatment and protection. The proposed cleanups and natural restoration include abandoned and collapsed mining buildings and facilities removal, site cleanup and grading, slope protections, retaining walls, drainage system restoration, vegetation planting, and landscaping. The summary of the site environmental restoration for the subarea is shown in Table III-3. 31

Table III-3: Summary of DM02 Contents Description Location Unit Quantity a. Subarea 1 (DM02) - Abandoned Tianbao Mining northeast m2 50,049 Site at Dahutang Abandoned mining building demolishing and disposal - m2 4,494 Leveling and grading - m2 28,412 Slopes with 10% to 30% - m2 17,680 Stone Masonry Retaining walls (3 m high) - m 877 Stone masonry drainage ditches - m 1,303 tree planting - each 5,121 Shrub planting - each 40,970 Grass planting - m2 41,483 Source: TRTA consultant.

Figure III-3: DM02 Previous Tianbao Mining Company Site

75. DM05 is located in the south side of the project area. It was an old mining area with damages to the natural ground surface from the old mining operation. The site is left with the exposed rock surfaces, dumped mine tailings and wastes, unstable and unsafe geological surfaces, and completely damaged vegetation surfaces. The typical site conditions are shown in Figure III-4. The proposed cleanups and natural restoration include site cleanup and grading, slope protections, retaining walls, drainage system restoration, vegetation planting, and landscaping. The summary of the site environmental restoration for the subarea is shown in Table III-4:.

Table III-4: Summary of DM05 Contents Description Location Unit Quantity b. Subarea 2 (DM05) - Zhongnan with exposed rocks southwest m2 53,084 & earth Abandoned mining building demolish and disposal - Grading and leveling - m2 17,446 Slopes 15% to 30% - m2 13,761 Stone masonry retaining walls (3m high) - m 821 Stone masonry drainage ditches - m 983

32

Description Location Unit Quantity tree planting - each 3,467 Shrub planting - each 27,739 Grass planting - m2 28,086 Source: TRTA consultant.

Figure III-4 Mining Damaged Ground Surface and Exposed Mountain Rocks

76. DM06 is on the southwest side of the project area. It was an old mining area of previously Heli Mining Company with damages to the natural ground surface from the old mining operation. The typical site view is shown in Figure III-5. The proposed cleanups and natural restoration include the abandoned and collapsed mining buildings and facilities removals, site cleanup and grading, slope protections, retaining walls, drainage system restoration, vegetation planting, and landscaping. The summary of the site environmental restoration for the subarea is shown in Table III-5.

Table III-5: Summary of DM06 Contents Description Location Unit Quantity c. Subarea 3 (DM06) - Lihe Mining Site at Zhongnan southwest m2 14,694 Abandoned mining buildings and remains - m2 409 Grading and leveling - m2 12,971 Slopes 15% to 30% - m2 1,725 Stone masonry retaining walls (3m high) - m 264 Stone masonry drainage ditches - m 402 tree planting - each 1,633 Shrub planting - each 13,062 Grass planting - m2 13,226 Source: TRTA consultant.

33

Figure III-5 Mining Site with Exposed Ground Surface

77. DM10 is on the northwest side of the project area. It was an old mining area with the old mining excavated pits, damages to the natural ground surface from the old mining operation. The typical site view is shown in Figure III-6. The proposed cleanups and natural restoration include the site cleanup and grading, slope protections, retaining walls, drainage system restoration, vegetation planting, and landscaping. The summary of the site environmental restoration for the subarea is shown in Table III-6.

Table III-6: Summary of DM10 Contents Description Location Unit Quantity d. Subarea 4 (DM10) - Old mining area at northwest m2 13,109 Chachongkou Grading and leveling - m2 4,494 Slopes - m2 2,287 Stone masonry retaining walls (3m high) - m 48 Stone masonry drainage ditches - m 159 tree planting - each 754 Shrub planting - each 6,028 Grass planting - m2 6,104 Source: TRTA consultant.

34

Figure III-6: Mining Excavation and Damaged Ground Surface

78. A typical cross section for the environmental restoration engineering work is shown below. After the completion of treatment works such as building demolition, surface cleaning, side slopes, retaining walls and interception and drainage ditches, trees and grasses will be planted on the platforms and side slopes. Local plants which are easy to survive and maintain will be used to beauty the environment, and to ensure water and soil conservation. The grass is planted by sowing grass seeds and the trees and shrubs are planted with optional seedlings. Trees are planned to use fir trees (Cunninghamia lanceolata). The shrubs are planned to use Lespedeza. The ratio of tree: shrub mix is 1:8 (1 tree occupies 9 m2, and 1 shrub occupies 1 m2). The greening work will be conducted by professional contractors, and the liability or management period will be around three years. During the first three years, the contractor shall take care of those plants and timely replant dead vegetation to ensure that the survival rate of vegetation is higher than 90%. After handing over to the owner, the owner will be responsible for the daily care and operation of vegetations by hiring specialized greening maintenance personals. During operation, those restored land will be used as forest land, thus no mining activities or farming activities will be allowed on those restored sites.

Distance Position

Figure III-7: Typical Cross Section for the Environmental Restoration Engineering

35

Table III-7: Summary of Green Engineering Work for the Abandoned Mining Area Restoration Subproject Treatment location Content DM02 DM05 DM06 DM10 Sum Total treated area (m2) 50048.58 53083.8 14694 13108.66 130935.04 Amount of 23045.89 15603.38 7347.65 3390.90 49387.82 mulched soil (m3) Tree planting 5121 3467 1633 754 10975 (plants) Shrub planting 40970 27739 13062 6028 87801 (plants) Green Climbing plants enginee- 578 578 (plants) ring Grass seed sowing 41482.59 28086.08 13225.77 6103.62 88898.07 (m2) Of which: thatch 165.93 112.34 52.90 24.41 355.59 grass seed (kg) Centipede grass 165.93 112.34 52.90 24.41 355.59 seeds (kg)

Mining wastes clean up and treatment subcomponent:

Legend:

Project area River/pond Farmland

Roads Collective-owned land

Figure III-8: Locations of Mining Pollutants, Landfill Site, and Transport Routes

36

79. Mining waste and contaminated slag/soil identification, collection, and removal. This subcomponent will identify the mining wastes and tailings left on the site from the previous mining operation, collect and remove from the site, transport the waste to tailing treatment plant, and conduct safe disposal to the on-site landfill. Mining waste treatment / stabilization plant and landfill will be constructed close to each other under this subcomponent. The location of landfill and treatment plant, pollutant transport routes and distances are shown in Figure III-8. After the contaminated slag/soil removal, the excavated areas will be covered with the compacted clay to seal the exposed earth surface and restored with topsoil10 and local tree, shrub, and grass, e.g., Cunninghamia lanceolata and Pinus massoniana (Table III-8).

Table III-8: Summary of Mine Tailing Removal & Surface Restoration Description Location Unit Quantity Removal (m3) a. Mine tailing removal at Dahutang, Location W01 m2 12,075 5,434 Tianbao, and other old mining sites Location W02 m2 7,167 33,685 Location W03 m2 377 264 Location W04 m2 832 416 2 Location W05 m 1,092 4,368 Total 21,543 Mine tailing excavation and transport - - - 44,167 Source: TRTA consultant.

80. Contaminated slag/soil treatment and stabilization plant: an onsite mining waste and contaminated slag/soil stabilization plant will be set up next to the designated landfill site at the northeast of Dashui Pond. The plant will occupy a land area of 4600 m2, and the design treatment capacity is 600 m2 /day. The plant will operate for about one year to treat all removed contaminated slag/soil. After completion of all treatments, the plant will be restored as natural land. The process of the treatment is to change the property of the contaminated slag/soil into a more stable stage with low permeability and low pollution activity before safe disposal.

81. The collected and transported contaminated slag/soil are crushed and mixed with the stabilization reagent, cured for designed time (minimum 36 hours), tested for stabilization, and transported to the safety landfill site for disposal. The stabilization process flow chart is shown in Figure III-9. After all mine wastes and tailings have been treated and disposed of, the treatment plant will be dismantled and removed, and the site will be cleaned, leveled, and restored back to the natural environment with topsoil and vegetation. The summary of the mine waste and tailing treatment plant components and major work items are shown in Table III-9.

10 According to IA, the soil borrow site would be located within Kedashan and covers an area of about 1100 mu. The land type is eucalyptus forest or wasteland. The terrain of the borrow area is flat. After the completion of the project, it would be restored ecologically. 37

Contaminated Water Stabilizer soil metering system shredding metering system

Mixing equipment

Maintanance

Failed Testing

qualified

Landfilling

Figure III-9: Mine Waste & Contaminated Slag/soil Stabilization Process

Table III-9: Mine Wastes and Contaminated Slag/Soil Treatment Plant Description Size/Capacity Unit Remark 3 Plant treatment capacity 600 m Service period 1 year 2 Plant site area (20 cm concrete surface) 4,600 m Receiving pit (masonry) 1.5x2.0x2.5m Buried Settlement pit (masonry) 1.5x2.0x2.5m buried 2 Control room (mobile container office) 30 m Power supply control room (mobile container 30 m2 office) Mechanical workshop (temporary sheet metal 60 m2 shop) 2 Storage room (temporary sheet metal shop) 190 m Temporary storage area (20cm cement stabilized 875 m2 surface)

38

Description Size/Capacity Unit Remark 2 Curing area (20 cm cement stabilized surface) 970 m Vehicle washing station 3.5x6.0m 2 Unloading area (20cm cement stabilized surface) 75 m Weight scale 1 each 2 Drainage ditch (masonry) 600 m Barrier wall (masonry) 270 m Site access road (4m wide harden surface) 200 m Stabilization equipment 1 set 2 Mobile wastewater treatment unit 5 m /h set Site restoration after use 4,600 m2 Source: the TRTA Consultants

82. Stabilization process of contaminated slag and soil. Heavy metal pollutants are concentrated in the mining wastes and contaminated soil, including Cu, Cd, Cr, Pb, Zn with complex composition and high concentration. Specifically, stabilizing the synergistic effects of the various heavy metals found on-site may be challenging and must therefore find a suitable stabilization solutions prior to landfill disposal.

83. Based on existing cases of similar projects, the project would identify a high-efficiency stabilizer suitable for contaminated slag and soil, which could regulate the physical and chemical properties of mining waste and stabilize heavy metals by a safe and efficient process of adsorption, ion exchange, breaking-down and oxidation-reduction reaction. Currently, the available stabilizer/process includes the following: (i) inorganic materials such as cement, lime, and fly ash; (ii) thermoplastic organic materials such as asphalt and polyethylene; (iii) thermosetting organic materials such as urea formaldehyde and polyester; (iv) vitrification technology; and (v) other reagents such as ferrous sulfate, phosphate, sodium hydroxide, and polymer organic compounds.

84. In the design stage, after laboratory small-scale test, the field pilot test would be carried out to confirm the stabilization effect of different stabilizers with different processing, e.g., addition amount, particle size, process time, water content, and other environmental conditions before the final stabilizer is sorted out. Meanwhile, an operation manual will be prepared as specifications for the process of the stabilization plant.11

85. After all the tailing ores and slags stabilization treatment process is completed, all buildings, hardened ground and pavement will be dismantled, and then the ecological system restoration will be conducted. Shrubs, grasses, and greening will be used for ecological restoration. Shrubs will be Lespedeza. The planting distance is 1m×1m. The restoration area is 4,600 m2. The dismantled building debris and concrete bottom debris (1527.00 m3 for all of the dismantling) will be delivered to the landfill site after testing is confirmed for meeting the standards.

86. The contaminated slag/soil landfill site: The on-site contaminated slag and soil safe disposal landfill is designed at the northwest of the project area. The location, the site view, and layout of the landfill site are shown in Figure III-10, Figure III-11, and Figure III-12. The selected

11 According to Standard for pollution control on the non-hazardous industrial solid waste storage and landfill (GB 18599-2020), the landfill in Kedashan is constructed as “class II non-hazardous industrial solid waste storage and landfill facility, which could receive class II industrial waste directly. The proposed project stabilization process would be a double security-based approach. 39

site is at a natural valley surrounded by hills on three sides, which is economical with minimum cut and fill earthwork.

Figure III-10: On-site Landfill Location Figure III-11: Site View at Landfill Location

Leachate collection tank and pool

Leachate drainage pipe

Groundwater drainage pipe

Masonry retaining wall Landfill

Figure III-12: Layout of the Landfill

40

Figure III-13: Cross-Section A-A of the Landfill

geotextile layer pebble layer geotextile layer HDPE film Spall and geotextile to protect the pipe Bentonite layer from blocking Clay layer geotextile layer mountain surface

Landfill bottom height

site height

leachate drainage pipe Pipe design height

Ground water drainage pipe 

Figure III-14: Layout of the Leachate Drainage Pipe

87. Leachate drainage system. According to GB 18599-2020, no organic waste will be received by the industrial landfill, so the leachate will result from rain. The bottom of the landfill would be levelled with a slope of no less than 0.02 so as to facilitate the drainage of leachate. In the landfill, a blind ditch for leachate drainage is set up along the middle of the bottom of the landfill site. A 350 mm diameter HDPE drainage pipe is laid in the blind ditch, and the gradient of the drainage pipe is the same as the lengthwise slope at the bottom of the landfill (Figure III-12). 41

Along both sides of the main blind ditch, branch blind ditches are constructed and laid with 250 mm HDPE drainage pipe to collect and lead out the leachate to the leachate collection tank timely. A leachate collection tank is constructed about 25 m to the north of the retaining wall of the landfill. The designed volume is 250 m3, i.e., the length is 10m from east to west, the width is 5 m from north to south, and the depth is 5 m. The leachate would be mostly produced before the landfill closing because of atmospheric precipitation. According to the average daily output of leachate, it is estimated that the leachate collection tank could hold 20 days production during the operation period of the landfill. Due diligence performed on the Wanggao Industrial WWTP has demonstrated that the facility has adequate capability to process leachates, the leachate will be collected in a collection tank and transported to Wanggao Industrial WWTP for treatment, which is about 20 km away.

88. Groundwater monitoring wells of landfill. Three groundwater monitoring wells would be established for landfill operation and closing phases according to technical requirements of HJ 164 2020, Technical Specification for Groundwater Environmental Monitoring. No.1 well will be set at the upstream of the groundwater flow field with the designed drilling depth of 120 m; No. 2 well is an existing hydrological borehole at the downstream (potential pollution diffusion area); and No.3 well will be directly set at the outlet of the drainage pipe of the landfill so as to reduce the cost for drilling (Figure III-15).

Figure III-15: Map of Monitoring Wells

89. The operational protocol at the landfill site. After the tailing wastes are stabilized in sand state. The treated tailing waste will be transported to the landfill with mobile tape machine, loader, or bulldozer. Rolling machinery will be used for level and compaction, and the compaction parameters should be determined by test. The area which affects the stability of the landfill should be rolled in layers (around 0.6 m thick for each layer). In the area that does not affect the stability of landfill, the compaction standard can be reduced. The details for landfill operational protocol will be developed in preliminary design.

90. The closure of the landfill. Right after the completion of dispose, the closure of the landfill will be conducted. There will be two layers to seal the landfill site. The first layer is a barrier layer, covered with 300 mm thick clay (commercial clay is available and will be procured following according to specification of national standard), and the clay layer should be compacted with a compaction coefficient of not less than 0.97 to prevent rainwater from penetrating into the waste; the second layer is a mulch layer, with 500 mm of cultivated soil. The green engineering will be conducted above the mulch layer by planting hodgepodge and centipede grass. The greening work will be done by the contractor. The contractor’s liability period will be around 3 years. During

42

the liability period, the dead vegetation will be replanted in time to ensure the survival rate of the vegetation is above 90%. The elevation of the landfill bottom is around 500m−502 m, and after the landfill is sealed, the top elevation is about 520−525 m. Thus, the depth of the landfill is about 25 m. The design slope of the mulch layer surface is 30%, and every 3−5 m of elevation rise, a step will be built with a width of 2 m and a slope of 2%−3%.

91. Seismic analysis. According to "China Earthquake Peak Acceleration Zoning Map" (GB18306-2015), the seismic intensity of Guangxi Hezhou Kedashan Mining site is 6 degrees, the design basic seismic acceleration value is 0.05 g, and the proposed site category is Class I. Seismic analysis has been conducted to ensure the stability of the landfill and the dam. Based on the analysis result on anti-skid and anti-overturning stability during earthquake, the design of landfill and dam can satisfy the requirement, and it is stable enough under design earthquake. In order to further improve the safety level of the landfill site and the dam, it is proposed to adopt the micro-pile reinforcement design for the dam. During the operation and management of the landfill site, the safety monitoring on the dam will be done to ensure the safety.

92. During the operation, the monitoring frequency and the parameters are listed in the EMP. After the closure of the landfill, the groundwater monitoring should continue to operate normally. The monitoring frequency is twice a year, one day for each monitoring. The monitoring process would be going on until the groundwater qualities meet the groundwater background level for two consecutive years.

93. The construction of the landfill will involve several steps. First, the site shall be prepared with a surface clean and necessary leveling and grading. Based on the estimated quantity of the existing contaminated slag and soil, the landfill site capacity is design for 60,000 m3. The bottom and sides of the site are sealed with treated clay and a 2.0 mm HDPE lining. The leachate collection piping system is installed. The leachate will be collected in a collection tank and transported to Wanggao Industrial WWTP for treatment, which is about 20 km away.

94. Rainwater collection and discharge facilities will be constructed to collect and drain the surface rainwater out of the landfill site. The drainage system consists of series of masonry drainage trenches. A stone and earth landfill dam will be built at the outlet of the landfill site, which is about 13 m long at the narrowest spot of the valley outlet. After all treated and stabilized mine wastes and tailings have been safely disposed of in the landfill site, the landfill will be closed with clay on the top plus the topsoil and vegetation for natural restoration. Finally, an environmental monitoring system will be placed to monitor any possible environmental pollution. The monitoring includes surface water quality, underground water quality, leachate monitoring. The summary of the work items for the contaminated slag/soil landfill is shown in Table III-10:.

Table III-10: Summary of Mine Waste and Tailing Landfill Items Description Qty/Capacity Unit Remark 2 Site area 7,458 m 3 Site preparation for landfill site 60,000 m Seal and waterproof at bottom and sides by HDPE membrane Leachate collection system Note 1 3 Estimated annual leachate amount 4,216 m /year Collection system - gravel and 350 HDPE pipe Leachate collection tank 250 m3 10Lx5Wx5D 3 Backup leachate pool (for emergency) 350 m 10Lx7Wx5D Rainwater collection and drainage system 450 Stone masonry 43

Description Qty/Capacity Unit Remark Stone masonry dam 29 m 2.0Tx5.6Bx6.0H Landfill closure and natural restoration 300 mm clay and 500 topsoil with vegetation Environmental monitoring Leachate collection and transport Ground water quality 3 monitoring wells Surface water quality 2 locations Soil sample monitoring 3 locations Rainwater monitoring 1 location Source: TRTA consultants.

Surface water environmental restoration subcomponent:

95. The old mining operations caused damages and alterations of the ground and surface water systems in the project area due to excavations, stockpiles, and other earth-moving activities. The natural surface water stream system was alternated, and many water ponds were formed from the mining excavation pits, and many surface water flows have direct contacts with the exposed mining surfaces or pollutants dumped on the site previously. The proposed component will try to restore the natural surface water flow system by building natural permeable dikes, pollutant filter stripes, wetlands, detention ponds for water quality improvement, and water environment restoration. The water restorations are at the two most damaged old mining sites, the Dahu Pond area and the Zhongnan area.

Figure III-16: Location of Surface Water Environmental Restoration Subcomponent

96. Eco-permeable dike: Three eco-permeable dikes will be built at the outlet of Zhongnan ponds, the outlet of Dahu Pond, and the inlet at the Hongshuiping reservoir. The eco-permeable

44

dikes are constructed with plant, gravel and gabion filled with absorbent filter media in river or other waterbody, mechanism of which is based on the principle of constructed wetland and rapid absorbing. The river water can be purified by the adsorption and interception of the filter media and plants. The filter media could be replaced according to cleaning effect.12 The eco-permeable dikes will restore the surface water system and slow down the water flow and have the effect of improving the water quality. The cross-section of the dike is shown in Figure III-17:, and the other details of the dikes are shown in Figure III-18 and Table III-11.

Figure III-17: Eco-permeable Permeable Dike Section

12 Tian M, Zhang YC (2006) Experimental study on permeable dam technique to control rural non-point pollution in Taihu basin. Acta Sci Circum 26(10):1665–1670. 45

Figure III-18: Locations of Eco-Permeable Dikes

Table III-11: Eco-permeable Permeable Dikes Details a. Eco-permeable dike Top W Bottom W Height Length (m) Dike 1 - Zhongnan ponds north outlet 3 m 11 m 2.5 m 22 Dike 2 - Dahutang outlet 3 m 11 m 2.5 m 30 Dike 3 - Hongshuiping inlet 3 m 11 m 2.5 m 24 Source: TRTA consultants.

97. Pollution filter strip: Two pollution filter strips will be built, one around Zhongnan and another one around Dahu Pond areas. The filter ditch is made of a ditch filled with stones and covered with either vegetation or gravel. The purpose of the filter ditch will stop and filter the surface flow before it reaches the water pond. The ditch will stop and trap the pollution in the surface flow and improve the water quality. The positions of the eco-pollution filter ditch are shown in Figure III-19, and the list of the ditches is shown in Table III-12.

46

Figure III-19: Pollution Filter Strip Positions

Table III-12: List of Pollution Filter Strips

b. Eco pollution filter ditch (gravel toped Top W Depth Slope Length wit vegetation) (m) Dahutang pollution filter ditch 2.5 m 0.5 m 1:3 746 Zhongnan ponds filter ditch 2.5 m 0.5 m 1:3 1,075 1,821 Overflow wells (3 pairs at 2 locations) 6 Source: TRTA consultants.

98. Wetland at the inlet of Dahu Pond: A wetland will be constructed at the inlet area of Dahu Pond with a total area of 11,848 m2. The wetland will serve as the water quality improvement buffer zone by retaining and filter the water through infiltration and vegetation cleanup function. The major contents of the wetland are shown in Table III-13:.During the operation, the owner is responsible for the maintenance of wetland, dikes, and pollution filter strips. The maintenance work includes but not limited to the changes of filling materials as needed, plant maintenance and management.

Table III-13: Wetland Components Description Quantity/Size Unit Remark c. Subsurface-flow Wetland at Dahutang inlet 11,848 m2 Overflow dike - circular 13.7 m long x 3.9 m high concrete and stone masonry Wetland inlet - concrete Subsurface flow wetland 2x6 unit 11,240 m2 Each unit - 29x32.3x0.6 (m) with cover soil, fills and pipe fills for clean 2 Vegetation cover on wetland 11,240 m Wetland out - discharge to Dahutang Retaining walls at overflow dam 96.0Lx2.4Hx3.2W Stone masonry Gabion retaining at wetland north 100Lx4.5Hx0.5TW (m) Source: TRTA consultants.

47

Mining area access roads:

99. In order to maintain access to the restored and recovered mining area, some access roads will be constructed, which includes the new entrance road, the area trunk road, and the temporary access road to the mining tailing treatment plant. The locations of the access roads are shown in Figure III-20. The new access road will be designed in reference to branch road standards with 3 m wide concrete pavement. The temporary access road at the waste treatment plant will be a 3 m wide gravel surface. The road cross-sections and other details are shown in Table III-14:.

Table III-14: Summary of Access Roads Mining area access roads Classification Design Length Cross- Speed (m) Section (m) a. New area entrance road (3 m branch 20 1,507 0.5+3+0.5 concrete) b. New area trunk roads (3m concrete) branch 20 10,904 0.3+3+0.3 c. Temporary road to tailing treatment plant (3m gravel) 364 0.15+3+.0.15 Total 12,775 Source: TRTA consultants.

Temporary road (dark red)

new entrance road (pinkish red)

trunk road (red)

Figure III-20: Access Roads Locations

Kedashan Environmental Monitoring during construction and operation:

100. After the cleanup and land remediation, an environment monitoring system will be established for the long-term monitoring of the effectiveness of the site cleanup and any possible pollution development. The environmental monitoring program will cover soil, water, landfill leachate.

101. Monitoring system for the landfill site includes:

48

Table III-15: Monitoring for Landfill site Monitoring Monitoring indicators Monitoring Frequency target location (No.)

Retaining wall The displacement of Couple 2 times a year displacement walls comparing with point on original location the wall

Leachate pH, suspended solids, 1 During construction, 1 Monitoring CODcr, ammonia time/month, each monitoring nitrogen, mercury, last 1 day, sampling 4 times a cadmium, chromium, day; hexavalent chromium, arsenic, lead, nickel, After the closure of the site, the copper, zinc monitoring frequency of 1 time/month, each monitoring last 1 day, sampling once a day, until the leachate is no longer produced for two consecutive years

Waste water after pH, suspended solids, 1 During construction, 1 treatment CODcr, ammonia time/month, each monitoring monitoring nitrogen, mercury, last 1 day, sampling 4 times a cadmium, chromium, day; hexavalent chromium, arsenic, lead, nickel, After the closure of the site, the copper, zinc monitoring frequency of 1 time / month, each monitoring 1 day, sampling once a day, until the leachate is no longer produced for two consecutive years

Surface water PH, CODcr, BOD5, 4 Construction period 4 times / monitoring ammonia nitrogen, year (quarterly), each around landfill arsenic, cadmium, monitoring last 3 days, site chromium (hexavalent), sampling once a day; copper, lead, mercury Keep monitoring until the surface water quality for 2 consecutive years to meet the more stringent standard value, domestic or international (in this case domestic) - GB3838-2020 and GB 14848-2017

49

Monitoring Monitoring indicators Monitoring Frequency target location (No.)

Ground water Turbidity, pH, dissolved 3 During operation, the monitoring solids, chloride, nitrate monitoring frequency is 2 around landfill (as N), nitrite (as N), times/quarter, with an interval site oxygen consumption, of not less than 1 month ammonia nitrogen, between each monitoring, last 1 mercury, cadmium, day per monitoring, and 1 chromium, hexavalent sampling per day. chromium, arsenic, lead, nickel, copper, After the closure, the zinc, while monitoring monitoring frequency is once water level every six months, each time monitoring 1 day, sampling 1 time per day until the groundwater quality does not exceed the background level of groundwater for 2 consecutive years.

Rainwater CODcr, suspended 1 Monthly monitoring is carried monitoring for matter out when there is a flowing landfill site water discharge

Surface soil Arsenic, cadmium, 3 Monitoring frequency of soil monitoring chromium (hexavalent), monitoring points during around landfill copper, lead, mercury, construction and operation 2 site nickel, and volatile times/year organic compounds and semi-volatile organic compounds, a total of 46 indicators(GB36600- 2018)

Source: Feasibility study report.

50

Figure III-21: Locations of Monitoring Points Around Landfill Site

102. Monitoring on the water quality will focus on the Dahu Pond and Zhongnan water system to illustrate the effect of water treatment subproject. The monitoring system includes:

Table III-16: Environmental Monitoring for Kedashan Water Quality Monitoring target Monitoring indicators Monitoring Frequency location (No.)

Surface water PH, CODcr, BOD5, 20 Construction period 4 times monitoring ammonia nitrogen, / year (quarterly), each arsenic, cadmium, monitoring last 3 days, chromium (hexavalent), sampling once a day; until copper, lead, mercury the surface water quality for 2 consecutive years to meet the more stringent standard value, domestic or international (in this case domestic) - GB3838-2020 and GB 14848-2017 51

Monitoring target Monitoring indicators Monitoring Frequency location (No.)

Ground water Turbidity, pH, dissolved 4 Monitoring frequency every monitoring solids, chloride, nitrate (as six months 1 time (abundant N), nitrite (as N), oxygen water period, dry water consumption, ammonia period), each monitoring last nitrogen, mercury, 1 day, daily sampling 1 time; cadmium, chromium, until the groundwater quality hexavalent chromium, does not exceed the arsenic, lead, nickel, groundwater background copper, zinc, while level for 2 consecutive years monitoring water level

Source: Feasibility study report.

Figure III-22: Locations of Monitoring Points on Kedashan Water Quality

103. Monitoring on soil will be conducted at the downstream of Dahu Pond area (Tianbao Mining area) to illustrate how the soil pollution changes after the removal of mining tails. The monitoring system on soil includes:

52

Table III-17: Environmental Monitoring for Kedashan Soil Quality Monitoring target Monitoring indicators Monitoring Frequency location (No.)

Ground soil Arsenic, cadmium, chromium 5 Once per year (hexavalent), copper, lead, mercury, nickel, and volatile organic compounds and semi- volatile organic compounds, a total of 46 items (GB36600- 2018).

Column soil sample Arsenic, cadmium, chromium 2 Once per year (hexavalent), copper, lead, mercury, nickel, and volatile organic compounds and semi- volatile organic compounds, a total of 46 items.( GB36600- 2018)

Source: Feasibility study report.

Figure III-23: Locations of Kedashan Soil Monitoring Points

104. Innovation and Demonstration Features for the Kedashan Component. For the abandoned mining area cleanup and environmental restoration approach, the innovative NBS 53

concept has been adopted throughout the development of the restoration scheme. More NBS such as natural vegetation filter stripes, wetlands, site enclosures and forestation, and stormwater management with detention ponds were applied. NBS benefits of ecological processes to restore and manage modified systems and are comparatively less impactful and more cost- efficient than traditional interventions.

(b) Output II - Institutional Mechanism and Service Quality of Health and Elderly Care in Pinggui District Strengthened

105. Pinggui District was the major mining area in Hezhou historically. The area was under the jurisdiction of Pinggui Mining Bureau (PMB) before it went to bankruptcy in 2002. Before the bankruptcy, PMB played the role of a municipal government with full responsibility for every aspect of the livelihood for the local residents, including urban infrastructures, municipal services, health services, schools and educations, social welfare, and other services typically provided by municipalities. PMB used to be one of the largest state-own companies in the mining industry with strong revenue generation and financial resources, which had provided good livelihood services to the residents.

106. To be employed by the mining company and lived in the Pinggui area was everybody’s dream during the mining prosperous period from the 1950s to the 1990s. The previous Workers’ Hospital under PMB management was the best hospital in the area with the best doctors and equipment and quality of the medical services. Patients not only from the local areas but from the surrounding areas, even from other provinces, came to the hospital seeking good quality medical treatments. As the bankruptcy of PMB, the hospital deteriorated with loss of doctors and medical services and ended up being acquired by another private hospital.

107. The medical and health care services are typically provided by government-owned and operated hospitals, and most of them are in the cities and urban areas. More private hospitals and clinics entered the market in recent years, but mainly in the urban area. The rural area has been the forgotten area for medical and health care services. As a result, the patients from the rural area have to go to the hospitals in cities and towns to see the doctors for serious or sometimes not very serious diseases, which is expensive and causes the hospitals flooded with patients. A well-established basic health care service at the local and community level, especially in the rural area, will solve the very basic medical and health care needs for the residents and villagers, improve the health condition, and at the meantime to release the overload pressures to the hospitals in the urban areas. Hezhou City and Pinggui District are the resources exhausted city and town with the very poor economic condition after the mining industry collapsed in the late 1990s. The medical and health care services in the rural area are very weak due to a lack of financial supports and resources. The government has been trying hard to improve the situation, established rural clinics to provide basic health care services to the villagers.

Capacity development and institutional strengthening of Pinggui health care system subcomponent:

108. This subcomponent consists of the following capacity development activities and technical assistance, which will not be covered by EIA for no environmental impact: (i) Pinggui comprehensive public health care system study and design; (ii) establish a “medical and health community platform” for Pinggui district under the Pinggui workers hospital.

54

The Hezhou Pinggui Workers’ Hospital:

109. As part of efforts to support the Hezhou Municipality’s Pinggui District Government upgrading the medical service capacity, the project will establish the new Pinggui Workers’ Hospital and help to improve the medical and health service capacity in Pinggui District. The medical and health service capacity in Pinggui is below the national average, and there is an urgent need to upgrade the district-level service capacity. At present, there is only one privately own district-level hospital in the district, and it has been over its capacity in recent years. Based on the demand analysis presented in the FSR, the scale and classification have been determined to be with a total of 499 beds and Class IIA hospital, which will provide the much-needed high- level medical and health services to fill the gap between the demand and supply at the district level. The hospital is also designated to provide advanced and local targeted special needs medical services such as high-quality diagnosis systems requiring advanced technologies and equipment as well as treatments for local diseases related to the mining industry and local environment. The proposed new hospital will be government-owned and operated. The Pinggui Health Bureau will be the oversight agency, and the Workers’ Hospital Management Committee will be established to oversee the preparation, design, construction of the hospital and to manage and operate the hospital once it is completed (to be confirmed). The construction and equipment procurement and installation will be managed by Pinggui Urban Construction Investment Company, who will hand over the hospital to the hospital owner once it is completed.

110. Based on the survey and sector analysis, the new hospital will be designated as the district level hospital with the high classification (Class IIA per PRC hospital classifications) to fill the demand gap for high level and quality medical and health care services and as the regional medical service center. The hospital will introduce advanced and modem medical equipment and staff to have high-quality diagnosis and treatment capacity and to include the treatment unit for the special diseases related to the local mining industry and environment. In order to reflect the latest development in the medical service sector, the hospital will be designed with the full integration of an information management system, namely smart hospital, to improve the hospital management, operation, resource utilization, effectiveness, and efficiency. Based on the design objectives, detailed functional analysis and planning have been conducted to define the required functions, departments, testing and labs, service units, service process, and equipment. Based on the preliminary planning, the hospital will include an emergency department, in-patient department, out-patient department, technical and research unit, testing and lab unit, management, and administration.

111. The hospital complex will occupy a total of 46,667 m2, or 70 mu in Chinese land measurement, with an estimated total construction area of 101.8k m2. The proposed hospital is located in the northwest of Pinggui District with Hezhou center city in the south, where the public facilities are available. The complex will comprise the main building and a series of auxiliary structures, an underground parking garage, an outdoor campus, and other support facilities. A detailed alternative analysis has been conducted for the site plan and layout, building type and configuration, major construction and building materials, major medical equipment. Based on the results of the alternative studies, the preferred hospital scheme has been proposed. The proposed site plan is shown in Figure III-24. The rendering of the proposed hospital building complex is shown in Figure III-25, which consists of a 13-story high rise main building in the back and 3-story buildings in the front for the best of streamline hospital operational requirements. The summary of the proposed hospital details is presented in Table III-18.

112. As the innovation of the hospital development, the hospital will be designed as a “Smart Hospital” with the incorporation of the medical information management system (MIMS). The 55

MIMS will be developed based on the CLOUD with a unified platform to integrate all operation and management activities into an information system. The MIMS will include the subsystems of basic information, public safety, medical operation, facility management, monitoring and warning, management, and administration.

Figure III-24: Plan of Workers’ Hospital Figure III-25: Rendering of Workers’ Hospital

Table III-18: Summary of Main Contents of Workers’ Hospital Description Unit Subtotal Total Remark Hospital beds ea 499 2 Land use area m 46,667 2 Main/Administration building m 101,791 2 Emergency department (Floor 1) m 2021.28 2 Outpatients department (Floor 1) m 11925.84 2 Medical and technical unit (Floors 2-4) m 21298.79 2 Inpatients department (Floors 5-13) m 25161.80 2 Administration building (3 stories) m 5192.10 2 Basement (parking and equipment) m 36191.27 Green area ratio % 35.00% Floor area ratio % 1.41% Parking space ea 984 Smart hospital system set 1 MIMS Green building 2-star certification Full disability compliance to national standards Stormwater management/sponge city features - recessed drainage area >50%, permeable paver area >40% Energy conservation - energy efficient HVAC system with 40% less energy consumption than national standard, solar hot-water MIMS = Medical Information Management System; ea=each Source: TRTA consultants.

56

113. In order to promote the green development initiatives modernized medical services, the hospital design has introduced and incorporated several technology innovations and demonstration features to emphasize the green development requirements:

 Smart Hospital – A medical information management system (MIMS) will be developed and incorporated into the hospital operation and management system. The MIMS will enable the hospital to streamline the operation activities, improve the efficiency of the operation, maximize the utilization of equipment, resources, and staff, reduce the operating cost and improve the efficiency.

 Green Building Design – The facility design is targeting 2-star green building certification13. The green building design has been promoted by the government green development requirements, however, in Hezhou, green buildings have not been promoted widely. This project will be implemented in accordance with the “Green Building Evaluation Standard” (GB/T50378 - 2019) in order to save energy, protect the environment, and reduce pollution. Various measures are taken in design and construction to meet the requirements of green and energy saving, including but not limited to the energy consumption of heating and air conditioning system is reduced by 40% compared to the current national energy saving standard for relevant buildings; measures will be taken to reduce the loss of ready-mixed concrete, with the loss rate reduced to 1.0%; Building information modeling (BIM) technology will be applied in the planning, design, construction and operation and maintenance phases of the building to improve construction efficiency and reduce energy consumption during the operation period.

 Stormwater and Sponge City Development – The best practices of stormwater management and low impact development (LID), or sponge city development as typically referred to in the PRC, will be incorporated in the facility design, e.g., Permeable pavement, sunken green space / biological detention tank, and grass planting ditch / plant filter belt. The stormwater management and sponge city development are to address the protection and reduced impact to the ecological environment in new construction by managing and controlling the stormwater discharging quantity and rate so that less impact to the surface water system will be imposed for the new construction and development.

 New Technology and Solar Energy Utilization – The project will use new technologies solar energy for energy conservation and focusing on green development. Hezhou is in a subtropical climate zone with a very long hot and humid summer. The energy consumption for air-conditioning is relatively high in comparison to other areas. The design team is exploring the possibilities of using more energy-saving technologies by introducing: (i) energy conservation building design; (ii) LED lights; (iii) heat pump for AC; (iv) solar hot water supply; and other energy-saving alternatives.

The Elderly Care facility of the Pinggui Integrated Elderly Care and Medical Services Center:

114. Pinggui District is at the core of the comprehensive reform pilot area of the old-age service industry in Hezhou and is also a model demonstration area for the development of the pension industry and the construction of the old-age service system in the autonomous region.

115. Pinggui District, which follows the national aging trend, has gradually entered an aging society, and the elderly population is increasing at a high rate every year. With the recent rapid

13 GB/T50378-2019. 57

development of the pension industry and its needs, the service infrastructure and welfare for the elderly is experiencing a shortage of resources. At present, the elderly care facility in Pinggui District are mainly rural nursing homes with only two private institutions, no public elderly care facility in Pinggui District. In terms of staffing, there are fewer rehabilitation therapists. Since the two private institutions are operated by hospitals, so the allocation of health care staff is decent, but there is a serious shortage of rehabilitation resources including rehabilitation therapists, psychological counseling, and psychiatrists. At present, some pension institutions, and medical institutions in Hezhou only have a single function, and the traditional pension model makes the sick and elderly travel back and forth between hospitals and pension institutions which is time- consuming and laborious. Only when medical and health care and old-age services are integrated and the "support" and "medicine" are connected seamlessly, can the elderly care problem can be solved. Taking into consideration these factors, it is very important and urgent to integrate medical and nursing services (such as sputum aspiration, vascular care, and valve care), rehabilitation and basic old-age care, and life care.

116. Based on the survey and sector analysis for the health and elderly care in the Hezhou and Pinggui areas, the objective of the establishment of this combined health-elderly care facility is the government sponsored facility targeting disabled and semi-disabled elderly people. The project is in Xiwan Community, on the east side of North Power Plant Road in Pinggui District, next to Hezhou G207 National Highway, 7.8 kilometers away from the high-speed railway station and within 30 minutes' drive to the central of Hezhou. The nearby facilities included Xiwan Community Health Service Center, the Rehabilitation Center for the Disabled, and Care Center for the Disabled. The whole area, combined all facilities together, will be the medical service and health care center for the publics, the elderly, and the disabled in Xiwan community, as well as the Pinggui District. It will leverage the cluster effect and become the medical and health service center for the Pinggui District after the construction of all those facilities.

58

Xiwan Community Health Service Center

Pinggui Integrated Health and Elderly Care Center

Rehabilitation Center for the Disabled Legend:

The Project Surround Medical Facilities Care Center for the Pinggui Medical Care Axis Disabled The Project Area

Figure III-26: Locations of Pinggui Integrated Health and Elderly Care Center and Surrounding Facilities

117. Based on the demand analysis presented in FSR and as mentioned above, the size of the elderly care facility has been determined to have 120 beds. In accordance with the national elderly care design standard, the functional analysis and design has been conducted with the fundamental services required for the center which include living areas, health service rooms, recovery room, entertainment room, social room, administration office and supportive facilities. The design also incorporated ADB’s recommendations to improve the care quality and livability for the elderly, based on the international best practices, such as inclusive design and green building design. The medical and health care services will be provided by the Xiwan Community Health Service Center that is under construction by domestic funded project, the elderly care services will be provided by the new care facility built under the proposed ADB project.

118. The planned land area is 4,669.25 m2. The total construction area is 7,619.73 m2, of which the volumetric construction area is 6,462.05 m2, excluding the construction area of 1544.08 square meters. The volume ratio is 1.39 and the total number of beds is120.

119. The construction of the base is divided into two parts: A new comprehensive building with a total of six floors, a construction area of 6,365.83 m2 (including aboveground area 4,821.75 m2, and basement area 1,544.08 m2). There is a total of 120 designed beds. Existing three-story building used as canteen and administrative rooms with a floor area of 1,640.30 m2. The two buildings are connected by a storm corridor, to satisfy the demand of the disabled elderly people. 59

120. Both building design complies with national standard about building daylighting (GB50033- 2013). The three-story building only offers logistic and administrative services, which do not request specific demand about daylighting. The southwest side of 1−3 floors of the new comprehensive building would be blocked from sunlight about 8.2 m in length by other surrounding building. According to FSR, this part and the north side of the new comprehensive building are designed for elevators, bathrooms, office rooms, rehabilitation rooms and activity rooms. Rooms with sunlight requirements such as nursing rooms are laid in the south side of the 4−6 floors.

121. This scheme is designed to be barrier-free in accordance with the "Code for Design on Accessibility of Urban Roads and Buildings," and public parts such as entrances, passages, elevators, and toilets are designed in strict accordance with the appropriate specifications with consideration of consultation results from potential elderly, female, disabled persons, and caregivers. during the preliminary and detailed design stage to meet the requirements for use.

122. The key design parameters of the elderly care facility are shown in Table III-19.

Table III-19 Summary of the Elderly Care Facility Description Unit Subtotal Total Remark 1. The integrated health and elderly care center includes: Xiwan community clinic - to provide medical services, constructed under separated domestic contract Elderly care new 6-story building - to provide elderly people care, to be constructed under ADB project. Existing three-story will be used as used as canteen and administrative rooms, some interior renovation work will be applied to this three-story building with domestic fund. 2. The targeted people for health/elderly care center: Disable, and semi-disabled elderly people needed medical attentions 3. Operation and management of the center The Xiwan community clinic will be the owner and operator of both clinic and elderly care facilities 4. Combined Healthy/Elderly Care Building (6-story) Total beds ea 120 Note 1 2 Land use area m 4,669 2 Building area m 7,620 Health/elderly care building (6 stories, m2 4,822 22.8m, RC frame) Service building (3 stories existing m2 1,640 Existing building) 2 Underground garage m 1,554 Green area ratio % 35.00% Building density % 28.44% Floor area ratio % 1.39% Parking space ea 98 Full disability compliance to national design standard

60

Description Unit Subtotal Total Remark Stormwater management and sponge city features included Source: TRTA consultants.

123. In order to promote the green development initiatives, the facility design has introduced and incorporated several technology innovations and demonstration features to emphasize the green development requirements, similar as those for the Workers’ Hospital.

(c) Output III - Green and Health care-Related Skills Development Institution Strengthened

124. For the school and education system and other social and municipal services with the deteriorated services due to lack of financial resources. Hezhou municipal government eventually took over the jurisdiction of the area left by the mining company and established Pinggui District Government with the responsibility of providing all required municipal, medical, education, and other services for the residents. The government has developed and implemented economic transformation and revitalization of the resource exhausted area and transferring the local economy from the mining only industry to more diversified developments such as calcium carbonate production, marble and stone, and construction materials, electronics, agricultural products, tourism, and service sectors. With the government intervention and continuous investments, the local economic development has made good progress, and livelihood services have been improved gradually. However, due to the big gap between the demands and supplies, the current services such as hospital and medical services, health and elderly care, schools as well as TVET are below the national standards as well as the neighboring municipalities, especially in Guangdong province. The proposed project component will assist the municipal government in improving and upgrading the livelihood services as well as supporting the economic transformation by the establishment of a new workers’ hospital, district health/elderly care center, knowledge share center (TVET) as well as the capacity development program to improve the overall capacity in these areas.

Capacity development and institutional Strengthening:

125. This subcomponent consists of the following capacity development activities and technical assistance without negative environmental impact (i) knowledge share center operation, curriculum development, and skill identification study; (ii) TVET teacher HR development and teacher training.

Engineering design and scheme of Knowledge and Skills Sharing Center:

126. Based on the survey and demand analysis, Knowledge and Skills Sharing Center is designed as a vocational training facility to provide short-term non-degree skill training. The center will be owned and operated by the government, serving as a government-sponsored training facility and not for profits. The scale of the training center is designed for 1,000 people. The target training people are local residents, immigrant workers, low-income people, army veterans, and unemployed people. Based on the requirements of the training to be provided, the facility functional analysis and planning have been conducted, and the fundamental units and training functions have been designed. The vocational training facility will have experimental and laboratory units, classrooms, a cafeteria and gymnasium, administration, common space, underground parking, and other support facilities. 61

127. The center will occupy a total of 34,527 m2 (51.84 mu) with a total construction area of 29,826 m2, which is located in the northwest of Pinggui District and next to Hezhou downtown. The alternative studies for the site plan and center layout have been conducted in considerations of functioning, land use, interference with the surroundings, construction cost, and other factors. The recommended site plan is shown in Figure III-27.

Figure III-27: Plan of Knowledge and Skill Figure III-28: Rendering of Knowledge Sharing Center and Skill Sharing Center

128. The alternative studies on the center elevations and building structures have been conducted in consideration of functioning, green development, open space, environmental and social impact, construction costs, and other factors. The rendering of the recommended alternative is shown in Figure III-28. The center includes a 5-story teaching and administration building for classrooms and training center, a 2-story laboratory and training facility, a combined cafeteria and gymnasium with a track and field on the roof, two 6-story dormitories, and other support facilities. The summary of the center's main contents and buildings is shown in Table III-20.

Table III-20: Summary of Knowledge and Skill Sharing Center Description Unit Subtotal Total Remark Maximum training capacity person 1,000 2 Land use area m 34,527 2 Building and structures (RC frame) m 29,826 2 Lab and training building (2 stories) m 6,314 Teaching and administration building (5 m2 11,847 stories) 2 Track and field and cafeteria (2 stories) m 3,130 2 Dormitory (6 stories, 2 buildings) m 5,420 2 Basement m 3,115 Green area ratio % 35.00% Building density % 22.65% Floor area ratio % 0.77% Parking space ea 77 Green building 2-star certification

62

Description Unit Subtotal Total Remark Stormwater management/sponge city: stormwater control > 75%, recessed green area > 50%, permeable pavement > 40% Source: TRTA consultants.

129. In order to promote the green development initiatives, the facility design has introduced and incorporated several technology innovations and demonstration features to emphasize the green development requirements.

• Smart campus–Smart campus is a combined system on promoting the effectiveness of learning and teaching, and using new technologies such as the Internet of Things, cloud computing, and big data analysis as core technologies to improve the teaching efficiency. Meanwhile, the smart system will be used to reduce the energy cost during the operation.

• Green Building Design – The facility design is targeting 2-star green building certification.14 The green building design has been promoted by the government green development requirements, however, in Hezhou, green buildings have not been promoted widely. This project will be implemented in accordance with the “Green Building Evaluation Standard” (GB/T50378 - 2019) in order to save energy, protect the environment, and reduce pollution.

(d) Project Management and Implementation Capacity Building

130. The output has no negative environmental impact and includes (i) Project implementation management and support; (ii) Environmental, resettlement, social, gender and minority action plan implementation and monitoring; (iii) Construction supervision; and (iv) project management workshops, seminars, training, and study tours.

D. Rationale

131. Mining pollution cleanup and ecologic environment restoration. Hezhou area has rich mining resources for various metals as well as high-quality marbles, granites, and various construction materials. The mining history has lasted hundreds of years. As the mining resources exhausted and tightened regulation and environmental controls, most of the mining operations have been ceased operation since the 2000s. One of the largest mining companies in PRC, the Pinggui Mining Bureau, which generated significant assets for PRC, filed bankruptcy in 2003 due to the exhaustion of the mining resources. At present, the only remaining major mining operation is the marble and construction material production and associate calcium carbonate production, which is also one of the major incomes for the local businesses and tax revenues for the government. The long history of mining operations without effective monitoring and regulation has damaged the natural environment in the mining areas with severe environmental pollution to the water and soil systems. Many surface mining areas were not properly closed with the residual mining materials exposed to the ground and water system directly, which usually contains heavy metal pollutions such as iron, manganese, titanium, copper, lead, zinc, arsenic. There are steep slopes and damaged ground surfaces from the old mining operations, and some of these sites have stability hazards for collapses due to the steep slope and loss of natural vegetation covers. There are also many abandoned mine tailings as well as mining wastes dumped and piled on various locations in the mining areas. The site investigations and surveys have identified an approximate area of about 2.15 hm2 or 21,500 m2, and the major areas are concentrated in Dahutang Pond and Zhongnan areas. Based on the sample test results, the mining wastes and

14 GB/T50378-2019. 63

tailings in the Zhongnan area are classified as Class I General Industrial Waste, and those in Dahutang Pond area are Class II General Industrial Wastes15. Some of the tailings are covered by natural vegetations, and some of them are still left in stockpiles. These pollution sources have very serious negative impacts on the soil and water system in the mining areas and continuedly discharging the pollutants to the soil and water system. The historical induced mining pollution place negative impact on the local environment and safety concerns for the local residents as well as farming and agricultural production. The proposed project will conduct the cleanup of the abandoned mining area in Kedashan and carry out the ecology and environment restoration for the area.

132. Waterbody and river system environmental treatment and restoration. The abandoned mining area of Kedashan has rich water resources and a well-developed surface and groundwater system. The area is in the tributary area of He River, which is part of the major watershed of the Peral River system in southern PRC with the coverage of Guangdong Province and City, major economic development centers, and metropolitan areas in the PRC. The safeguard of the water safety of the Peral River system has been the top priority for all municipalities along the river system, including Hezhou. The mining industry caused severe water pollution. Some of the pollutants discharged into the surface and groundwater system could have negative impacts on the areas in the downstream watershed. The river system in Hezhou belongs to the tributaries of Pearl River, which is the main water supply to southern PRC, including Guangdong province. There was a serious river system pollution caused by illegal mining activity in the He River from the Hezhou mining area in 2013, as described in Section I of this report. The pollution caused about 100 km section of He River with severe Thallium pollution over the standard five to six times. The incident showed the vulnerability and sensitivity of the water system from the pollution in the upper stream watershed such as Hezhou along the He River watershed. After the incident, the government took swift actions in cleanup all illegal and inappropriate mining operations as well as punishments to the people who had direct and indirect responsibilities to the incident. As a result, almost all mining operations in Hezhou, especially in the Kedashan mining area, ceased operations except for limited marble, stone, and construction materials operations, which has a limited impact on the environment. Based on the environmental monitoring data of the water system in the Hezhou mining area, the concentration level of heavy metals in the water system has been dropping and tending to be stabilized in recent years. The preliminary assessment on this improvement concluded that since the closing of most mining operations, there are no increases in pollution sources in the mining area, and due to the strong natural self-restoration ability of the natural environment from the fast development of surface vegetation cover from the favorable climate condition, many of the pollutants from the old mining operations have been covered by natural vegetation and tended to stable without releasing much pollution to the water system if there is no disturbance. However, the temporary protection to the mining pollutants from the naturally-developed vegetation is not reliable and the permanent solution. The pollutants could continue releasing pollution to the water system under disturbances from both human and natural causes. There is potential environmental pollution risk to the water system if the pollutant sources remain in the mining areas without cleaning up and proper treatments. The proposed project will clean up the pollutants in the abandoned mining areas, remove and treat the pollution sources, properly cover and close the polluted areas with vegetation, carry out the forestation and seal the selected areas for ecologically restoration and recovery.

15 PRC National Standard GB5086, Solid Waste Hazard Waste Testing Method (Class I, pH = 6−9; Class II, pH beyond 6−9).

64

133. Poverty Reduction and Livelihood Improvements. Guangxi is one of the less developed provinces/regions in the PRC. The GDP and consumption per capita ranked 27th and 26th among all provinces and regions in PRC (2019). Hezhou is one of the poorest cities in GZAR, with the disposable income per capita ranked 11th of all 14 municipalities in 2019. The deterioration of the economic and livelihood condition for Hezhou is due to the exhaustion of the mining resources and the diminishing of the mining industry in the area. As indicated previously, Pinggui Mining Bureau, as one of the largest mining companies in the PRC, had over ten thousand employees and had generated significant revenues for the government. As the company bankrupted in 2002 due to the exhaustion of the mining resources, many local residents lost their jobs and struggled to find new living means. Due to the disappearance of the mining industry and loss of revenues and economic activities, both the area's economic growth and resident incomes have been suffered. All districts and counties in the Hezhou area were classified as poverty districts/countries according to the PRC poverty line with a high percentage of poverty through the 2000s and early 2010s. The situation has improved in recent years due to the PRC government's poverty reduction policy and assistance programs, and the poverty rate has been improved to about 8.4% in the Hezhou area. Nevertheless, Hezhou is still the poorest area in GZAR with a high percentage of poverty, low gross development production, and low income in comparison to the other part of GZAR as well as the neighboring municipalities in Guangdong province. The proposed project will help the local economic development, improve the livelihood condition, and bring in jobs during and after the project implementation.

134. Resources Exhausted City Transformation and Revitalization. Due to the disappearance of mining resources in the Hezhou area, the traditional mining industry and associated mining-related production and support services have been diminishing gradually, which used to be the main local economic driving force and the major employers for the local residents. At present, the marble, stone, and construction materials are the only remaining mining operations. In conjunction with the marble and stone mining production, the associated calcium carbonate production has become a new industry and one of the major economic growth sectors. Many local residents who used to work in the mining industry have to learn new skills and work for new industries. The municipal government of Hezhou 16 has developed plans and new strategies17 for the economic transformation from the resource exhausted city to new economic development with a focus on calcium carbonate production, agricultural and food production, electronics, new energy, modern logistics, health, and tourism as well as urbanization. The economic transformation strategy has brought new life to the Hezhou area, and the economic growth and personal income have improved steadily. However, due to a lack of supports in technologies, productions, business planning, marketing, labor market, the government, and local residents face the challenges to adopting the new developments and required technologies and skills for the new economic activities. Some of the problems include that most of the products work in low-end products with low-profit margins, and the productions are primitive with high energy consumptions and high environmental impacts as well as poor working conditions, and there is a shortage of skilled workforce for the new industries and service sectors. Technical vocational education training (TVET) is in urgent need to train the local labor force with the skills and technologies to adopt the new economic development needs. The proposed project will assist the local government in strengthening the TVET capacity so as to provide the much-needed skilled workers and technicians for the new industrial production such as calcium carbonate production, as well as in the other new developments in services, commercial development, electronics, agriculture, and tourism. Meanwhile, the project will also provide technical assistance

16 Hezhou Municipality, 2013 Hezhou Municipal Government Report, February 27, 2013. 17 GZAR Government, Opinions on Promoting and Enhancing Resource Exhausted City Economic Transformation for Hezhou City, Pinggui District, GZAR government office No 23, 2015. 65

programs to assist the local residents and businesses in developing high-standard marble and stone production as well as construction industry by introducing green mining practice with better technologies, environmental protection system, and safe working conditions, and the development of small and medium businesses involved better business growth model in boosting the local stone and construction material production industry with better incomes and livelihood development.

135. Medical and Health Care Services Improvements. After the disappearance of the mining industry and the downturn of the economic growth associated with the exhaustion of natural mining resources, the medical and health services, which were provided predominantly by the mining company of Pinggui Mining Bureau before its bankruptcy in the early 2000s, have been shrinking due to the reduced resources and available funding. One of the very regional reputable hospitals with good quality of services, the previous Workers’ Hospital, had struggled for years before it was acquired by a private medical service provider and become the current Guangji Hospital. Many talented medical professionals have been lost and relocated to other better-developed areas. As the progress and achievement of the economic transformation from the resources exhausted city of Hezhou City, including Pinggui District, there is an urgent need to upgrade the inadequate medical and health care services for Pinggui District, especially to upgrade the system with high quality and special needs medical services. Also, in the rural area, the medical and health care services have been very weak with only limited access to quality medical services for the local villagers and farmers from the historical reasons and setups of the medical service system in the PRC, which is the very common problem throughout the rural and countryside. The proposed project will build a new hospital to increase the current medical and health care service capacity in Hezhou and Pinggui District, and especially to address the urgent needs for high-quality medical services and special need service for the local residents. Meanwhile, the project will try to improve the medical and health care capacity in the rural area as a demonstration feature to show that medical services at the community level is a very important part of the overall medical service system and have a direct benefit to improve the medical services and release the huge pressure to the current hospital system as it is a common problem in the PRC.

136. Elderly Care and Medical Services Integration and Capacity Enhanced. The PRC became an aged society since 2000 with the aged 65 and above reached 7% of the total population and the percentage reached 13% by 202018. There are growing demands for various types of elderly care and combined health/elderly care services. Due to the one-child population policy enforced by the government in the 1970s to 2000s to control the fast-growing population, the typical family structure for the younger generation has become 4-2-1, namely 4 grandparents, 2 parents, and one child. As a result, the conventional elderly care system of family-based care system inherited from Chinese history is not sustainable anymore. The younger generations do not have the resources nor the ability to care for their parents and grandparents in most cases. Due to the tremendous need for elderly care services, the service sector for elderly care has grown rapidly. One of the studies estimated that there would be a huge market of about CNY 13 trillion in elderly care services by 2030.19 Since the start of the 2010s, the elderly care service sector has grown rapidly from both the government and private sectors. In recent years, a new form of the combined health/elderly care system has emerged with a big attraction for elderly people. The PRC has established a government-controlled medical service system with the majority of services provided by state-owned hospitals. The system has the guarantees to provide medical services to all populations in need but also experiences inadequate services, long waiting

18 China Development Fund. 2020. China Development Report 2020. 19 Deloitte. 2018. Trends in Integrated Elderly Care and Medical Services in China. Deloitte China.

66

time, and not easy access, especially to the populations in the remote and rural areas and economically less developed areas. The combined health/elderly care system places the elderly care facilities together with the health care facilities so that the elderly people can have easy access to the medical and health care services when they need them. Hezhou is in the subtropical climate zone with warm weather and a desirable natural environment for elderly people. One of the famous long-life villages, namely Bama Long Life Village, is located in Guangxi. More people are interested in retiring and finding elderly care facilities in Guangxi. The Hezhou municipal government has also placed emphasis on the development of elderly care facilities in the area for both local resident needs and expanding the area elderly care service capacity. The proposed project will assist the Pinggui district government in establishing one of the government health/elderly care facilities to provide the services for the local residents, especially the low- income people.

137. Strategic Fit. The PRC national 13th Five-Year Plan places special emphasis on environmental protection and ecological restorations. The latest PRC national 14th Five-Year development plan has identified the key sectors for developments, including economic development, ecology, and environmental protection, people’s livelihood improvements, and economic reform.20 Environmental protection and people’s living condition improvements are continued to be a focus of the country's development strategy. The central and local governments have issued series of policies and guidelines at these aspects, including the implementation of the nationwide environmental inspection program to inspect and issue orders of rectifications for any environmental violations and activities damaging the ecological environment. On the other hand, the central and local government governments started the national program for poverty reduction, especially in the rural areas, including rural areas revitalization program. The ADB and PRC reached a cooperation agreement supporting PRC government efforts on rural vitalization and environmental improvements21, and ADB Strategy 2030 has identified operational priorities for promoting rural development and food security, enhancing environmental sustainability, and making cities more livable. The proposed project is aligned with both PRC and ADB development strategies and priorities for PRC in environmental protection, poverty reduction, rural development, and livelihood improvements.

E. Associated Facilities

138. The project due diligence considered two types of facilities per ADB’s SPS: (i) associated facilities – those which are not financed by the project but whose viability and existence depend exclusively on the project and whose operation and services are essential for the successful operation of the project; and (ii) existing facilities – those which are already established and operating and which the project will help upgrade or rehabilitate. Due diligence was also conducted for existing facilities that will be necessary for the project operations but which are not part of the project scope and will not be subject to any ADB-financed construction, operation, upgrade, rehabilitation, or other activities. The seven “associated facilities” of this project comprise 2 reservoirs; 2 WWTPs, including an industrial WWTP; one Solid Waste Incineration Power Plant

20 Government of the PRC. 2021. The Outline of the Fourteenth Five-Year Plan for National Economic and Social Development of the People’s Republic of China and the Long-Range Objectives Through the Year 2035. Beijing (in Chinese). 21 A memorandum of understanding was signed on 29 August 2018 in Beijing among ADB, NDRC, and MOF to support joint initiatives on rural vitalization in the PRC. In addition, the Ministry of Science and Technology and ADB have developed an understanding to cooperate on rural vitalization, climate change, and knowledge exchange/dissemination (established at a meeting held in Beijing on 30 August 2018). 67

and 2 medical solid wastes disposal centers. There are no “existing facilities” to be supported under the project.

139. Hongshuiping Reservoir: the reservoir is located downstream of the proposed Kedashan area, which receives rainwater runoff from the Kedashan area. The dam of the reservoir is about 4 km away from Baisha Town and about 30 km away from Fuchuan County. The construction of the reservoir began in July 1986 and was completed in February 1991. The strengthening work of the reservoir started in November 2011 and was completed and accepted in December 2012. The reservoir is now operating normally. The department for reservoir management and operation is Baisha Water Conservancy Project Management Institute. The main parameters of the reservoir are summarized in Table IV-19.

140. Shalongchong Reservoir: the reservoir is located in the upper reach of Shalongchong River, a tributary of the He River. The dam site is 3.7 km away from Baisha Town and 27 km away from Fuchuan County-town. The construction of the reservoir began at the end of 1975 and was completed in May 1977. The reservoir strengthening construction started in November 2008 and was completed in May 2009. The acceptance was completed in 2009. The reservoir is now operating normally. The department for reservoir management and operation is Baisha Water Conservancy Project Management Institute. The main parameters of the reservoir are summarized in Table III-21.

Table III-21: Summary of the Reservoirs Shalongchong Reservoir Hongshuiping Reservoir Reservoir Total capacity (million m3) 8.33 4.92 Useable capacity (million m3) 6.49 4.31 Area of catchment (km2) 12.61 9.6 Average water level (m ASL) 353 353.8 Irrigation area (ha) 53.3 410 Flood standard of dam Once in 50 years Once in 50 years Irrigation, power generation, Irrigation and flood Function and flood control (Small-I control (Small-I reservoir) reservoir) Source: DEIA Institute.

141. Hezhou Municipal Solid Waste Incineration Power Plant (SWIPP): it is located 100 m east of the existing Hezhou Municipal Rubbish Landfill. The domestic wastes during both construction and operation from both subprojects will be transported to the SWIPP. The process of SWIPP is grate furnace incineration with an annual operation of 8000 hours. The designed capacity of the SWIPP is 500 t/d (182,500 t/a), which can meet the demand of Hezhou City before 2025. The project domestic waste production is about 659.48t/a, i.e, less than 2 t/d. The second phase of the expansion construction of SWIPP (another 400 t/d) will start in 2025 and will put into operation in 2026 according to the plan. The EIA of SWIPP was approved by Hezhou Municipal EPB on 9 December 2016, which is assessed under the GB18485-2014 with more stringent limit than WBG’ EHS about emissions of particle, NOx and SO2.

142. The Industrial WWTP in Wanggao Industrial Park: Leachate generated from the landfill of Kedashan Subproject will be transported to the industrial WWTP in Wanggao Industrial Park of Hezhou City for treatment. The designed total treatment capacity of the industrial WWTP is

68

20,000 m3 (10,000 m3/d capacity for Phase I) with a total area of 24,000 m2. Phase I WWTP was constructed in June 2009 and put into operation in 2015. The current wastewater load is only 7,135 m3/d, with a residual capacity of 2,865 m3/d. The WWTP has sufficient capacity to receive and treat leachate from the landfill (about 11 m3/d). In June 2014, Hezhou municipal government approved the WWTP upgrading plan, which will introduce FMBR biochemical treatment process to replace the existing "A/O + diatom powder" process. After deep treatment by FMBR biochemical tank, the wastewater then flows into the ultraviolet tank for disinfection, and the effluent of the WWTP finally discharges into Baisha River after reaches the “Discharge Standard of Pollutants for Urban WWTP” - Grade A (GB 18918-2002). The operations have not had any problems till date and have been in compliance with the discharge standards.

143. Hezhou Medical Wastes Disposal Center (MWDC). The MSDC is located in Xinyan Village of Liantang Town, Hezhou City, with a daily treatment capacity of 4.0 tons. The treatment process is “High-temperature steam disinfection + crushing,” the treated medical wastes will be transported to the SWIPP for final disposal. The “Hazardous Waste Disposal Permit” for the MWDC was issued by Hezhou EEB on 24 July 2020, and the operation institution is Jingneng Medical Wastes Disposal Co. the estimated medical waste generated by the Workers’ Hospital and the Elderly Care Center is about 0.23 t/d in total, which accounts for only 5.75% of the treatment capacity of MWDC, the MWDC has sufficient capacity to receive and safely treat and dispose of the medical wastes generated from the two institutions during operation.

144. Pinggui District Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP). The WWTP is located north of Gonghe Village of Huangtian Town, the Total area of WWTP is 1.157 ha, with a treatment capacity of 10,000 m3/d (Phase I) and will be expanded to 2.0 m3/d (Phase II). The treatment process is “CASS + Ultraviolet disinfection.” The effluent of WWTP reaches the Grade A of "Pollutant Discharge Standard for Urban Wastewater Treatment Plant” and is discharged into the He River through the 1,773 m pipeline. The current wastewater intake load is 5,441 m3/d only, with the residual capacity of 4,559 m3/d. It is fully capable of receiving the domestic sewage treated medical sewage discharged from the three institutions of Pinggui Subproject. The estimated total amount of wastewater produced from the three institutions during operation is 642.91m3/d, which only accounts for 14.1% of the remaining capacity of the WWTP, which will not cause an impact load on the WWTP and will not affect its effluent quality.

145. The Medical Wastewater Treatment Station of the Xiwan Community Clinic: the clinic is located at the intersection of Dianzhan Road and Shiziliang Road in Pinggui District. The designed treatment capacity is 120 m3/d, the treatment process is "Wastewater - Grille -- Hydrolytic Acidification - Anaerobic - SDH Self-controlled Treatment Device – Disinfection." The treated effluence meets the Standard of "Discharge Standard for Medical Wastewater" (GB18466- 2005) and then discharged into the Pinggui District WWTP for further treatment. The estimated load from the Clinic will be 41 m3/a with a residual capacity of 79 m3/d. The estimated wastewater from the Elderly Care Center, which is at 60 m northeast of the Clinic, is 52.73 m3/d, accounts for 66.7% of the residual capacity of the treatment facility. The Clinic is currently under construction and is expected to be completed and put into operation in September 2023. The Elderly Care Center is expected to be completed in December 2023, and then the medical wastewater can be connected to the Clinic’s wastewater treatment station. 69

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT (BASELINE)

A. Overview of Hezhou Municipality

146. The proposed project is in the Hezhou City of GZAR. Hezhou is at the northeast of GZAR, next to Hunan Province in the north and Guangdong Province in the east, and it is at about 520 km northeast of Nanning, the capital of GZAR, 220 km southeast of the Guilin City of GZAR, 270 km northwest of Guangzhou, the capital of Guangdong Province, and 600 km south of Changsha, the capital of Hunan Province. The city is at the conjunction of three provinces in southern PRC with a well-developed transportation system and access, especially the easy connection to Guangdong Province, which is the most developed area in the PRC. Hezhou is a prefecture-level city elevated from a county-level city in 2002. There are two districts of Babu and Pinggui and three counties of , Zhaoping, and Fuchuan Yao Minority Autonomous County in Hezhou Municipality. The total area is 11,855 km2, and the total population is 2.07 million (2019).

B. Environmental Setting of Project Area

Geography, Topography, and Geology

147. Hezhou Municipality is geologically a part of the Nanling Mountainous area. High mountains are mostly distributed in the northern and eastern parts, with a succession of mountain ranges extending from the east to the north and then to the south. The three institutions in the Pinggui Subproject of the project will be in the urban area of Hezhou’s Pinggui District.

148. Kedashan mining area is located in the southern part of the middle section of Nanling Mountain System, it is mainly composed of low mountain and hilly valley terrain, with an altitude of 300 ~ 720m, a slope of 15-35°, and some of them are precipitous. The terrain of mining area is high in the east and low in the west, high in the south and low in the north. The highest point of the project area is 717.8 m, and the lowest point is 311.0 m. Due to impacts of historical mining, the original landform has changed greatly, some valleys have been filled up, some hills have been flattened, and even transformed into "basins" between mountains, formed several ponds e.g., Dahu, Dashui and Zhongnan. The Project area is within the area of Fuchuan Yao Autonomous County of Hezhou Municipality,

149. The project component of Kedashan Mining Area Ecological improvement is located in Fuchuan Yao Autonomous County of Hezhou Municipality, which is in the northeast of GZAR, between 111°5'−111°29' E and 24°37’−25°9 'N, located between the Dupang and Meng mountains at the junction of GZAR, Hunan and Guangdong provinces. The county seat is Fuyang Town, which is located 190 km from Guilin City in the west, 220 km from Wuzhou City in the south, 380 km from Guangzhou City, and 369 km from Nanning City, the capital of GZAR.

150. Soil. The soils in Hezhou municipality include 6 soil types, including paddy soil, red soil, yellow soil, limestone soil, purple soil, and alluvial soil. Dryland is mainly red soil, lime soil, red lime soil, purple soil, alluvial soil. Paddy fields are mostly flooded paddy soils, piggy paddy soils, gley paddy soils, and salinized paddy soils. On both Kedashan and Pinggui subproject areas, the soil type are mainly red soil and limestone soil. On Kedashan area the soil is covered by waste slag, while the areas of Pinggui Subproject are located in the existing urban area.

151. Soil erosion. The project area belongs to the southern red soil hilly area as a part of the Class II zones in the National Soil Erosion Classification Plan and the southeastern Gui low

70

mountain area defined in the GZAR Soil and Water Preservation Planning and Zoning Program with a soil loss tolerance of 500 t/km2 per year. Investigation in the status quo in the project area shows that the type of soil erosion in the project area is mainly water erosion, in the form of surface scours and gully scours, and the project area belongs to the slight soil erosion area due to bare slag and soil have been washed by rain for many years, coupled with a warm climate, heavy rainfall, and relatively lush vegetation. The average soil erosion modulus background value in the project area (Kedashan area) is approximately 500 t/km2 per year.

152. Seismic Intensity. According to Code for Seismic Design of Buildings (GB50011-2010), the seismic fortification intensity in the project area is Grade VI and the earthquake acceleration is 0.05g. According to the local seismological station, there has been no earthquake above magnitude 3 in the Hezhou area in 100 years, with the most recent one magnitude 2.6 on June 29, 2006.The earthquake did not cause any loss of life or property.

Figure IV-1: Soil Profile on Kedashan Area Figure IV-2: Topography of Kedashan Area

Meteorology and Climate

153. Hezhou Municipality is in the eastern part of GZAR, within subtropical monsoon climate zone south to 10° north to the Tropic of Cancer, with subtropical monsoon climate. The climate is characterized by four distinct seasons and a high temperature, and rainy summer. Winter is mild and dry; Spring is warm, wet, and rainy, with late spring cold; Autumn has a clear sky and dry weather. Cold, heat, dryness, and flood have big changes due to the influence of the monsoon during the year. Wind speed is low, and the prevailing wind direction is WN. The secondary prevailing wind direction is E.

154. The average annual precipitation in Hezhou is 1350 mm–1675 mm, and the general trend of precipitation distribution is increasing from west to east. The precipitation in the middle and lower reaches of Guangxi is large, and the distribution of precipitation is uneven within the year. The precipitation from April to September in flood season accounts for 76% of the whole year, with a great inter-annual variation of precipitation. Other typical climate data is shown in Table IV-1. 71

Table IV-1: Climate Condition in Hezhou Municipality Item Description Item Description Average temperature 19.1℃ Average rain days 171 days Average high 19.6℃ None-frozen days 320 days temperature Average low Annual sunshine 18.2℃ 1587 hours temperature hours Highest temperature 38.9℃ Average humidity 78% Lowest temperature -4.0℃ Average wind speed 1.8 m/s Source: the DEIA

Climatic Changes

155. A climate risk vulnerability assessment (CRVA) was conducted by the TRTA Consultant to identify the risk climate change presents to project viability, assuming a design life of 30–40 years.

156. Regional Climate Change: Based on the observation data of 15 meteorological stations from 1951 to 2005 in Hezhou Municipality, the Climate Research Centre of GZAR has conducted a study on local climatic trends.22 The study show that (i) The yearly temperature in Hezhou was increasing remarkably, especially since 1986; (ii) Along with climate warming, high-temperature weather has an increasing trend, freeze decreased significantly; (iii) The yearly precipitation have a slight trend of long term change, but the inter-annual variation of precipitation is significant; (iv) The number of precipitation days shows a decreasing trend, but the strong rainfall (above 50 mm) shows a slightly increasing trend; and (v) The trend of annual sunshine duration and wind speed is descent, but strong wind decreased remarkably.

157. Average temperature: The data analysis shows that the annual average temperature of Hezhou has shown a significant upward trend in the past 50 years (Figure IV-3). The linear trend is 0.201°C / (10 years), that is, the average annual increase of 0.201°C per 10 years (through 0.001 significance level test). Using the optimal segmentation method, the average temperature change in Hezhou from 1951 to 2005 can be divided into two stages: 1951−1985 and 1986−2005. The average value of the first 35 years is 21.6°C, and the annual temperature fluctuates around the average; the average of the last 20 years is 22.3°C, and the temperature of 85% is higher than the annual value (55-year average). It is quite obvious that the year with the highest temperature is 2003, reaching 23.1°C, which is 1.2°C higher than the annual value. Year

Figure IV-3: Annual Mean Temperature of Hezhou (1951–2005)

22 Q. Wenjian et al. 2010. Study on Temperature Variation Characteristics in Guangxi. Journal of Anhui Agriculture Science. 38 (2). pp. 18315–18318.

72

158. Maximum and minimum temperature. In the past 50 years, the annual average maximum temperature in Hezhou showed a slight increase trend, with an average increase of 0.076°C every 10 years (tested by 0.10 significance level); while the annual average minimum temperature showed a significant upward trend, increased by 0.282°C every 10 years (tested by 0.001 significance level). The rising trend of the lowest temperature is about four times more important than the increasing trend of the highest temperature. With the background of climate warming, the cold damage in Hezhou City has been significantly reduced. The number of days with a minimum daily temperature of ≤5°C since the 1990s averaged only 2 days per year.

Table IV-2: Maximum and Minimum Temperature in Hezhou (1951–2005)

159. Historical Precipitation. It can be seen from Figure 3 that the long-term trend of annual precipitation in Hezhou is not significant in the past 50 years, and its linear trend is 3.0 mm/(10 years) (failure to pass the significance test), but the inter-annual variation is large. The year with the most precipitation is 1,797.1 mm (1986), and the least year is only 827.9 mm (1989). Especially since the 1980s, the inter-annual variation is significant. The most precipitation and the least years in the past 50 years have appeared in this period. The trend of precipitation varies from season to season, with an average increase of 12.0 mm per 10 years in summer and 1.1 mm per 10 years in winter. The precipitation in autumn and spring has a decreasing trend, with an average decrease of 7.7 mm per 10 years. 2.5 mm.

Figure IV-4: Historical Precipitation Hezhou Area (1951–2005) 73

160. Projected climate change: 23 According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)’s Fourth Assessment Report (AR4), coastal areas, in particular, delta areas in Asia, are projected to have an increased flooding risk in the future. Climate change causes sea level rise and intensifies the global hydrological cycle, most notably making the spatiotemporal distribution of rainfall more uneven, resulting in an increased frequency and severity of water disasters (flood and drought) over many global regions.

161. The GCMs (General Circulation Models) provided by phases 3 and 5 of the Coupled Model Intercomparison Project (CMIP3 and CMIP5) have been widely used in the assessment of climate change. CMIP3 provides a basis for hundreds of peer-reviewed papers and plays a prominent role in the IPCC’s AR4 of climate change, while CMIP5 provides a framework for coordinated climate change experiments that use new insights on the climate system and the processes responsible for climate change and variability. In this study, the downscaling results (daily temperature and precipitation data) driven by 11 CMIP3 GCMs and 13 CMIP5 GCMs were used. The simulation data include 1) a historical simulation for both CMIP3 and CMIP5 for the period 1970–2000, 2) the CMIP3 Special Report on Emissions Scenarios (SRES) scenario A1B for the future period 2020–50, and 3) the CMIP5 representative concentration pathway (RCP) scenarios RCP2.6, RCP4.5, and RCP8.5 for the future period 2020–50.

162. Changes in Monthly Temperature: Figure IV-5 shows the predicted changes (i.e., the long-term mean monthly values for the period 2020–50 minus those for the period 1970–2000) in monthly temperature under the A1B, RCP2.6, RCP4.5, and RCP8.5 scenarios. As shown, almost all the models predict an increase in monthly temperature, but individual models and emissions scenarios differ significantly. This highlights the large uncertainty inherent in projections of climate change. In particular, the increase of temperature is relatively small under scenario A1B with the largest increase in December (<0.35°C). In the RCP scenarios, the most significant warming is found for RCP8.5. Significant warming is predicted by the models BCC_CSM1.1, CanESM2, CSIRO Mk3.6.0, and MPI-ESM-LR, in which the largest increases for the RCP2.6, RCP4.5, and RCP8.5 scenarios can be up to 2°, 2.3°, and 2.5°C, respectively. However, the CMIP5 ensemble mean and GISS-E2-R predict relatively small increases in temperature, with the maximum increase no more than 1.5°C. Overall, the average values of the projected changes for all the emissions scenarios of eight climate models are in the range of 1.04°–1.36°C. Note that the predicted increases for individual models are generally greater than those for the CMIP3 and CMIP5 ensemble means. The reason for this phenomenon is probably that the averaging of combined ensemble models reduces the maximum weight, which weakens the effects of extreme values.

23 Z. Han. 2017. Assessing the Impact of Climate Change on the Waterlogging Risk in Coastal Cities: A Case Study of Guangzhou, South China. Journal of Hydrometeorology.

74

Figure IV-5: Changes in Monthly Temperature (2020–2050)

163. Predicted percentage changes in monthly precipitation: Figure IV-6 shows the predicted percentage changes in monthly precipitation under the A1B, RCP2.6, RCP4.5, and RCP8.5 scenarios. Here the projected percentage changes represent the percentage ratio of the projected differences to the long-term mean monthly values for the period 1970–2000, where the projected differences are computed as the long-term mean monthly values for the period 2020– 50 minus those for the period 1970–2000. As shown, a larger uncertainty is found for the projection of monthly precipitation than for monthly temperature. The A1B scenario of CMIP3 ensemble mean predicts an increase across all 12 months, especially for the flood season, in which the increases can be up to 30%. This scenario may cause an increased risk of flooding in the Guangzhou-Hezhou Area during the flood season. In contrast, a large uncertainty in monthly precipitation exists for the RCP scenarios since different models show different results. Taking all the models as a whole, the monthly precipitation tends to increase in January, July, and November and decrease in February, March, October, and December.

164. Projected changes in extreme precipitation: In general, extreme daily rainfall has a significant impact on flood control of the Guangzhou-Hezhou Area (Chen et al. 2013b; Wu et al. 2014a). In this study, AM1R and AM3R were chosen for analysis of extreme precipitation projection. Three different return periods (i.e., 100, 50, and 20 years) were calculated using the P-III frequency distribution. Although the projected ranges of AM1R and AM3R show relatively large variability with different future scenarios and models, most predict an increase in the future period (2020–50). The largest increases in AM1R and AM3R are found in the RCP4.5 scenario of CanESM2, which can be up to 148.3%. 75

Figure IV-6: Changes in Monthly Precipitation (2020–2050)

165. Conclusion: Results indicated a large uncertainty driven by climate models and emissions scenarios in the projection of climate change, and a larger uncertainty was found in the projection of precipitation than of temperature. For the period of 2020–50, significant warming trends were predicted by all the emissions scenarios of the climate models. This projection is coherent with the climatic trend in the last 60 years according to historical records from 1951–2005.

Hydrology and Water Resources

166. The He River is the main river system of the Hezhou Municipality. The He River Basin is located at the boundary between the northeast of GZAR and the northwest of Guangdong Province, with a geographical location between 111°0849"~112°1146" E and 23°2043 "~25°0828" N. The Tropic of Cancer passes through the southern edge of the basin. The He River Basin is a trans-provincial river spanning GZAR, Hunan, and Guangdong provinces, with a basin area of 11,599 km2, of which 8,371 km2 in GZAR (72.1%).

167. The He River is a tributary of the left bank of the Xi River, located in the northeast of the Xi River Basin, originating in the southwest of Mailing Town, Fuchuan County of GZAR. The river runs through Fuchuan County, Zhongshan County, Pinggui District, and Hezhou City and flows into the Xi River in Fengkai County of Guangdong Province. The mainstream of the He River is 357 km long, with a drop of 417 m and an average ratio of 0.58‰. The He River and its tributaries are shown in Table IV-3: .

76

Table IV-3: He River and its Tributaries Length Average Catchment River Headwater point Estuary Point of river slope area (km²) (km) (‰) Jiangkou Town, Yellow sand ridge, Fengkai County, He River Mailing town of 11599 357 0.58 Guangdong Fuchuan county Province Gupo Mountain, Pinggui District of Baisha River 196 22 3.00 Fuchuan County Hezhou Wanggao Town, Xiwan Village of Xiwan River 205 40 7.67 Pinggui District Pinggui District Shalongchong Gupo Mountain, - 25.1 13.5 8.0 Wuyangshanchong Dagui Mountain - 21.4 5.5 15.2 Keda River Gupo Mountain - 6.8 7.8 44.8 Source: DEIA Institute.

168. The area is part of the Pearl River Watershed, as shown in Figure IV-7. There are three major tributaries of Pearl River, namely Xi River, Dong River, and Bei River. The Hezhou area is in the watershed of Xi River. He River, which is one of the main tributaries to Xi River, runs through the Hezhou area. As shown in Figure III-2, the tributaries to the He River, namely Baisha River and Fuchuan River, run through the mountainous areas in the north of Hezhou City, including the mining areas where the pollution areas are located. The Pearl River is the second large river in the PRC, with a total length of about 2,320 km and a total watershed area of 453,690 km2. The population in the watershed is about 89.9 million. Due to the large population and the rapid economic development, the water quality has been obviously polluted in recent years, which is the top priority of the municipalities in the watershed maintaining the water quality safe for their residents.

169. The municipalities in the Pearl River Watershed, including Hezhou, have the most important responsibility to protect and safeguard the water quality of the river systems to ensure the drinking water safety for all residents in the watershed, especially for the most populated area in Guangzhou and Guangdong province in the downstream of the watershed. To clean up the pollutions in the abandoned mining area and eliminate any potential long-term pollution and environmental risks to restore the area environment and ecology has become an urgent task for Hezhou Municipal Government.

Figure IV-7: Pearl River System Figure IV-8: He River and Its Tributaries 77

170. The project area is in the Baisha River Basin, a tributary of Fu River (the upstream of He River). There are four tributaries in the area, all of which belong to the Baisha River system. The northern tributary is Shalongchong, which begins from Gupo Mountain and flows through Hekou Town, Jianghua County, Hunan Province, Fuchuan Yao Autonomous County from Qingshiban, and then into Shalongchong reservoir, which is discharged into Hongshuiping reservoir through an underground channel. The central tributary is the Keda River, which also originates from the Gupo mountain area and is divided into two branches before into Hongshuiping reservoir, respectively. The downstream tributary of Hongshuiping reservoir discharges into Baisha River in the north of Baisha Town. The southern tributary is Wuyangshanchong, which originates from the Dagui mountain of Baisha Town and flows into the Hongshuiping reservoir. The last tributary is Jinzhuchong, which originates from Gupo mountain and Chapanyuan mountain in the East, flows out of the project area from the northeast to the southwest, and flows into the Xiwan River in Jinzhuchong village, and then into Baisha River. See Figure IV-9 for the distribution of the drainage systems in the mining area.

Shalongchong Reservoir

Shalongchong

Baisha River

Dahutang

Hongshuiping Reservoir Jinzhuchong

Keda River

Dashuitang Wuyangshanchong

Figure IV-9: River and Ponds around the Kedashan Mining Area

171. Water bodies within and downstream of the proposed Kedashan site. There are many ponds in the project area due to mining, of which the three large ones are Zhongnan Pond, Dahu Pond, and Dashui Pond; and there are two small-sized irrigation reservoirs downstream of the area, namely Shalongchong Reservoir and Hongshuiping Reservoir (see Chapter III, associated facilities in detail). According to the survey conducted by the DEIA Institute, there is no drinking water intake in the project area and the downstream reservoirs. The drinking water of the nearby villagers is mountain spring water. There is no drinking water source within and downstream of the Kedashan area. The water ponds within the Kedashan area are polluted and acidic, the water pH arrange is 3.97−7.41.

78

Figure IV-10: Dahu Pond Figure IV-11: Dashui Pond

Figure IV-12: Zhongnan Pond

Flora, Fauna, And Biodiversity

172. Flora in Hezhou Municipality: Hezhou is located to the north of the Tropic of Cancer and belongs to the subtropical monsoon climate zone. The project areas are urban built-up areas and abandoned mines, where, due to the longtime of human activities, the original ecology has been modified, with no native vegetation and the existing vegetation being secondary natural vegetation or artificial vegetation. The natural vegetation is divided into warm evergreen coniferous forest, limestone mountain deciduous broadleaf shrub and warm and hot grass, with a majority of the vegetation being warm evergreen coniferous forest and limestone mountain deciduous broadleaf shrub, and warm and hot grass as minor vegetation. Artificial vegetation consists of evergreen economic forest, paddy field, and dry land, with mostly paddy field and dry land. The regional ecology system is mainly an agricultural ecosystem and forestry ecosystem, and the quality of terrestrial ecology is average. Currently, most of the tree species in the project evaluation area are common greening and landscaping plants such as bamboo and willow, as well as crops. The major crops in the evaluation area include the common crops of rice, corn, Sanhua plum, water chestnut, tobacco, and vegetables, and there are no local special species. Rice is double- cropping rice, part of which is used as dry crops. The typical floras of the city are summarized in Table IV-4: 79

Table IV-4: Summary of Flora in Hezhou Municipality Vegetation Common Name / Chinese Protection Status Scientific Name Type name PRC IUCN Arbor trees Pinus massoniana Masson’s Pine/马尾松 No No Eucalyptus grandis Eucalyptus/桉树 Cunninghamia lanceolata China fir/杉木 Schima superba 荷木 Liquidambar formosana, Formosa sweet gum/枫香 Cyclobalanopsis 大叶栋 myrsinifolia, Castanopsis fissa Evergreen Chinkapin 稠木 Grasses/ Rhodomyrtus tomentosa Myrtle(桃金娘) Vines/ Emblica officinalis Amla 油柑子 Bamboo Melastoma candidum Asian melastome 野牡丹 Adina rubella Chinese buttonbush 水杨梅 Cultivated Citrus sinensis Orange,柑桔 species Camellia sinensis Tea 茶 Note: “No” refers to non-protected species. Source: DEIA Institute (March 2021).

173. Flora in Kedashan Area. The proposed project site is located within the jurisdiction of Baisha Town, Fuchuan County of Hezhou Municipality. The region has obvious mountain climate characteristics, belonging to the subtropical humid monsoon climate, the forest area of 3280 hectares, a forest coverage rate of 36.16%. The main vegetation types are aquatic herbs, grass, shrubs, evergreen, deciduous broad-leaved mixed forest, and evergreen broad-leaved forest. The vegetation coverage rate in the project area is over 61.8%, 90.1% of artificial forests, 9.9% of natural forests, and the main tree species are Eucalyptus grandis, Masson pine, Stone Mountain shrub, varietals, small bamboo, and Chinese fir, accounting for 56.68%, 26.43%, 6.74%, 6.50%, 3.12%, and 0.53%, respectively. The vegetation is mainly pine, the shrub layer is sparse, the herbaceous layer is mainly fern, and there are a few epiphytic vines. In the project area, there are no ancient and famous trees and no wildlife under national and provincial key protection.

80

Figure IV-13: The Existing Vegetation on Kedashan Site (Pines, bamboo, shrubs, weeds, and reeds)

174. Flora of Pinggui Subproject. The natural vegetation in Pinggui District belongs to the subtropical evergreen broad-leaved forest, mixed forest, or monsoon rain forest. The dominant tree is Pinus massoniana, and the popular arboreal species comprise Schima superba, Liquidambar formosana, Cyclobalanopsis myrsinifolia, and Castanopsis fissa. The planted forest is dominated by fir. The popular shrubs include myrtle, Amla, Melastoma, and Adina. The grass is dominated by Miscanthus floridulus, Dicranopteris linearis, and Arundinella anomala. In the project area, there are no ancient and famous trees and no wildlife under national and provincial key protection.

175. Fauna in the Kedashan area. The animal species are summarized as follows:

 Fish. All these fish species are common species and have no special requirements for spawning sites, and no anadromous feeding site or anadromous spawn sites are distributed in the project area for migratory fishes.

 Amphibians. There are not many amphibians distributed in the mine area. Only common species could be found: Rana zewalskii, Rana spinosa, Rana grandis, Rana variegata, Rana ornamenta, Rana variegata, and Rana minor arcuate.

 Reptilia. The main reptiles are wide distributed species.

 Bird species. A total of 20 species belonging to 10 families were recorded in the sample line survey in the area, all of which are widespread species: brown-winged cuckoo, white wagtail, common kingfisher, long-tailed blue magpie, large-billed crow, gray orbital thrush, mountain wren, long-tailed slit-leaved warbler, spear thrush, red-tailed water robin, gray- backed swallowtail, white-rumped wren, dark green embroidered eye, great tit, collared finch-billed bulbul, white-headed bulbul, red-rumped bulbul, partridge, gray-breasted bamboo chickadee, ring-necked pheasant.

 Mammalia. There are few species of large and medium-sized mammals in and around the mine area. Except for Rodents, the mammals that are more abundant in the nearby forests are Silver Star Bamboo Rat, South China Rabbit Red Muntjac, Lesser Muntjac, and Wild Boar. 81

176. Fauna of Pinggui Subproject. Due to frequent and extensive human activities in the project area, wild animals have lost their suitable habitat for breeding. The main wild animals are voles, frogs, birds, insects, and a few reptiles. No rare and endangered species and nature reserves could be identified in or near the project area.

177. The Faunas in Hezhou Municipality are summarized in Table IV-5:

Table IV-5: Fauna in Hezhou Municipality Protection Type Scientific Name Common or Chinese Name PRC IUCN Rana limnocharis Rice frog 泽蛙 No No Rana spinosa giant spiny frog 棘胸蛙 Zhangixalus dennysi Chinese Flying Frog 大树蛙 Rhacophorus Amphibians 斑腿树蛙 leucomystax Microhyla ornata Ornamented Pygmy Frog 饰纹姬蛙 Microhyla pulchra Marbled Pigmy Frog 花姬蛙 Microhyla heymonsi Dark-sided chorus frog 小弧斑姬蛙 Eumeces chinensis 石龙子 Gekko chinensis 壁虎(蝘蜓) Elaphe carinata 王锦蛇 Elaphe radiata 三索锦蛇 Elaphe taeniura 黑眉锦蛇 Retiles Natrix stolata 草游蛇 Ptyas korros 灰鼠蛇 Ptyas Mucosus 滑鼠蛇 Xenochrophis piscator 渔游蛇 Trimeresurus steinegeri 竹叶青 Centropus sinensis 褐翅鸦鹃 Motacilla alba 白鹡鸰 Alcedo atthis 普通翠鸟 Urocissa erythrorhyncha 长尾蓝鹊 Corvus macrorhynchos 大嘴乌鸦 Alcippe morrisonia 灰眶雀鹛 Prinia superciliaris 山鹪莺 Orthotomus sutorius 长尾缝叶莺 Babax lanceolatus 矛纹草鹛 Birds Rhyacornis fuliginosus 红尾水鸲 Enicurus schistaceus 灰背燕尾 Lonchura striata 白腰文鸟 Zosterops japonica 暗绿绣眼鸟 Parus major 大山雀 Spizixos semitorques 领雀嘴鹎 Pycnonotus sinensis 白头鹎 Pycnonotus cafer 红臀鹎 Francolinus pintadeanus 鹧鸪 Bambusicola thoracica 灰胸竹鸡

82

Protection Type Scientific Name Common or Chinese Name PRC IUCN Phasianus colchicus 环颈雉 Phaiomys leucurus Blyth’s Vole 田鼠 Rhizomys pruinosus 银星竹鼠 Lepus sinensis 华南兔 Mammals Muntiacus muntjak 赤麂 Muntiacus reevesi 小麂 Sus scrofa 野猪 Gallus domestiaus Chicken 鸡,家鸡 Duck Duck 鸭,家鸭 Anser cygnoides Domestic/ gaggle 鹅,家鹅 Commercial orientalis Species Sus scrofa Pig 猪 Bovine Cattle 水牛 Capra aegagrus hircus Goat 羊,山羊 Note: “No” refers to non-protected species. Source: DEIA Institute (March 2021).

178. Biodiversity. GZAR, as well as Hezhou Municipality, are located in tropical and subtropical climate zones. The areas are typical karst landforms with a warm climate, heavy rainfall, and rich animal and plant resources, which are of important conservation value. In recent years, with economic development, rapid urbanization, and serious human disturbance, the biodiversity in Hezhou is facing a serious threat.

179. Due to long-term mining activities, the original vegetation and landform of Kedashan have been destroyed, while the Pinggui Subproject is located in the existing urban area, where intense human disturbance occurs. During the construction, the potential impacts to flora, fauna, and biodiversity will be minimal; after. After the completion of the project, due to cut off the pollution sources, increase the vegetation area the project will significantly benefit the local biodiversity.

180. Assessment of biodiversity. The surveys and studies of the flora and fauna on the sites and in Hezhou Municipality were conducted by the DEIA institute, jointly with the IA staff, in May 2018 and April 2019, respectively. The survey methods include literature retrieval and inquiry, technical personnel on-site survey, and Drone aerial photography + image interpretation and analysis. The main literature retrieved and cited include: (i) Flora in GZAR (Guangxi Science and Technology Press, 1991-2011); (ii) "Fauna of China" (Amphibia, Reptilia, Birds, Mammalia, Science Press, 1978−2006); (iii) A Catalogue of the Classification and Distribution of Birds in China (Second Edition, Science Press, 2011); (iv) Distribution Catalogue of Terran Vertebrates in Guangxi (Zhou Fang, 2011); and (v) Catalogue of Main Native Tree Species in GZAR (Forestry Department of GZAR). IBAT was used to screen the potential biodiversity feature and species for both Kedashan and Pinggui subprojects. It provides an indication of the potential biodiversity- related features, including protected areas and key biodiversity species, which may be near the project region. Threatened species such as endangered species (IUCN Red List category: EN), critically endangered species (IUCN Red List category: CR), and vulnerable species (IUCN Red List category: VU) were searched using IBAT within 1 km, 5 km, and 10 km of the proposed locations. The species as shown in the following table (Table IV-6: ) can be potentially found near the proposed locations. These species have been analyzed and screened out to confirm their existence and identify any impacts of local projects. The results show that the projects will not affect the habitats of targeted protected species. Due to long-term mining activities, the original 83

vegetation and landform of the Kedashan area have been destroyed, while the Pinggui Subprojects are located in the existing urban area, where intense human disturbance occurs. During the construction, the potential impacts to biodiversity will be minimal. After completion of the project, due to cut off the pollution sources, increase the vegetation area, the project will benefit the local biodiversity.

Table IV-6: Threatened Species in Hezhou Municipality near Project Areas Common Taxonomic IUCN Population Species Name Biome Name Group Category Trend Andrias Chinese Giant AMPHIBIA CR Decreasing Freshwater davidianus Salamander Aythya baeri Baer's Pochard AVES CR Decreasing Freshwater Chinese Terrestrial, Cuora trifasciata Threestriped REPTILIA CR Decreasing Freshwater Box Turtle Manis Chinese MAMMALIA CR Decreasing Terrestrial pentadactyla Pangolin Panthera pardus Indochinese MAMMALIA CR Decreasing Terrestrial ssp. delacouri Leopard Marine, Anguilla japonica Japanese Eel ACTINOPTERYGII EN Decreasing Freshwater Aquila nipalensis Steppe Eagle AVES EN Decreasing Terrestrial Terrestrial, Ciconia boyciana Oriental Stork AVES EN Decreasing Marine, Freshwater Japanese Marine, Coilia nasus Grenadier ACTINOPTERYGII EN Decreasing Freshwater Anchovy Geoemyda Black-breasted Terrestrial, REPTILIA EN Decreasing spengleri Leaf Turtle Freshwater Magnolia MAGNOLIOPSIDA EN Decreasing Terrestrial aromatica Magnolia MAGNOLIOPSIDA EN Decreasing Terrestrial lotungensis Mergus Scaly-sided Terrestrial, AVES EN Decreasing squamatus Merganser Freshwater Moschus Forest Musk MAMMALIA EN Decreasing Terrestrial berezovskii Deer Oriolus mellianus Silver Oriole AVES EN Decreasing Terrestrial Oroanassa magni White-eared Terrestrial, AVES EN Decreasing ca Night-heron Freshwater Pachytriton Terrestrial, AMPHIBIA EN Decreasing wuguanfui Freshwater Quasipaa Boulenger's Terrestrial, AMPHIBIA EN Decreasing boulengeri Spiny Frog Freshwater Spiny- anked Terrestrial, Quasipaa shini AMPHIBIA EN Decreasing Frog Freshwater King Rhinolophus rex MAMMALIA EN Decreasing Terrestrial Horseshoe Bat Lesser Terrestrial, Anser erythropus Whitefronted AVES VU Decreasing Freshwater Goose

84

Common Taxonomic IUCN Population Species Name Biome Name Group Category Trend Asian Terrestrial, Aonyx cinereus Smallclawed MAMMALIA VU Decreasing Marine, Otter Freshwater Eastern Terrestrial, Aquila heliaca AVES VU Decreasing Imperial Eagle Freshwater Arctictis binturong Binturong MAMMALIA VU Decreasing Terrestrial Terrestrial, Common Aythya ferina AVES VU Decreasing Marine, Pochard Freshwater Capricornis Mainland MAMMALIA VU Decreasing Terrestrial sumatraensis Serow Eastern Glossy Caryanda pieli INSECTA VU Decreasing Terrestrial Grasshopper Corvus pectoralis Collared Crow AVES VU Decreasing Terrestrial Cyornis Brown-chested AVES VU Decreasing Terrestrial brunneatus Jungleycatcher Elaphe Moellendorff's REPTILIA VU Decreasing Terrestrial moellendor Trinket Snake Terrestrial, Emberiza rustica Rustic Bunting AVES VU Decreasing Freshwater Luciocyprinus Shuttle-like ACTINOPTERYGII VU Decreasing Freshwater langsoni Carp Stump-tailed Macaca arctoides MAMMALIA VU Decreasing Terrestrial Macaque Magnolia odora Tsong's Tree MAGNOLIOPSIDA VU Decreasing Terrestrial Rickett's Myotis pilosus Bigfooted MAMMALIA VU Decreasing Terrestrial Myotis Naja atra Chinese Cobra REPTILIA VU Decreasing Terrestrial Clouded Neofelis nebulosa MAMMALIA VU Decreasing Terrestrial Leopard Ophiophagus King Cobra REPTILIA VU Decreasing Terrestrial hannah Panthera pardus Leopard MAMMALIA VU Decreasing Terrestrial Paramesotriton Wanggao Terrestrial, AMPHIBIA VU Decreasing fuzhongensis Warty Newt Freshwater Paris polyphylla Love Apple LILIOPSIDA VU Decreasing Terrestrial Terrestrial, Pitta nympha Fairy Pitta AVES VU Decreasing Freshwater Pseudohemiculter ACTINOPTERYGII VU Decreasing Freshwater dispar Burmese Python bivittatus REPTILIA VU Decreasing Terrestrial Python Quasipaa Chinese Edible Terrestrial, AMPHIBIA VU Decreasing spinosa Frog Freshwater Rusa unicolor Sambar MAMMALIA VU Decreasing Terrestrial Schoeniparus Golden-fronted Terrestrial, AVES VU Decreasing variegaticeps Fulvetta Freshwater Cabot's Tragopan caboti AVES VU Decreasing Terrestrial Tragopan 85

Common Taxonomic IUCN Population Species Name Biome Name Group Category Trend Asiatic Black Ursus thibetanus MAMMALIA VU Decreasing Terrestrial Bear Note: CR: Critically Endangered; EN: Endangered; VU: Vulnerable.

181. Provincial-level Gupo Mountain Nature Reserve. The nature reserve is in Hezhou Municipality, with the total area of 6,549 ha (14.2 km from north to south, 11.9 km from east to west). The boundary of Kedashan site is 5.6 km away from the boundary of the nature reserve. The nature reserve is a small nature reserve, its main protection objects are as follows:

 The subtropical evergreen broad-leaved forest was the dominant forest ecosystem.

 The subtropical biodiversity of camphor, palmetto, fukien cypresa, fukien nut, tree-fern, golden retriever, cantonensis pine, toona sinensis, rhododendron, tuatara, musk deer, pheasant.

 Water conservation forest, and

 Tourism resource.

182. The construction activities of proposed project will not have any negative impact on the reserve, because of 5.6 km distance between the nature reserve and the Kedashan subproject area, the limited construction scope, and the construction activities are only excavation, filling, stabilization of waste slag, and planting of trees; and the Pinggui subproject is in the existing urban area with the building construction only.

183. There are scenic spots in Hezhou Municipality, including National Gupo Mountain Forestry Park, Hezhou Hot Spring, and Bishuiyan Stone. According to site investigations, the project will not involve any scenic area, natural reserve, or forestry parks, and the project area is mainly an abandoned mining area. The nearest project site is 5.8 km away from the Gupo Mountain Forestry Park.

Social and economic status

184. Social and Economic Development. In 2018, the regional GDP of Hezhou reached 60.1 billion yuan, up 9.3% year on year, among which the added value of primary, secondary, and tertiary industries reached 12.2 billion yuan, 20.9 billion yuan, and 27 billion yuan, up 4.5%, 11.2%, and 10% respectively. Per capita GDP is 29,200 yuan.

185. Culture, Education and Health. The city has many research institutions in the disciplines of agriculture, forestry, agricultural machinery, and science and technology information. There are 746 primary schools in Hezhou Municipality with 291,346 primary school students, achieving a schooling rate of 100% for school-age children. There are 4 high schools, 8 secondary schools, and 103 junior high schools hosting 67,839 students and 2 special education schools with 1,523 students on campus. Hezhou Municipality has 25 kindergartens with 1,213 preschool classes and 5,988 children. There are 20 specialized (vocational) schools of different types, 1 general institution of higher education, 10 schools of various kinds of adult schools. The City has teaching faculty of 21,936 persons in senior, junior, and vocational middle school. There are 112 medical and health institutions, 93 hospitals and health centers, and 2587 hospital beds.

86

186. Transportation. With an urban area of up to 15 km2, Hezhou Municipality has 121 urban roads with a total length of 73.68 km. The transportation system in Hezhou Municipality mainly comprises highways and waterways. National Highway 207 and 323, as well as 3 provincial highways, run through the city. Guilin-Wuzhou Expressway and Luoyang- Railway Guangxi Section, Guangzhou-Hezhou Expressway also run across Hezhou Municipality, constituting a local transportation system “like five dragons flying towards the sea.” Hezhou Municipality has a total length of 2,543 km for classified roads, including more than 300 km for Class II roads. The percentage of high-class roads in the city’s road network is far much higher than the provincial average of GZAR. With a road density of 21.27 km/100 km2, Hezhou has basically achieved the goal of connecting every county to Class II roads, some towns and townships to asphalt pavement roads, and every village to roads accessible to motorized vehicles. Waterway transportation mainly relies on the Gu River and He River that joins Xi River and connects Wuzhou Port, providing 1-day waterway access to Guangzhou, Hong Kong, and Macau.

187. Hezhou is a mixed residential area of many ethnic groups. The majority is Han nationality, and there are many ethnic minorities such as Zhuang, Yao, Miao, Hui, Dong, and Yi. Its total population is 2.33 million. Due to the economic development in recent years, the urbanization process continues to accelerate. The urban supporting facilities continue to improve, attracting more and more rural population to live and do business in the urban area.

C. Environmental Baseline

Ambient Air Quality

188. Baseline air quality in the project area was assessed through (i) compilation and review of available monitoring data in Hezhou Municipality in 2019, where the local EEB have permanent automatic monitoring stations to record up to six parameters (NO2, SO2, CO, O3, PM10, and PM2.5). The mean annual values for all six parameters in 2019 all met the Grade II standard of the Ambient Air Quality Standard of GB3095-2012 (Table IV-7:). The distance from the automatic monitoring station to the sites of Kedashan and the three facilities of Pinggui subprojects are 26 km and 6−7 km, respectively.

Table IV-7: Ambient Air Quality baseline in 2019 Monitoring data Grade II Standard Standard Pollutant Item (μg/m³) (μg/m³) compliance Annual Average 11 60 meet SO2 Daily average 20 150 meet Annual Average 21 40 meet NO2 Daily average 48 80 meet CO Daily average 1200 4000 meet Annual Average 54 70 meet PM10 Daily average 107 150 meet Annual Average 34 35 meet PM2.5 Daily average 68 75 meet

O3 Annual Average 137 160 meet Source: DEIA Institute. 87

Acoustic Environment

189. Noise baseline monitoring for the two subprojects of Kedashan and the Pinggui were conducted on 13-14 November 2018 and 30-31 December 2020, respectively, at 20 locations (Table IV-8). The monitoring results show that the noise levels at all locations met the PRC Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008) – Grade II and Grade 4a, while the noise baseline at the points of N7 and N11 (west boundary of the Health-elderly Care Center and the Workers’ Hospital) exceeded the WBG EHS guideline values of 55 dB for daytime. The monitoring report concludes that the reason for the standard-exceeding (the WBG EHS Guideline) was traffic noise in the urban areas.

Table IV-8: Monitoring Location for Noise Baseline Mine area Sampling No. Location N1 North boundary of Kedashan area Kedashan Mining N2 South boundary of Kedashan area Area N3 West boundary of Kedashan area N4 East boundary of Kedashan area N5 East boundary of the site N6 South boundary of the site The Health- N7 West boundary of the site elderly care Center N8 East boundary of the site N9 No. 5 Senior High School at the southwest of the site N10 Residential community at the west of the site N11 East boundary of the Workers’ Hospital N12 South boundary of the Workers’ Hospital The Workers’ N13 West boundary of the Workers’ Hospital Hospital N14 North boundary of the Workers’ Hospital N15 Residential community to the west of Workers’ Hospital N16 East boundary of the KSSC The Knowledge N17 South boundary of the KSSC and Skills N18 West boundary of the KSSC Sharing Center (KSSC) N19 North boundary of the KSSC N20 The Ethnic School at the west of the KSSC Source: DEIA Institute.

88

Table IV-9: Baseline Noise Monitoring Data (dB(A)) Monitoring Result Grade II and Sampling Grade 4a WBG EHS Standard Time Remark No. Day 1st Day 2nd Standard of Guideline compliance GB3096-2008a Day 41.3 40.9 60 (Grade II) 55 meet N1 Night 40.8 40.6 50 (Grade II) 45 meet Day 41.0 41.6 60 (Grade II) 55 meet N2 Night 39.5 39.6 50 (Grade II) 45 meet Day 43.3 44.3 60 (Grade II) 55 meet N3 Night 42.1 41.7 50 (Grade II) 45 meet Day 45.3 44.0 60 (Grade II) 55 meet N4 Night 42.6 42.1 50 (Grade II) 45 meet Day 52.7 51.9 60 (Grade II) 55 meet N5 Night 42.8 42.8 50 (Grade II) 45 meet Day 53.2 52.9 60 (Grade II) 55 meet N6 Night 43.3 43.3 50 (Grade II) 45 meet Day 61.2 59.6 70 (4a) 55 meet N7 Night 46.4 42.3 55 (4a) 45 meet All data meet the Day 53 52.5 60 (Grade II) 55 meet Grade II and 4a N8 Night 43.1 42.5 50 (Grade II) 45 meet standard of GB3096-2008. Day 53.9 52.8 60 (Grade II) 55 meet N9 Night 43.3 42.2 50 (Grade II) 45 meet Day 52.4 51.3 60 (Grade II) 55 meet The data at the N10 Night 42.9 41.7 50 (Grade II) 45 meet N7 and N11 exceeded the Day 60.4 61.4 70 (4a) 55 meet N11 WBG EHS Night 43.1 43.4 55 (4a) 45 meet Guideline value Day 52.8 51.5 55 (Grade I) 55 meet (daytime) N12 Night 43.7 42 45 (Grade I) 45 meet Day 49.4 51.8 55 (Grade I) 55 meet N13 Night 43.6 43.1 45 (Grade I) 45 meet Day 54.4 53.8 55 (Grade I) 55 meet N14 Night 42.8 42.3 45 (Grade I) 45 meet Day 49.7 50.8 55 (Grade I) 55 meet N15 Night 43.8 42.1 45 (Grade I) 45 meet Day 58.4 59.6 70 (4a) 55 meet N16 Night 43.4 44.2 55 (4a) 45 meet Day 49.8 48.8 70 (4a) 55 meet N17 Night 42.7 43.1 55 (4a) 45 meet Day 48.2 47.8 55 (Grade I) 55 meet N18 Night 43.1 41.2 45 (Grade I) 45 meet N19 Day 54.4 53.8 70 (4a) 55 meet 89

Monitoring Result Grade II and Sampling Grade 4a WBG EHS Standard Time Remark No. Day 1st Day 2nd Standard of Guideline compliance GB3096-2008a Night 42.8 42 55 (4a) 45 meet Day 49.6 49.9 55 (Grade I) 55 meet N20 Night 42.4 41.4 45 (Grade I) 45 meet a Grade II noise standard apply to urban residential areas and general commercial areas, while the 4a standard apply to two sides of urban trunk roads. Source: DEIA Institute.

Surface water quality

190. For the Kedashan Subproject, the baseline surface water qualities of the project area were monitored by the certificated environmental monitoring entity (GZAR Haiqing-Tiancheng Testing Co.) during the periods of 27−29 August 2018, 1−3 November 2018, 14−16 January 2019, 11−13 April 2019 and 25−27 July 2019, respectively. Total 32 sampling points were selected (W1−W32 in Table IV-1010), and the map of the sampling locations is shown in Table APP2-1: Monitoring Data of Surface Water Baseline – Kedashan Subproject

191. The applicable standard is the Surface Water Quality Standard of GB3838-2002-Grade IV.

192. For the Pinggui Subproject, 4 sampling points were selected and monitored (W33−36) during the period of 30 December 2019 to 1 January 2021. The monitoring results are shown in Table IV-12. The applicable standard is the Surface Water Quality Standard of GB3838-2002)- Grade III, while the reference standard (for the Ag and residual chlorine only) is the Drinking Water Quality Standard of GB5749-2006 due to no limits in the standard of GB3838-2002.

Table IV-10: Monitoring Points for Baseline Monitoring of Surface Water Quality Area Sampling No Description of Sampling location Kedashan W1 Hongshuiping Reservoir Area Waste slag dump between Hongshuiping Reservoir and W2, W3, W4 Shalongchong Reservoir W5−W9 Shalongchong Reservoir W10 Coming water from Hunan Province W11, W12 Stream flow into Hongshuiping Reservoir W13, W14 Dashui Pond W15 Outlet of Zhongnan Pond W16−W26 Zhongnan Pond W27−W29 Outlet of Dahu Pond W30−W32 Dahu Pond Pinggui W33 2,000 m upstream of the confluence of Xiwan River and He River Area W34 1,000 m upstream of the confluence of Xiwan River and He River W35 Xiwan automatic water station cross-section

90

6,000 m downstream of the discharge outlet of Pinggui sewage W36 plant

Figure IV-14: Sampling Points for Surface Water Baseline – Kedashan Subproject

193. In the Surface Water Quality Standard of GB3838-2002, the standard values of pH, copper (Cu), chromium (Cr6 +), cadmium (Cd), and lead (Pb) in the Grade III and Grade IV are the same. The parameters of SS, iron (Fe), manganese (Mn), and thallium (Tl) are applicable to the centralized drinking water source in the standard of GB3838-2002, not applicable to this project due to no drinking water source within and downstream of the site, the monitoring data are for reference only. The monitoring results are summarized as follows:

194. The surface water baseline of Kedashan Subproject: The monitoring results are listed in Appendix 2. Monitoring data of environmental baseline – Kedashan Subproject (Table AppII-1 and Table App2-2).24 The monitoring results show that in the Kedashan area: (i) the surface water quality of Shalongchong Reservoir and Dashui Pond meets the Grade IV of Surface Water Quality Standard; (ii) Mn in the Hongshuiping Reservoir exceeded the standard due to water flowing from Dahu Pond; (iii) Mn at some points at Zhongnan Pond area exceeded the standard, while the other points met the standard; (iv) the water in Dahu Pond was polluted due to low pH value, the exceeded pollutant was Mn; and (v) the surface water nearby the waste slag dump was seriously polluted due to extremely low pH value, which accelerates heavy metals in waste slag released

24 Because there are too many data for the surface water baseline (Kedashan Subproject, so the data are listed as appendix. 91

into the water body, causing excessive heavy metals in the water, lead to heavy metal pollution in the water. i). Results of first monitoring (27-29 August 2018): the water qualities at the 25 points met the Grade IV standard. i) pH at W2 was acidic, and Pb exceeded the standard; (ii) arsenic (As) at W5 (Shalongchong Reservoir) exceeded the Grade IV standard, and pH was alkaline, (iii) pH at W9, W18, W27, W31, W32 were acidic; (iv) NH3-N at W10 exceeded the standard, (v) Cd and Pb at W18 exceeded the standard. The exceed-standard points are mainly located within the scope of the original mining area. In addition, the following points exceeded the standard values for centralized drinking water sources: Mn at W1, W11, W12, W15, W17, and W18; Fe and Mn at W32; and Fe, Mn and thallium (Tl) at W2. ii). Results of second monitoring (1−3 November 2018, dry season): the water qualities at 18 points met the Grade IV Standard. (i) pH at W2 was acidic, and Pb exceeded the standard; (ii) pH at W5 and W19 were alkaline, (iii) pH at W18, W20, W31, and W32 were acidic, (iv) Cr6+ at W16-W19, and W24-W28 exceeded the standard, and (v) Cd and Cr6 at W20 exceeded the standard. In addition, the following points exceeded the standards for centralized drinking water sources: Mn at W1, W6, W7, W11, W15-W18, W27-W30; Tl at W8 and W9, Mn and Tl at W12, W20, and W31, and Fe, Mn and Tl at W2 and W32. iii). The third monitoring (14–16 January 2019): 26 out of 32 met the Grade IV standard. (i) pH at W2, W18, W20, W27, W31, and W32 were acidic, (ii) Cd at W20 exceeded the standard. In addition, the following PRC Grade III Standard of GB3838-2002)-, with the exceeded parameters exceeded the standards for centralized drinking water sources of pH, Fe, Mn at, and Cd, the 26 standard-exceeding points are W1, W3, -W4, W6, W11-W18, W20, W26-W32, and Mn and Fe at W2 and W20. iv). Results of the fourth monitoring (11–13 April 2019): the water qualities at 24 points met the Grade IV standard. (i) pH at W2, W18, W20, W28-W32 were acidic, and (ii) Cd at W20 exceeded the standard. The following monitoring points exceeded the standards of centralized drinking water sources: Mn at W1, W10, W11, W13-W19, W21, w23, Grade III Standard of GB3838-2002)-, with the exceeded parameters of pH, Pb, Fe, Mn, and As, the 21 standard-exceeding points are W2, W10-W21, W26-W32; and Mn and Fe at W2, W12, and W20. v). Results of the fifth monitoring (25-27 July 2019): results show that: 24 points met the Grade IV standard: (i) pH at W2, W18, W20, W28-W32 were acidic. The following points exceeded the standards of centralized drinking water sources: Mn at W1, W13, W15, W17−W19, W23, W28-W32; and Mn and Fe at W2 and W20.

195. The number of points that met the Grade IV standard in the five monitoring is summarized in Table IV-11. Fourteen (14) of the 32 points all met the Grade IV standard in 5 monitoring.

Table IV-11: Summary of Sampling Points Met the Grade IV Standard Monitoring Number of No. Sampling points meet Grade IV Standard Date points W1, W3, W4, W6, W7, W8, W10,W11, W12, 27−29 Aug. 1st Monitoring 25 2018 W13, W14, W15, W16, W17, W19, W20, W21, W22, W23, W24, W25, W26, W28, W29, W30 2nd W1, W3, W4, W6, W7, W8, W9, W10, W11, W12, 1−3 Nov. 2018 18 Monitoring W13, W14, W15, W21, W22, W23, W29, W30

92

Monitoring Number of No. Sampling points meet Grade IV Standard Date points W1, W3, W4, W5, W6, W7, W8, W9, W10, W11, 14−16 Jan. 3rd Monitoring 26 W12, W13, W14, W15, W16, W17, W19, W21, 2019 W22, W23, W24, W25, W26, W28, W29, W30 W1, W3, W4, W5, W6, W7, W8, W9, W10, W11, 11−13 Apr. 4th Monitoring 24 W12, W13, W14, W15, W16, W17, W19, W21, 2019 W22, W23, W24, W25, W26, W27 W1, W3, W4, W5, W6, W7, W8, W9, W10, W11, 25−27 Jul. 5th Monitoring 24 W12, W13, W14, W15, W16, W17, W19, W21, 2019 W22, W23, W24, W25, W26, W27 The points that all met the W1, W3, W4, W6, W7, W8, W11, W12, W13, 14 standard in 5 monitoring W14, W15, ·W21, W22, W23 Source: DEIA Institute.

196. The Surface water baseline of Pinggui Subproject: Except for fecal coliform at the point of W33, W34, and W36, all the monitored parameters met the Grade III standard of GB Surface Water Quality Standard of GB3838-2002, while the reference standard (for the Ag and residual chlorine only) is the Drinking Water Quality Standard of GB5749-2006. (See Table IV-12)

Table IV-12: Monitoring Results of Surface Water Baseline- Pinggui Subproject (mg/L, except pH and coliform) Monitoring Item W33 W34 W35 W36 parameter Monitoring value 8.59~8.64 8.55~8.61 8.47~8.53 8.46~8.55 Standard value 6~9 pH Standard met met met met compliance Monitoring value ND ND ND ND Standard value ≤0.2 Cyanide Standard met met met met compliance Monitoring value ND ND ND ND Standard value ≤0.2 Anionic surfactants Standard met met met met compliance 28000~350 35000~92 35000~540 Monitoring value 790~1400 00 000 00 Fecal coliforms Standard value ≤10000 (MPN/L) Standard exceeded met exceeded exceeded compliance Monitoring value 5~7 7~7 10~12 12~13 Standard value ≤20 CODcr Standard met met met met compliance Monitoring value 1.4~1.9 1.6~2.3 2.2~2.7 2.8~2.9 Standard value ≤4 BOD5 Standard met met met met compliance 0.007~0.0 0.007~0.00 Cr6+ Monitoring value 0.01~0.014 0.008~0.01 1 8 93

Monitoring Item W33 W34 W35 W36 parameter Standard value ≤0.05 Standard met met met met compliance 0.244~0.25 0.246~0.2 0.309~0.32 Monitoring value 0.132~0.149 8 69 6 NH3-N Standard value ≤1 Standard met met met met compliance Monitoring value ND ND ND ND Standard value ≤0.05 Petroleum Standard met met met met compliance Monitoring value ND ND ND ND Standard value ≤0.005 Volatile phenol Standard met met met met compliance 0.006~0.00 0.004~0.0 0.004~0.00 Monitoring value 0.004~0.005 7 05 5 residual chlorine Standard value ≤0.5 Standard met met met met compliance 0.0022~0.0 0.006~0.007 0.0022~0. 0.0019~0.0 Monitoring value 038 5 0038 023 As Standard value ≤0.05 Standard

compliance Monitoring value ND ND ND ND Standard value ≤0.0001 Hg Standard met met met met compliance Monitoring value <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 ≤ Cd Standard value 0.005 Standard met met met met compliance Monitoring value <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 ≤ Pb Standard value 0.05 Standard met met met met compliance Monitoring value ND ND ND ND Standard value / Cr Standard / / / / compliance ND~0.0000 Monitoring value ND ND ND 5 Ag Standard value ≤0.05 Standard met met met met compliance Temperature Monitoring value 11~11.4 10.9~11.2 11.1~11.4 11.2~11.3

94

Monitoring Item W33 W34 W35 W36 parameter Color Monitoring value 10 10 10 10 SS Monitoring value 17~21 21~24 14~16 15~18 Source: DEIA Institute.

Groundwater Quality

197. Kedashan Subproject: Seven groundwater samples (Table IV-13) were taken by the monitoring entity during the periods of 26–28 September 2018, 1–3 November 2018, 14–16 January 2019, 11–13 April 2019, and 25–27 July 2019, respectively. The sampling method was that continuous sampling for 3 days, once a day, and a mixed water sample for each monitoring point. 17 parameters were monitored, including pH, total hardness, CODMn, Cr6+, Cd, Mn, Fe, Hg, Pb, As, NH3-N, Cu, Zn, CN-, SO4, Tl, and fecal coliform. The monitoring sites are shown in Figure IV-15, and the monitoring data are listed in Appendix 2 (Table App2-3).

Table IV-13: Monitoring Points for Baseline Monitoring of Groundwater Quality Sampling Well Water Area Description of Sampling location No. depth (m) level (m) Well at Chashuicong Community G1 1.2 0.6 (north of the project area) G2 Dashui Pond area 14.0 2.0 G3 Shalongchong Reservoir 20.0 6.0 Kedashan G4 Zhongnan Pond 40.0 6.0 mining area G5 Dahu Pond 40.0 8.0 Well at Chaqing Village (west of the G6 16.0 9.0 project area) Well at Shuichong Village (southwest G7 6.0 0.15 of the project area) Source: DEIA Institute.

95

Figure IV-15: Sampling Points for Groundwater Baseline – Kedashan Component

198. The sampling points in Table IV-13 are: (i) mostly located in the down gradient to the landfill site (direction of ground water flow); (ii) represents groundwater qualities at different depths; and (iii) The groundwater quality of the sampling sites will be monitored during the operation of landfill to monitor the groundwater qualities and to assess impact to the groundwater qualities from the landfill. (The monitoring parameters and monitoring frequency are listed in Table EMP-5 (a). The monitoring results (Table App2-3) indicate that the groundwater qualities in Kedashan Mining Area could not meet the PRC Groundwater Quality Standard of GB/T14848-2017-Grade III, with the standard-exceeding pollutants of CODMn, Fecal coliform, As, Pb and Mn. According to the DEIA, the reason for standard-exceeding of fecal coliform and CODMn was by infiltration of surface water; and that for the standard-exceeding of As, Pb and Mn was pollution from waste slag dumps.

(i) The first monitoring (26–28 September 2018): (a) the fecal coliform in all the 7 sampling points exceeded the PRC Groundwater Quality Standard of GB/T14848-2017-Grade III; (b) CODMn at G2, and Mn at G3, G4, and G5 points exceeded the standard.

(ii) The second monitoring (1–3 November 2018): (a) the fecal coliform in all the 7 sampling points exceeded the Grade III Standard; and (b) CODMn at G2 point, As at G5 point and Mn at G3, G4, and G5 points exceeded the standard.

(iii) The third monitoring (14–16 January 2019): (a) the fecal coliform in all the 7 sampling points exceeded the Grade III Standard; (b) the CODMn and Pb at G2 point exceeded the standard; (c) SO4 at G4 and G5, As at G2, G4, and G5 points; and (c) Mn at G4, G5 points exceeded the standard.

(iv) The fourth monitoring (11–13 April 2019): (a) the fecal coliform in all the 7 sampling points exceeded the Grade III Standard; (b) SO4 at G4D4 and G5D5 points, As at G2D2 and G4D4 points exceeded the standard, and (c) Pb at G2 point, and Mn at G4 and G5 points exceeded the standard.

96

(v) The fifth monitoring (25–27 July 2019): (a) the fecal coliform in all the 7 sampling points exceeded the standard; and (b) pH and Mn at G2D2 and G4D4 points and NH3-N at G5D5 point exceed the standard.

199. The DEIA concludes that the reason for the standard exceeding of fecal coliform and NH3- N is infiltration of polluted surface water, while the reason for the As, Pb, and Mn is pollution by contaminated slag heaps on the site.

200. Groundwater in Pinggui Subproject: the construction contents of the component will be building constructions for the three institutions. The component is the Class IV general construction project, which does not involve the influence of groundwater quality. According to Article 4.1 of the “Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment on Groundwater Environment (HJ610-2016)”, therefore, groundwater baseline was not monitored for the component. However, according to groundwater monitoring on sites 1.2km northeast to Worker’s hospital site tested on 16 -18 July 2020, Mn, CODMn, and fecal coliform of some sampling sites exceeded Grade III standard defined in Ground Water Quality (GB/T14848-2017). In order to confirm the result, another test was carried out on 27 November 2020, and the result showed that both Mn and CODMn values were valid. The exceeding result may result from backfilling pollution and sampling pollution. 97

Baseline of Soil and sediment Qualities

201. The baseline soil and sediment qualities in the Kedashan Mining area were monitored by the environmental monitoring entity during the period 14–16 August 2018, 13 November 2018, 18–24 December 2018, and 23–24 January 2019, respectively. The sampling points are: 138 points for the surface soil monitoring, 4 proposed soil-borrow areas and 11 points for the sediment points under the ponds in Kedashan Mine were monitored, and 12 points for sectional sampling in different depths were conducted. The applicable standards are the “Soil Quality Standard for Pollution Risk Control on Farmland of GB15618-2018”.

202. The monitoring results in Table App 2-4 of Appendix 2 show that (i) all the soil qualities at surface soil monitoring points could not meet the PRC Soil Quality Standard for Farmland of GB15618-2018, with the exceed-standard pollutants of As, Cd, Cu, Pb, Zn, Ni, and Cr; (ii) the soil quality at different depths (sectional sampling) could not meet the standard of GB15618-2018, the exceed standard pollutants are As, Cu, Pb, Cd, Zn, and Ni; (iii) the exceed pollutants in sediment are As, Cd, Cu, Pb, and Zn; and (iv) exceeded- standard pollutants in the soil-borrow area of A1, A36 and Q1 were As and Cu, As and As and Cd, respectively. The monitoring results indicate that the soil and sediment in the project areas were contaminated by the mining activities in history.

203. Surface soil sampling. (i) The 138 sampling points of surface soil in the Kedashan mine area, including sampling No. 1-102, and A1-A31(additional sampling), among which A1, A30, A32, A33, and A34 was background soil sampling points (the areas without contaminated by waste slag dumps; and (ii) 4 points for soil-borrow areas (A1, A35, A36, and Q1); the 14 parameters were monitored, including pH, organics, F, Cu, Zn, Pb, Cd, Hg, As, Ni, Cr, Tl, TN, and TP.

204. Sectional sampling in different depths: 12 sampling points (No. 10, 11, 105, 31, 27, 55, 63, 86, 92, 97, 77, 114) was selected based on 5 section lines, the sampling depths from ground level was every 0.5 m depth for a sample from 0.5-3.0 m, and every 1.0 m from 3.0 m-6.0 m; the 10 parameters were monitored, including pH, Cu, Zn, Pb, Cd, Hg, As, Ni, Cr, Tl.

205. Sediment sampling and monitoring: 11 sampling points for the sediment baseline under the ponds in the Kedashan mine area were selected (S1-S11), the 9 parameters were monitored, including Cu, Zn, Pb, Cd, Hg, As, Ni, Cr, Tl.

206. The monitoring results show that: (i) all the soil qualities at surface soil monitoring points could not meet the Soil Quality Standard for Farmland of GB15618-2018, with the exceed- standard pollutants of As, Cd, Cu, Pb, Zn, Ni, and Cr; (ii) the soil quality at different depths (Sectional sampling) could not meet the standard of GB15618-2018, the exceed standard pollutants are As, Cu, Pb, Cd, Zn, and Ni; (iii) the exceed pollutants in sediment are As, Cd, Cu, Pb and Zn; and (iv) exceeded- standard pollutants in the soil-borrow area of A1, A36 and Q1 were As, Cu and Cd, respectively. The monitoring results indicate that the soil and sediment in the project areas were seriously contaminated by the mining activities in history.

207. The sampling points are shown in Figure IV-16, and the baseline data of pollutants exceeding the standard in each subarea are shown from Table IV-14 to Table IV-22, and all the detailed monitoring data are listed in Appendix 2 (Table App2-4).

98

1. Green (sediment points) 2. Pink (soil points) 3. Blue (Additional soil point)

Figure IV-16: Sampling Points of Soil and Sediment of the Ponds on Kedashan Area

Table IV-14: Soil Quality Baseline of Hongshuiping Reservoir Area (mg/kg) Sampling No. Sampling Date F25 As Cd Cu Pb Zn Ni Standard Screening value 25 0.6 200 140 250 190 value26 Control limit 120 3.0 - 700 - - 1 16 Aug. 2018 8800 — — — +109 — — 2 16 Aug. 2018 — *1860 +1.44 1660 +161 364 — 3 16 Aug. 2018 3000 — — — +134 — — 4 16 Aug. 2018 4800 *4510 +1.21 850 +273 335 — 7 16 Aug. 2018 2600 *584 +1.47 305 *504 276 — 8 16 Aug. 2018 3400 *598 *2.06 458 *821 413 — 9 16 Aug. 2018 — +166 — — +92.6 — — 10 16 Aug. 2018 6200 *1860 +0.64 561 +170 — — 12 16 Aug. 2018 — *1300 +1.08 922 +147 347 — 13 16 Aug. 2018 8600 *1150 *3.89 517 *407 753 67 18 16 Aug. 2018 3800 *996 *1.75 413 +292 439 — Note: Data marked with “+” and “*” exceed the screening value and risk control limit defined in GB 15618-2018, respectively Source: DEIA Institute.

25 Fluoride is not included in the Standard and the monitoring values here are for reference only. 26 The standard values vary according to the soil pH and the use of farmland. The screening value and risk control limits standard in the column are for farmland with 6.5<pH ≤7.5, and screening value of As, Cd, Cu and Pb are only for paddy field. The detail index could be referred in Table II-11 & Table II-12. 99

Table IV-15: Soil Quality Baseline of Shalongchong Reservoir Area (mg/kg) Sampling No. Sampling Date F As Cd Cu Pb Zn 19 16 Aug. 2018 3000 *861 *1.39 430 +260 398 5 14 Aug. 2018 2800 *1950 +0.71 705 +165 224 6 14 Aug. 2018 2100 *209 — 386 +136 — 11 14 Aug. 2018 2100 *1450 +1.2 448 +349 364 14 14 Aug. 2018 4200 *436 +0.72 197 +160 — 15 14 Aug. 2018 — *829 +0.74 762 +168 381 16 16 Aug. 2018 5300 *734 — 851 +371 261 17 16 Aug. 2018 4700 *1340 — 909 *412 468 20 14 Aug. 2018 2900 *770 — 1690 +91.5 424 21 14 Aug. 2018 3000 *791 +0.93 848 +168 353 22 16 Aug. 2018 — *1150 - 1020 +326 235 24 14 Aug. 2018 2100 *1160 +2.15 223 +287 570 25 14 Aug. 2018 4800 *690 *3.92 151 +418 438 30 14 Aug. 2018 2500 *1600 *3.95 415 *764 773 31 26 Sept. 2018 — *322 +1.3 201 +202 236 32 14 Aug. 2018 2500 *1820 *3.23 395 +662 676 38 14 Aug. 2018 4500 *1450 +1.69 288 +225 389 39 14 Aug. 2018 3400 *1040 +2.67 290 +653 567 40 14 Aug. 2018 — *1920 *5.94 452 *994 1100 103 14 Aug. 2018 — *1000 +0.32 446 +137 — 104 14 Aug. 2018 — *917 *8.76 241 *974 1120 105 14 Aug. 2018 — *1000 *8.56 230 *934 1070 A1 23 Jan. 2019 2800 *1020 — 137 — — A2 23 Jan. 2019 2400 +70.7 — 416 +308 — A3 23 Jan. 2019 2200 *204 — 458 +280 — Note: Data marked with “+” and “*” exceed the screening value and risk control limit defined in GB 15618-2018, respectively Source: DEIA Institute.

Table IV-16: Soil Quality Baseline of Dashui Pond Area (mg/kg) Sampling No. Sampling Date F As Cd Cu Pb Zn Ni 23 15 Aug. 2018 8700 *889 +0.87 695 +247 333 — 26 15 Aug. 2018 — *391 — 67 +319 — — 27-1 26 Sept. 2018 — *2950 *3.2 742 *769 840 — 27-2 24 Dec. 2018 — *867 +0.52 — +199 — — 28 15 Aug. 2018 2700 *3190 +0.34 729 *528 704 — 29 15 Aug. 2018 — *5300 *2.03 684 *846 825 —

100

Sampling No. Sampling Date F As Cd Cu Pb Zn Ni 33 15 Aug. 2018 — — — — +156 — — 34 15 Aug. 2018 4000 *1750 +1.03 860 +287 511 — 35 15 Aug. 2018 4100 *2020 +1.43 667 +244 996 125 36 15 Aug. 2018 3400 *6560 *1.67 863 — 761 — 37 15 Aug. 2018 — — — — +126 — — 42 14 Aug. 2018 8500 *279 +0.35 734 *1560 442 — 43 14 Aug. 2018 4700 *434 — 907 +112 306 — 44 15 Aug. 2018 — *298 — — — — — 45 15 Aug. 2018 — — — — +107 — — Note: Data marked with “+” and “*” exceed the screening value and risk control limit defined in GB 15618-2018, respectively Source: DEIA Institute.

Table IV-17: Soil Quality Baseline of Middle Area between Ponds of Dahu, Zhongnan, and Dashui (mg/kg) Sampling No. Sampling. Date F As Cd Cr Cu Pb Zn Ni 41 14 Aug. 2018 — *348 — — 104 — — — 50 14 Aug. 2018 — *335 — — 0 +80.2 — — 51 14 Aug. 2018 — *1220 — — 360 +147 — — 52 14 Aug. 2018 — *3080 — — 637 +173 — — 53 14 Aug. 2018 2100 *1990 *1.51 — 566 *930 796 — 58 16 Aug. 2018 2800 *216 — — 562 +219 — — 59 16 Aug. 2018 2300 *331 *5.44 — 111 *713 620 — 60 14 Aug. 2018 2300 *2860 +0.88 — 650 +328 600 — 61 14 Aug. 2018 2200 *864 — — 146 +108 — — 62 14 Aug. 2018 — *384 — — — — — — 65 16 Aug. 2018 2200 *485 — — 261 *3240 319 94 66 16 Aug. 2018 2400 +160 — — 291 *562 — 100 67 16 Aug. 2018 — *319 — — 1210 *923 264 — 68 16 Aug. 2018 2200 *1890 — — 330 *1970 436 78 69 16 Aug. 2018 — *682 — — 545 *2990 — 139 73 16 Aug. 2018 3400 *914 *1.61 — 256 *3620 471 74 74 16 Aug. 2018 2900 *204 +0.32 — 291 +313 — 99 75 16 Aug. 2018 — +112 — +166 671 — — — 76 16 Aug. 2018 — *244 — — 180 +126 — — 77 15 Aug. 2018 — +96.5 — +173 134 — — — 78 15 Aug. 2018 — +91.7 — +176 134 — — — 79 15 Aug. 2018 — +96.3 — +165 132 — — — 101

Sampling No. Sampling. Date F As Cd Cr Cu Pb Zn Ni 80 15 Aug. 2018 — +115 — +169 120 — — — 81 15 Aug. 2018 2200 *710 — — 270 — — — 114 16 Aug. 2018 3200 *4370 *27.8 — 1030 — 3100 — Note: Data marked with “+” and “*” exceed the screening value and risk control limit defined in GB 15618-2018, respectively Source: DEIA Institute.

Table IV-18: Soil Quality Baseline of Zhongnan Pond (mg/kg) Sampling No. Sampling Date F As Cd Cu Pb Zn Ni 46 16 Aug. 2018 3200 *172 — 56 +70.5 — — 47 16 Aug. 2018 2900 +102 — 57 — — — 48 16 Aug. 2018 — +107 — — +74.5 — — 49 14 Aug. 2018 — *2450 +0.73 180 +328 325 — 54 16 Aug. 2018 3200 *532 — 164 +294 236 — 55 16 Aug. 2018 3800 *195 +0.84 69 +183 — — 56 16 Aug. 2018 — +131 — — +73.8 — — 57 16 Aug. 2018 — *378 — 163 *928 217 85 63 26 Sept. 2018 — *258 — 274 — — — 64 16 Aug. 2018 2500 *213 *3.34 119 +338 457 — 70 16 Aug. 2018 — *282 +0.47 254 *685 329 61 71 16 Aug. 2018 4300 *292 — 164 *1190 353 — 72 16 Aug. 2018 — *338 — 175 +213 208 — A4 24 Jan. 2019 2800 +177 +1.41 186 *504 344 68 A5 24 Jan. 2019 2800 *256 — — +78.9 — — A6 24 Jan. 2019 2800 *1220 — 215 +109 332 — A7 24 Jan. 2019 4200 *312 — 206 — 246 — Note: Data marked with “+” and “*” exceed the screening value and risk control limit defined in GB 15618-2018, respectively Source: DEIA Institute.

Table IV-19: Soil Quality Baseline of Dahu Pond (mg/kg) Sampling No. Sampling. Date F As Cd Cu Pb Zn Ni 82 15 Aug. 2018 — *253 +0.58 96 — — — 83 15 Aug. 2018 — *230 +0.31 112 — — — 84 15 Aug. 2018 6600 *4710 +0.83 856 — — — 85 15 Aug. 2018 6500 +103 — — — — — 86 15 Aug. 2018 3100 *1050 +0.43 1760 +143 — — 87 15 Aug. 2018 2700 *665 +0.7 304 +160 215 — 88 15 Aug. 2018 — *1070 *6.37 459 *509 732 91

102

Sampling No. Sampling. Date F As Cd Cu Pb Zn Ni 89 15 Aug. 2018 — *1050 *2.62 611 +155 374 73 90 15 Aug. 2018 4900 +83 — 55 — — — 91 15 Aug. 2018 — +52.5 — — — — — 92 15 Aug. 2018 — *463 +0.79 — +207 308 — 93 15 Aug. 2018 — *422 +1.32 198 190 254 — 94 15 Aug. 2018 — +90.7 — 58 — — — 95 15 Aug. 2018 — +97.4 — 136 +96 — 71 96 15 Aug. 2018 6000 *282 — 137 — — — 97 26 Sept. 2018 — *2510 +1.44 2680 +148 — — 98 15 Aug. 2018 2500 *972 *1.57 440 +187 298 — 99 15 Aug. 2018 3100 *665 *1.76 595 +220 264 78 100 15 Aug. 2018 4700 *644 +0.9 317 +169 226 — 101 15 Aug. 2018 2900 *1090 +1.48 526 +298 322 — 102 15 Aug. 2018 9100 *455 +0.35 303 +80.7 — — A8 23 Jan. 2019 — +122 — 73 — — — A9 23 Jan. 2019 — +132 +0.43 — — — — A10 23 Jan. 2019 — *367 +0.42 102 +103 — — A11 23 Jan. 2019 — +164 — 65 — — — A12 23 Jan. 2019 — *372 — 424 — — — A13 23 Jan. 2019 — *2790 +0.98 2390 — 201 — A14 23 Jan. 2019 — *184 +0.77 70 +84.3 — — A15 24 Jan. 2019 — *840 +0.32 118 — — — A16 24 Jan. 2019 — *457 — 151 — — — A17 24 Jan. 2019 3200 *341 — 80 — — — A18 24 Jan. 2019 2500 *386 — 109 — — — A19 24 Jan. 2019 — *561 — 91 +105 — — A20 23 Jan. 2019 5900 *3160 *1.84 2640 +118 — — A21 23 Jan. 2019 — *4260 *13.3 3300 +288 1510 — A22 23 Jan. 2019 2500 *232 — 75 — — — A23 23 Jan. 2019 — *157 — 189 — — — A24 24 Jan. 2019 6900 *3000 +0.98 964 +106 — — A25 24 Jan. 2019 — *482 — 518 *450 — — A26 24 Jan. 2019 — +58 — 98 — — — A27 23 Jan. 2019 — *204 — 76 — — — A28 23 Jan. 2019 2000 +123 — 53 +205 — — A29 23 Jan. 2019 — *348 — 79 +91.7 — — 103

Note: Data marked with “+” and “*” exceed the screening value and risk control limit defined in GB 15618-2018, respectively Source: DEIA Institute.

Table IV-20: Soil Quality Baseline of Background Sites within Kedashan Area (mg/kg) Sampling No. Sampling Date F As Cd Cu Pb A30 23 Jan. 2019 2560 +163 — — — A31 23 Jan. 2019 3510 *946 — 141 +90.2 A32 23 Jan. 2019 2810 *163 — — — A33 24 Jan. 2019 2800 *470 — 90 +120 A34 24 Jan. 2019 — *725 +0.43 158 +198 Note: Data marked with “+” and “*” exceed the screening value and risk control limit defined in GB 15618-2018, respectively Source: DEIA Institute.

Table IV-21: Soil Quality Baseline of Soil Borrowing Area (mg/kg) Sampling No. Sampl. Date As Cd Pb A351# Luoshan Village 23 Jan 2019 — — — A362# Luoshan Village 23 Jan 2019 +30.4 — — Q1 Baisha Town 13 Nov 2018 +63.0 +0.31 — Q2 Kedashan area 13 Nov 2018 *358 +1.47 +198 Note: Data marked with “+” and “*” exceed the screening value and risk control limit defined in GB 15618-2018, respectively Source: DEIA Institute.

Table IV-22: Soil Quality Baseline of Profile Samples for Kedashan Subproject (mg/kg except for depth and pH) Sampling Sampling Depth As Cu Zn Pb Cd pH Ni No. date (m) 0~0.5 *1460 +346 125 +149 +0.67 6.2 32 0.5~1.0 *857 +304 86.1 +127 +0.53 5.8 20 1.0~1.5 *1790 +504 194 +170 +0.66 6 53 1.5~2.0 *1800 +488 165 +197 +0.71 6.1 51 2.0~2.5 *726 +236 +278 +142 +0.65 5.6 44 2.5~3.0 *533 +219 190 +147 +0.97 5.9 40 3.0~4.0 *376 +199 92.3 +78.7 +0.65 5.5 39 18 Dec. 4.0~5.0 *320 +290 146 +130 +0.55 5.2 48 10 2018 5.0~6.0 *313 +208 101 88.9 +0.69 5.8 45 6.0~8.0 *699 +219 128 +101 +0.57 5.8 40 8.0~10 *222 +142 68.6 +139 +0.69 6 31 10~12 *232 +157 71.9 +95.7 +0.71 6.1 33 12~14 *325 +169 46.1 +123 +0.32 5.5 +79 14~16 *396 +180 53.6 60.1 +0.32 5.5 58 16~18 *697 +314 91.9 +112 +0.45 5.9 42 18~20 *785 +286 71.9 +92.7 +0.39 5.5 47 18 Dec. 0~0.5 *365 +149 67.4 +111 +0.39 5.1 36 11 2018 0.5~1.0 *953 +145 64.9 +88.7 +0.32 5.7 23

104

Sampling Sampling Depth As Cu Zn Pb Cd pH Ni No. date (m) 1.0~1.5 *216 +148 57.7 73.3 0.24 6 22 1.5~2.0 *335 +124 60.6 69.6 +0.42 5.8 25 2.0~2.5 *363 +113 49 80.1 0.26 5.6 21 2.5~3.0 *390 +125 53 46.5 +0.32 6.1 19 3.0~4.0 *560 +461 127 +121 +0.44 6.2 41 4.0~5.0 *635 +447 130 +140 +0.52 6.9 44 5.0~6.0 *334 +199 66.8 64.4 +0.32 5.8 22 6.0~8.0 *347 +173 57.3 85.2 +0.38 5.8 18 0~0.5 *419 +169 183 74.2 +0.66 6 24 0.5~1.0 *449 +170 185 84.8 +0.78 5.6 21 1.0~1.5 *278 +131 175 71.8 +0.82 5.9 21 1.5~2.0 *176 +78 184 49.8 +0.43 5.3 34 18 Dec. 2.0~2.5 *123 +53 53.7 25.7 +1.54 6 14 86 2018 2.5~3.0 *99.7 +45 50.5 24.4 0.28 6 15 3.0~4.0 *126 +52 68 27.7 +0.4 6 +123 4.0~5.0 *131 +46 65.3 24.4 +0.42 6.4 +77 5.0~6.0 *207 +90 97 46 0.26 6.1 32 6.0~8.0 *209 +74 98.3 56.5 +0.49 5.9 34 0~0.5 *574 +556 133 +116 +0.5 4.5 41 0.5~1.0 *470 +578 135 +118 +0.53 5.1 39 18 Dec. 1.0~1.5 *452 +635 143 +121 +0.55 6 52 92 2018 1.5~2.0 *261 +477 120 +145 +0.93 4.7 +72 2.0~2.5 *176 +112 81.1 69.9 +0.32 6 28 2.5~3.0 *358 +122 74.8 +165 +0.7 6.6 29 0~0.5 *1130 +272 +445 +424 *2.68 6.2 39 0.5~1.0 *1240 +281 +530 +485 *2.97 6.4 44 1.0~1.5 *1270 +293 +608 *613 *3.77 6.3 46 1.5~2.0 *1200 +285 +730 *711 *3.44 6.4 49 2.0~2.5 *1860 +344 +917 *1030 *5.87 6.4 40 2.5~3.0 *1650 +326 +922 *1140 *5.9 6.1 40 3.0~4.0 *2170 +391 +1100 *1280 *6.33 6 42 4.0~5.0 *1870 +374 +1040 *1330 *6.7 5.9 40 18 Dec. 5.0~6.0 *1620 +354 +1040 *1240 *6.13 6.5 41 105 2018 6.0~8.0 *1750 +345 +950 *1130 *6.39 5.9 45 8.0~10 *1930 +337 +916 *1280 *2.91 6.5 46 10~12 *1760 +376 +560 *1240 *6.33 5.9 41 12~14 *1600 +268 +684 *742 *4.84 6.4 42 14~16 *1380 +307 +743 *871 *5.48 6.3 55 16~18 *1180 +278 +653 *1580 *4.06 6.6 78 18~20 *1460 +299 +949 *551 *5.52 6.5 85 20~22 *1520 +318 +886 *834 *5.92 6.4 51 22~24 *1610 +314 +904 *574 *5.8 6.3 46 105

Sampling Sampling Depth As Cu Zn Pb Cd pH Ni No. date (m) 24~26 *1560 +286 +917 *715 *6.6 6.4 43 26~28 *1360 +254 +743 *504 *5.24 6 46 0~0.5 *1650 +221 +222 +151 *3.09 5.7 +87 0.5~1.0 *1750 +218 +325 +178 *3.39 6.2 +85 1.0~1.5 *220 +100 57.4 74.1 *2.88 6.5 40 1.5~2.0 *420 +119 68.3 89.8 *2.74 6.2 42 2.0~2.5 *223 +114 58.4 85.1 *2.72 6.3 47 2.5~3.0 *349 +113 65.9 +90.3 *4.03 6.2 39 3.0~4.0 *128 +91 48.1 +99 *3.26 6.3 55 4.0~5.0 *155 +96 49.4 11.6 *4.38 6.1 48 18 Dec. 5.0~6.0 *634 +574 114 +129 *3.2 5.8 +81 114 2018 6.0~8.0 *294 +589 140 +133 *2.37 5.9 +78 8.0~10 *327 +399 +306 +208 *2.75 6.1 66 10~12 *344 +568 +383 +111 *2.65 6.3 +71 12~14 *475 +1020 172 15.2 *2.2 6.2 +75 14~16 *491 +602 182 11.5 *4.01 6.4 +86 16~18 *716 +616 +258 +174 *3.3 6.4 +84 18~20 *300 +762 +274 27.6 *4.45 6.4 +95 20~22 *177 +159 52.7 81.9 +0.79 6.1 34 22~24 *264 +164 59.6 +105 +1.21 6.2 40 0~0.5 *867 +92 149 +199 +0.52 7.5 19 0.5~1.0 *1250 +122 +207 +264 +0.75 6.5 23 1.0~1.5 *1040 +115 194 +249 +0.67 6.5 22 1.5~2.0 *1310 +117 197 +218 +0.66 6.7 21 2.0~2.5 *1700 +156 252 +284 +1.08 6.5 25 2.5~3.0 *1350 +126 194 +215 +0.77 6.7 21 3.0~4.0 *1600 +158 248 +242 +0.99 6.6 24 24 Dec. 4.0~5.0 *1800 +173 +296 +252 +1.12 6.6 26 27 2018 5.0~6.0 *1520 +428 +538 +776 +0.94 6.9 48 6.0~8.0 *833 +92 133 +150 0.3 6.8 20 8.0~10 *1160 +119 200 +218 +0.71 6.9 21 10~12 *1710 +170 125 +277 +0.88 7 28 12~14 *1120 +118 188 +200 +0.69 7 22 14~16 *1300 +304 +438 +375 +0.34 7.1 49 16~18 *1640 +486 +433 +386 +0.62 7 44 18~20 *1530 +384 +424 *2150 *4.31 7.2 67 0~0.5 *370 +162 +476 +406 *4.92 5.8 34 0.5~1.0 *364 +172 +507 +390 *5.68 6.4 36 4 Dec. 1.0~1.5 *323 +273 +590 +392 *5.61 5.8 26 55 2018 1.5~2.0 *540 +455 +809 *443 *7.51 5.2 28 2.0~2.5 *590 +404 +776 *504 *7.34 5.4 32 2.5~3.0 *390 +339 +724 +352 *8.12 5.4 27

106

Sampling Sampling Depth As Cu Zn Pb Cd pH Ni No. date (m) 3.0~4.0 *366 +198 +583 +408 *5.94 6 42 4.0~5.0 *356 +155 +607 *614 *4.73 6.3 42 5.0~6.0 *252 +154 +289 +248 *2.34 6.4 26 6.0~8.0 *420 +244 +710 +408 *10.2 5.8 32 8.0~10 *297 +224 +568 +264 *6.56 5.7 25 10~12 *267 +175 +399 +172 *4.11 6 17 12~14 *209 +120 +424 +257 *4.99 6.5 21 14~16 *94.9 +51 118 +137 +0.69 6.1 14 16~18 *80.7 42 118 90.3 +0.62 6.7 12 24 Dec. 0~0.5 *295 +115 +420 +117 +0.48 4.2 28 77 2018 0.5~1.0 35.4 +58 182 27.2 0.09 4.7 8 Note: Data marked with “+” and “*” exceed the screening value and risk control limit defined in GB 15618-2018, respectively Source: DEIA Institute.

208. For Pinggui Subproject, soil monitoring results show that: the pH value within the project area is between 5.89 ~ 7.11. According to table D.2 in Appendix D of Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment Soil Environment (Trial) (HJ964-2018), there is no acidification or alkalization for the Pinggui project area soil. The monitoring factors of each monitoring point in T1 (elderly care), T2 (workers' hospital), and T3 (TVET) were lower than the Grade II of land use risk screening value under Soil Environmental Quality Construction Land Soil Pollution Risk Control Standard (GB36600-2018).

107

V. ANTICIPATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

A. Project Area of Influence and Sensitive Receptors

209. To define the geographic scope of the impact assessment, the “project area of influence”27 and “sensitive receptors” for the two subprojects of Kedashan and Pinggui were identified. The project area of influence was defined as the total area which might be subject to adverse impacts of the project. This was based on the locations of sensitive receptors, defined as settlements that might be affected by the project construction and/or operation. The receptors (Table V-1 to Table V-4) comprise (i) villages, communities, and schools potentially subject to construction- or operational- noise, air pollution, surface water quality, and/or environment-related social impacts; (ii) the surface water bodies; and (iii) public institutions and service facilities vulnerable to disturbance or pollution.

Table V-1: Environmentally Sensitive Receptors – Kedashan Subproject Number of Direction and distance Applicable Item Sensitive Receptor affected to the site border28 standard persons Chachong Village 330 m north 30 Huangjinjie Village 787 m north 20 Baicaoyun Village 1,464 m north 50 Capanyuan Village 1,353 m south 80 Jinzuchong Village 1,447 m south 20 Shuichong Village 2,305 m southwest 100 Environmental Air Quality Wujia Village 2,164 m southwest 120 Ambient Standard air Shuikou Village 1,128 m west 30 (GB3095- Chaqing Village 970 m west 30 2012) – Grade II Hebei Village 1,470 m west 80 Daping Village 1,414 m northwest 50 Wengjia Village 1,080 m northwest 20 Qingshanjiao Village 1,197 m northwest 40 Huangbanqiao 806 m northwest 60 Village Surface Shalongchong Surface Water 646 m northwest — water reservoir Quality

27 According to the PRC EIA Guideline, as well as taking into account the project content and the local conditions, (i) the noise impact and EIA assessment scope for noise during the construction is within 200 m from the perimeter of the site boundary; (ii) for the impact to ambient air, there is no specified value in the EIA Guideline, after discussion and consultation with the experts of local EEB, the air impact range was determined to be 2,500 m outside the site boundary for both Kedashan and Pinggui subprojects; (iii) for the impact to surface water, the impact and EIA assessment ranges is from 500 m upstream of the Kedashan project area to the two reservoirs of Shalongchong and Hongshuiping; for the Pinggui subprojects, the surface water impact objective is the He River, about 2,000 m downstream of the project sites. 28 The data in Table V-1 is the distance from the sensitive receptor to the project boundary. All construction activities take place within the boundary,the boundary was proposed by both DEIA and FSR institutes, and there will be no any construction activity outside the boundary.

108

Number of Direction and distance Applicable Item Sensitive Receptor affected to the site border28 standard persons Hongshuiping Standard 1,321 m southwest reservoir (GB3838- Baisha River 422 m west - 2002) – Grade II Shalongchong River 519 m northeast - Source: DEIA report.

Table V-2: Environmentally Sensitive Receptors – The Health-Elderly Care Center of Pinggui Subproject Direction and distance Number of affected Applicable Item Sensitive receptor to site border persons standard Sporadic residents 80 m south 20 Environmental Shiziling Village 100 m east 600 Standard for Noise Noise (GB3096- No.5 High School 100 m west 4,000 2008) – Grade II Sporadic residents 80 m south 20 Qilinling Residential 270 M northeast 500 Area Dongfengling 700 m northeast .800 Residential Area Shiziling 100 m east .600 Residential Area No. 5 High School 100 m west 4,000 Huanghuashan 1,325 m southwest 280 Environmental Park Air Quality Ambient Guanyinyan 420 m south 1,200 Standard air Stone trading (GB3095- 350 m north 150 center 2012) – Grade Poverty relief II 545 m west 3,000 resettlement site Hezhou Ethnic 400 m southeast 2,500 School District 1,588 m southwest 2,300 Government Xiwan Town 550 m south 36,000 Xiwan Village 1,540 m south 6,000 Shangsong Village 2,100 m southwest 100 Surface Water Quality Surface Standard He River 2,000 m south - water (GB3838- 2002) -Grade III Source: DEIA report.

109

Table V-3: Environmentally Sensitive Receptors – Workers’ Hospital of Pinggui Subproject Direction and Sensitive Number of Applicable Item distance to site receptor affected persons standard border Sporadic Environmental Acoustic 50 m northeast 10 residents Standard for Environment Shiziling Village 80 m west 600 Noise (GB3096- Sporadic 50 m northeast 10 2008) – Grade residents II Qilinling Village 270 m northeast 500 Dongfengling 165 m east 800 Village Shiziling Village 80 m west 600 No.5 senior high 340 m west 4,000 school Hanghuashan 1,400 m southwest 280 Park Guangyinyan 390 m south 1,200 Environmental Ambient air Area Air Quality Stone Trading Standard 600 m north 150 Center (GB3095- Poverty relief 2012) – Grade 900 m west 3,000 resettlement site II Hezhou Ethnic 400 m south 2,500 School District 1,900 m southwest 2,300 Government Area Xiwan Town 430 m southwest 36,000 Xiwan Village 1,500 m south 6,000 Shangsong 2,450 m south-west 100 Village Surface Water Quality Surface Standard He River 2,000 m south - water (GB3838- 2002) -Grade III Source: DEIA report.

Table V-4: Environmentally Sensitive Receptors – Knowledge and Skill Sharing Center of Pinggui Subproject Sensitive Direction and distance Number of Applicable Item receptor to site border affected Persons standard Peripheral Environmental 80 m southwest 50 Residents Standard for Acoustic Noise Environment Hezhou Ethnic (GB3096- 100 m west 2,500 School 2008) – Grade II

110

Sensitive Direction and distance Number of Applicable Item receptor to site border affected Persons standard Peripheral 80 m southwest 50 Residents Kirinling 600 m northeast 500 Dongfengling 590 m north 800 Lion Hill 400 m northeast 600 Hezhou Fifth Senior High 500 m northeast 4,000 School Huanghuashan 1,356 m southwest 280 Park Environmental Air Quality Guanyin Rock 180 m west 1,200 Ambient air Standard Stone Trading 960 m northwest 150 (GB3095- Center 2012) – Grade Poverty alleviation 1,100 m northwest 3,000 II resettlement site Hezhou Ethnic 100 m west 2,500 School District 1,830 m southwest 2,300 government site Xiwan Town 530 m southwest 36,000 Xiwan Village 1,135 m southwest 6,000 Shang Song 2,350 m southwest 100 Village Surface Water Quality Surface Standard He River 2,000 m south - water (GB3838- 2002) -Grade III Source: DEIA report.

B. Anticipated Project Benefits and Positive Impacts

210. The project is intended to significantly contribute to achieving the targets for environmental and socioeconomic improvement in Hezhou City, as follows:

(i) Enclosed pollution sources to minimize the pollution to downstream water system: Kedashan Subproject of the project will clean up and restore the polluted abandoned mining area by using NBS, the long-accumulated seriously polluted slag and soil, after stabilizing treatment, will be buried in the specific landfill and closed with rainwater seepage preventing measure. The project will fundamentally minimize the major pollution source in the lower reaches of the He River as well as the Xi River and Pearl River system in Guangdong Province and will effectively protect drinking water safety for millions of downstream residents. By building and operating the on-site constructed wetlands, ecological restoration of slightly contaminated soil in the proposed area will reduce arsenic and heavy metals contents in the soil, improve the soil quality and protect the water quality of two small irrigation reservoirs downstream.

(ii) Increase employment opportunities: The construction and operation of the project will play an important role in stimulating domestic demand and ensuring the social and 111

economic harmonious growth of Hezhou Municipality. During the construction, about 10,461,000 local construction workers will be employed, including 200 for the Kedashan Subproject and 846 for the Pinggui Subproject. During the project operation, about 800 employment opportunities from the two subprojects. In addition to direct social benefits, through the development of ecological tourism and other business, as well as the vocational training for the surrounding labor forces, the project will promote the economic transformation, development of third industries in this resource-exhausted city will indirectly create thousands of jobs during the project operation.

(iii) Improvement of health and elderly care for residents: Construction of the Workers Hospital and the Medical Elderly Care Center of Pinggui Subproject will significantly improve the medical and elderly care services in Pinggui District and meet the health and elderly care demand of residents and villagers. Due to the rapid aging of Chinese society, the development of hospitals and elderly care facilities has been objectively full of demand and urgency. The project will effectively solve the problem of medical and elderly care resource shortage in Pinggui District. It can meet the medical and elderly care needs and will attract and stabilize technical personnel in the medical and elderly care field, and provide high- quality, professional, and low-cost medical and elderly care services for residents in Pinggui District and its surrounding areas.

(iv) Provide employment through vocational education: As metal mineral resources were exhausted, leading to a high unemployment rate and reduced urbanization rate in Hezhou Municipality. The project will provide vocational knowledge and skills training for unemployed workers, migrant laborers from agriculture, college graduates, the poor, women, and minority laborers. The project will increase employment and expand the middle-income group. It is of great significance to provide comprehensive skills of the labor force and alleviate the contradiction between supply and demand of the skilled labor force.

(v) Increase the vegetation coverage and produce the carbon sink: The total proposed afforestation and re-vegetation area is about 16.18 ha, comprising about 14.8 ha terrestrial vegetation and 1.36 ha aquatic vegetation. Increasing the greening area will help control soil erosion, beautify the environment, purify the soil, restore the ecological environment, and produce carbon sink to mitigate the impact of climate change. The project tree and shrub plantings are estimated to achieve 27 tons of carbon sequestration per year based on the local climatic condition.

211. The project is aligned with the PRC Thirteenth and Fourteenth Five-Year Plan (2016–2020 and 2021−2025), which promotes environmentally friendly and resource-efficient development, reduction of pollution and natural disasters, improvement of residents’ living standards, and construction of all-around well-off society. The project is also consistent with ADB’s Strategy 2020, which supports innovation and inclusive growth, by being designed to remove economic constraints, address climate change abatement and environmental concerns, promote sustainable social and economic growth, and support policy and institutional reforms.

C. Pre-Construction Phase

212. Prior to construction, the following measures will be implemented.

(i) Institutional strengthening: (a) The Hezhou project management office (HPMO) will assign at least one full-time, qualified environment officer to the HPMO team. This officer will lead the coordination of the EMP and other environmental issues during stages of

112

detailed design, pre-construction, construction, and operation; (b) the two project implementation units (PIUs) will each assign one full-time, qualified environment officer; (c) under the loan consulting services, HPMO will hire a loan implementation environment consultant (LIEC) to provide external support in environmental management during the project implementation; (d) each contractor shall assign at least one environmental engineer to be responsible for the implementation of the environmental mitigation measures specified in the EMP during construction; and (e) each construction supervision company (CSC) will assign at least one environmental supervision engineer on each construction site to supervise contractor's environmental mitigation measures implementation during its construction.;

(ii) Detailed design: The impermeable materials and process of the contaminated slag/soil landfill and leachate collection and disposal facility will be further designed and identified in detail to avoid pollution and impacts to downstream groundwater, surface water, and ecosystem.

(iii) Updating the EMP. The EMP was prepared based on the FSRs and the DEIAs, which will be updated based on the detailed construction designs as needed, including mitigation measures and monitoring. This will be the responsibility of HPMO, PIUs, and LIEC.

(iv) Training in environmental management. The LIEC and personnel from Hezhou municipal ecology and environment bureau (HEEB) will give training in implementation and supervision of environmental mitigation measures, in particular, environmental management measures relating to restoration works of polluted mine and medical wastes disposal, to contractors and the CSCs, as well as the environmental officers of the HPMO and the PIUs.

(v) Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM). The HPMO and PIUs will implement the project GRM at least two months before the start of construction to ensure that the project villages, communities, schools, and other institutions are well informed and provided the opportunity to discuss any concerns. This is further to the public consultations already conducted during project preparation (Section VII).

(vi) Bidding document and contract documents. The project environmental management plan (EMP; Appendix 1), including the requirements for environmental, health, and safety (EHS), as well as the prevention and control of COVID-19, will be included in the bidding documents and contracts for the procurement of civil works, goods, and services. All contractors and subcontractors will be required to comply with the EMP.

(vii) Contractors’ obligations. Contractors, in their bids, will respond to the environmental clauses in the bidding documents for EMP requirements. Prior to construction, each contractor will develop a site EMP based on the attached project EMP and assign at least one person responsible for the environment, health, and safety (EHS). The site EMP shall include the following: (a) surface water protection; (b) spill control and management; (c) site drainage and soil erosion protection; (d) health and safety; (e) temporary traffic management; (f) construction site access control; and (g) contractor performance targets, which are listed in Tables EMP-2 and EMP-5, to strengthen the implementation of the mitigation measures. The site EMPs will be submitted to the environmental officer of each PIU for approval, with the support of the LIEC and local EEB.

D. Construction Phase

Soil erosion and soil contamination 113

213. Soil erosion. The project area belongs to the subtropical monsoon climate zone, with sufficient and concentrated rainfall, a long rainy season, and high-intensity rainfalls. During the construction, the ground is scoured by rainwater runoff, which will produce strong soil and water loss. Therefore, rainfall, especially heavy rain, will be the direct driving force of soil erosion. The natural soil erosion intensity in the project areas is about 500 tons per square kilometer per year (t/km2), which is categorized as a “light erosion intensity area” [500–2,500 t/(km2)] in accordance with the PRC Standard for Grading of Soil Erosion Intensity of SL190-2007.29

214. Soil erosion rates are expected to increase during construction when the surface earth is disturbed, and surface vegetation and soil are damaged or disturbed, especially on rainy days. During the construction, soil and slag excavation, backfilling, leveling, and covering are inevitable. Meanwhile, removing construction waste residue dump out from the site will expose the soil. After the soil is disturbed in the areas, the soil is loose and broken, exposed for a period, and soil erosion is easy to occur in heavy rainfall. Erosion could also occur after the completion of construction, where site restoration is inadequate. Soil erosion amounts during the periods of construction (generally 1 year after the construction completed) were estimated based on the following formula:30

2 n W =  (Fji  M ji Tji) j=1 2i=1 n △ △ W =  (Fji  M ji Tji) j=1 i=1 Where W is soil erosion amount (t); △W is newly increased soil erosion amount (t), Fji is the predicted area at a certain period and unit (km2); Mji is the soil erosion intensity at a certain period and unit (t/km2.a); △Mji is newly increased soil erosion intensity at a certain period and unit (t/km2.a); Tji is the prediction period for a certain unit (a); j is the prediction period (j = 1, 2, 3, including the construction and recovery periods; and i is prediction period (i=1, 2, 3, n);

215. Soil erosion intensity before and after soil disturbance. The total soil disturbance area in the Kedashan area during construction is estimated to be 0.36998.84 km2, according to the updated DEIA report. Based on the above formula of soil erosion modulus, the soil erosion amounts caused by taking and not taking soil erosion control measures during the construction are predicted respectively, the soil erosion amount during the construction period will be decreased from 1,293,630,940 tons to 9,242,210 tons after the soil erosion mitigation measures are taken, which is categorized as a “light soil erosion impact” (Table V-5). Based on the site surveys and the current soil erosion situation, in combination with the factors of rainfall, soil type, landform and vegetation on the project sites, against the Grading Standard of Soil Erosion Intensity of SL190-2007, the identified baseline soil erosion intensities of the project area is 500 t/(km2.a). Soil erosion factors were compared, and a correction coefficient applied to estimate soil erosion intensities during the construction periods with and without soil erosion control measures were determined (Table V-5).

216. The total area for the three facilities in the Pinggui Subproject is 85,862.89 m2 (0.0858 km2) only, which are located within the existing urban area, where the surface has been covered with existing buildings and hardened roads. The main construction activity that is prone to soil erosion is the foundation excavation of buildings. The foundation excavation and backfilling works will last

29 Because in Kedashan site, due to the bare soil on the abandoned mine area has been washed away by years of rain and warm climate with high annual rainfall, vegetation grows on some of the perennially accumulated slag, resulting in light soil erosion. 30 Source of formula: Specifications for soil erosion for construction projects (GB50433-2018).

114

for a short time, and soil erosion is easy to be controlled because the foundation pits are lower than the surrounding ground, so the soil erosion caused by it can be ignored in comparison with the construction for the mining area restoration.

Table V-5: Estimated Soil Erosion Amount (Kedashan Subproject) Without mitigation With mitigation measure Soil measure Erosion erosion Soil Soil Site period Estimated soil Estimated soil area erosion erosion 2 (year) erosion modulus erosion modulus (km ) 2 amount 2 amount (t/km ·a) (t) (t/km ·a) (t) Kedashan 0.3696 5 7000 12936 500 924 area Source: DEIAs.

217. Measures for soil erosion control. Before construction, contractors will each prepare Site Drainage and Soil Erosion Management Plans for their specific worksites to prevent soil erosion. The plans will include the following measures.

(i) 15 days before the commencement of construction, the contractor shall develop its soil and water conservation plan and get it approved from the IA and construction supervision company (CSC). (ii) The natural restoration method for the Kedashan area shall be adopted, reduce the excavation amount of earth and stone as much as possible. (iii) Set up a temporary soil dump site with enclosure and drainage ditches around the pile site and cover the soil dump with waterproof tarpaulin. 31 (iv) Construction activities shall be prohibited in heavy rain and strong wind weather. (v) Plan and implement construction in staged sections, with one plot/area completed and stabilized before beginning the next. (vi) Stabilize all cut slopes, soil-borrow sites, and other erosion-prone working areas. (vii) Stabilize all earthwork disturbance areas within 15 days after earthworks are completed. (viii) Minimize open excavation areas during road construction and earth leveling activities (<300 m). (ix) Use appropriate compaction techniques for construction. (x) Provide temporary detention ponds or containment to control silt runoff. (xi) Construct intercepting channels and drains to prevent runoff from entering construction sites and divert runoff from sites to existing drainage or open ground for watering the vegetation. (xii) Strip and stockpile topsoil and cover (by geotechnical cloth) or seed temporary soil stockpiles.

31 Set up a earth dumping site at the Dahu Pond area (geographical coordinates 111°27 '26.92 ", 24°39' 40.11 ") for the Kedashan Subproject. After completion of the construction, it will be used as a permanent soil dumping site (during the construction period, it can be used as a temporary soil dumping site for some earthworks). The total capacity of the dumping site is 50,000 m3, with the total area of 20,000 m2, and the average stack height of 3 m. the dumping site can meet the demand of the surplus earth disposal of the Kedashan Subproject. During the dumping site construction, temporary drainage facilities will be set up, and the site will be revegetation after all the surplus earth is dumped. 115

(xiii) Limit construction and material handling during periods of rains and high winds. (xiv) Properly slope or re-vegetate disturbed surfaces, e.g., excavation and soil borrowing. (xv) Protect slopes on sides of constructed wetlands. (xvi) All construction spoil disposal sites will be rehabilitated once they are completed. and (xvii) Construction camps and storage areas will be located to minimize the land area required.32

218. Measures for soil contamination. Soil contamination could result from the inappropriate transfer, storage, and/or disposal of chemicals (e.g., gasoline, diesel, and lubricant). Particularly, excavating and removing the contaminated slag and soil has a potential risk of soil contamination. To reduce the risk of soil contamination from construction machinery, contractors will do the following.

(i) When removing and transporting contaminated slag and soil, cover the vehicle and surrounding area with waterproof geotextile, to prevent water and soil contaminating from the contaminated slag and soil. (ii) Store petroleum products, hazardous materials, and wastes on impermeable surfaces in secured and covered areas. (iii) Remove all construction wastes from the site to approved waste disposal sites. (iv) Establish emergency preparedness and response actions. (v) Provide spill cleanup measures and equipment at each construction site. (vi) Train contractors and crews in emergency spill response procedures.

219. Inspection and monitoring. Site inspections and monitoring will be conducted by the contractors, CSCs, HPMO, the PIU, LIEC, and external monitoring agency and is described in the EMP (Appendix 1).

220. Earthworks. The early draft FSR included a surplus of 85,300 m3 with no clear disposal mechanism. Following discussions by the TRTA team, FSR institute, and DEIA institutes, the excavation plans were improved, and the surplus earth was reduced to 40,552 m3 in the updated FSR (Table V-6). The surplus earth will be self-balanced on the site by transporting and storing on the earth dumping site within the site without transporting offsite.

221. The earth/soil dumping site will be set up at the Dahu Pond area of the Kedashan Site. The total dumping capacity of the site is 50,000 m3, with the area of 20,000 m2, and the average stack height of 3 m. the dumping site can meet the demand of the 40554 m3 surplus earth disposal.

32 The two workers’ camps will be set up at the Kodashan site, located at the former mining sites of Zhongnan Pond and Dahu Pond areas. The Zhongnan camp covers the floor area of 1200 m2 (45 m ˣ 28 m), with a camp area of 600 m2; The Dahu Pond Camp covers the floor area of 2,000 m2 (about 50 ˣ 40 m), with the camp area of about 800 m2. The two camps can accommodate a total of 50 construction workers. A total of about 7,000 m2 of space adjacent to the two camps will be used as materials storage and machinery parking yard.

116

Table V-6: Earth Balance for Kedashan Components Subproject (m3) Excavation Filling Surplus earth Subproject Subproject area (m³) (m³) (m³) Environmental restoration of 43,812 43,812 0 Mining area Kedashan Treatment of contaminated slag 47,658 15,232 20,380 Subproject and soil Restoration of surface water 33,135 12,963 20,172 Construction of on-site roads 15,846 15,846 0 Subtotal 40,552 Source: FSR Institute.

222. For the Pinggui Subproject, the earthwork data for the three facilities are not available in the updated FSR, which will be provided in the design phase.

Water Quality and Wastewater Management

223. Water quality and wastewater management. During construction of the Kedashan Subproject, excavation works of the contaminated slag and soil, the contaminated slag/soil landfill and stabilizing field, and on-site sedimentation basins will cause groundwater flow out. The constructed wetland construction is likely to result in soil runoff into the ponds on the site; and inappropriate storage and handling of fuel, accidental spills, domestic wastewater discharge from construction camps, and wash-down water for machinery and vehicles could contaminate the waterbodies. Construction wastewater will come from washing aggregates, pouring and curing concrete, cleaning of construction machinery and vehicles, and human wastes.

224. In rainy weather, the contaminated slag will be soaked and washed by a rainwater runoff, and the pollutants will leach out, resulting in pollution of downstream ponds. According to the FSR and DEIA, the total area of contaminated soil and slag in the proposed Kedashan site is about 20 ha, and the annual average rainfall in the area is 1730 mm, with the runoff coefficient of 0.8 according to the DEIA, it’s estimated that the total rainfall runoff will be about 23,100 m3/a, with the SS concentration of 400 mg/L.

225. The specific mitigation measures for initial rainwater pollution. During construction, 10 Initial rainwater sedimentation pools should be constructed33, which will be used for storage and treatment of the polluted initial rainwater, lime and coagulant will be added into the pools to adjust pH value to precipitate heavy metal ions and suspended substances, after treatment in the pools, the SS concentration in the water will be 40 mg/L, then the treated water will be used for dust control on site. water quality testing will be necessary to ensure that water collected in the constructed pools is applied with a suitable coagulant, prior to the treated water being used as a dust suppressant across the site. In addition, in the process of excavation, the contaminated soil is protected from rain by building temporary sheds and covering them with waterproof tarpaulins to reduce the impact from rainwater.

226. Construction wastewater. Construction wastewater will be produced from the maintenance and cleaning of mechanical equipment and vehicles, water from mixing and curing concrete and lost water and soil during the construction period, which is discharged as pollutants.

33 The Initial rainwater sedimentation pools were designed to be located around the contaminated slag stabilization field, with the designed volume of 7.5 m ³ each (2.5 m × 2.0 m × 1.5 m), which will be constructed by brick masonry + cement mortar. 117

During construction, there will be a total of four construction sites (Kedashan area, the elderly care Center, the workers, hospitals, and Knowledge and Skill Sharing Center) over 3−4 years. The Kedashan Site will generate about 40 m3/d of construction wastewater, while each site of the Pinggui Subproject will generate an estimated 10 m3/d construction wastewater, with suspended solids (SS) (about 300 mg/L) and petroleum (20 mg/L) (based on rates applied in the DEIA). If discharged in an improper manner, this has the potential to impact the existing water bodies. Construction wastewater will not be discharged onto the surrounding soil or into the river. Sedimentation tanks will be held on-site, and, after settling out of solids, the upper clear liquid will be recycled for spraying the construction site (dust control), and the waste residue in the tank will be cleared and transported to the construction spoil disposal sites. Oily wastewater will require the installation of oil-water separators before the sedimentation tank. After site treatment, construction wastewater will comply with the Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard (GB8978-1996). This standard provides the limit for pollutant concentrations and the total allowed wastewater discharge from industries and construction sites. The indicative pollution parameters are total SS and oil/petrochemical residues. These will be monitored as part of the EMP.

227. Domestic wastewater and solid wastes from construction workers. The average workforce is estimated to be 270 workers in the four project sites. Daily domestic wastewater discharge and municipal solid waste production are estimated as 0.1 m3 and 0.5 kg respectively per worker per day. The pollutant concentrations of CODcr, BOD5, and NH3-N in the domestic wastewaters from the construction workers are assumed to be 300 mg/L, 150 mg/L, and 40 mg/L, respectively. Estimated volumes of construction and domestic wastewater are shown in Table V-7. About 50% of the workers will live in rented rooms in nearby villages and residential communities therefore. half of the domestic sewage and solid waste will be discharged and disposed through the existing municipal sanitation systems. For the 50% of workers that will reside in worker camps, camp management will include waste disposal systems.

Table V-7: Wastewater Generated during Construction Knowledge and Kedashan Elderly Care Workers’ No. Item Skill Sharing Total Area Center Hospital Center Average numbers of 1 1 1 1 1 4 construction sites per year Construction wastewater 2 40 10 10 10 70 generated (m3/d) Pollutant generation from 3 construction wastewater 12 3 3 3 21 (SS kg/d) Pollutant generation from 4 construction wastewater 0.8 0.2 0.2 0.2 1.4 (petroleum kg/d) The numbers of 5 100 100 30 40 270 construction workers Average number of workers 6 50 0 0 0 50 living in workers’ camps Domestic wastewater 7 5 5 (m3/d) on site Pollutant generation from 8 domestic wastewater 1.5 1.5 (CODcr, kg/d) Pollutant generation from 9 domestic wastewater 0.75 0.7 (BOD5, kg/d)

118

Knowledge and Kedashan Elderly Care Workers’ No. Item Skill Sharing Total Area Center Hospital Center Pollutant generation from 10 domestic wastewater (NH3- 0.2 0.4 N, kg/d)

228. The following measures will be implemented to minimize water pollution. (i) During the rainy season, cover the contaminated soil/slag stabilization field and landfill site with a rainproofing tarp. The landfills shall be designed to take measures to prevent stormwater runoff from entering the landfill. (ii) Set up rainwater ditches and rainwater collection basins to collect initial rainwater for site reuse to prevent rainwater from scouring and polluting the downstream ponds and Hongshuiping Reservoir. (iii) Contractors are required to develop and implement actions for the control of contaminated slag/soil, oil, and other dangerous substances as part of their site EMPs. (iv) Wastewater from construction activities will be collected in sedimentation tanks, retention ponds, and filter tanks to remove silts and oil. (v) All sites for washing of construction equipment will be equipped with water collection basins and sediment traps. (vi) Fuel storage, machinery maintenance workshop, and vehicle cleaning areas must be stationed at least 500 m away from the waterbody. (vii) Storage facilities for fuels, oil, and other hazardous materials will be within secured areas on impermeable surfaces and provided with bunds and cleanup installations. (viii) Contractors’ fuel suppliers must be properly licensed. They shall follow proper protocol for transferring fuel and the PRC standard of JT3145-91 (Transportation, Loading, and Unloading of Dangerous or Harmful Goods. revised). (ix) Labor camps in the Kedashan area will be located at least 500 m from the waterbody. (x) Portable toilets and on-site wastewater pre-treatment systems will be installed at the construction camp along with proper maintenance protocols. (xi) Water quality will be monitored by local EMAs during construction as per the EMP. (xii) Pond cleaning works shall be conducted in the dry season. Construction during the high-flow season (May to September) is prohibited.

Air Quality

229. Air pollution sources include (i) dust from the excavation of the contaminated soil/slag landfill, land leveling, filling, loading, hauling, bare earth surfaces, uncovered construction areas, and vehicle movements on unpaved roads, especially on windy days; (ii) aggregate preparation and concrete-mixing; (iii) vehicle and machinery emissions (gaseous CO, CH, and NO2); and (iv) odor from cleaning of sediments in the ponds. The project includes the components of farmland roads on the sites. During the asphalt heating and mixing process, the fuel-burning will produce smoke, and the asphalt will produce flue gas. Modern asphalt mixing equipment used in the PRC releases typical flue gas emission concentrations of 30 mg/m3, which complies with discharge requirements of 80-150 mg/m3 of the PRC Atmospheric Pollutant Emission Standard (GB16297-1996) and PRC Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-2012), which limits the 119

concentration of benzopyrene at 0.0025 µg/m3 (daily average, at 100 m downwind from the asphalt mixing station). These various sources of air pollution could affect nearby sensitive receivers, including villages and residential areas identified in Section V.

230. The quantity of dust generated will depend on wind, the humidity of the material and earth, and the state of the site. For the project area, it was estimated that under general on-site conditions (average wind speed 2.5 m/s, and average humidity of 80%), dispersion distance is 100 m downwind. For dust generated by transporting earth and other construction materials, the impact zone may exceed 80 m each side of the route. Based on the locations of sensitive receptors (Section V.A), there is one village, Chachong, 330 m away to the north of the Kedashan area.

231. The cleaning pond sediment (Section V.D.3) may cause the release of odor (hydrogen sulfide and ammonia) from the pond sediments since the sediments are anoxic with organic content. To estimate the total number of communities that may be affected by odor, the dispersion distance of 100 m downwind was doubled to 200 m. there is still no sensitive spot. The nearest village (Chachong Village) to the Kedashan area is 330 m away.

232. Mitigation measures to reduce impacts on air quality are as follows:

(i) Spraying water daily on construction sites where fugitive dust is being generated. (ii) During the road construction on the Kedashan site, locating asphalt plants and mixers >500 m downwind from the nearest residential areas and other sensitive receptors. (iii) Dust suppression near sensitive receptors, e.g., schools, village, residential areas (Table V- 1 to Table V-3). (iv) Storing petroleum or other harmful materials in appropriate places and covering to minimize fugitive dust and emission. (v) Covering materials during truck transportation, especially fine material, to avoid spillage or dust generation. (vi) Ensure vehicle and machinery emissions comply with PRC standards of GB18352-2005, GB17691-2005, GB11340-2005, and GB18285-2005. (vii) Odor from cleaning pond sediment. Impacts will be minimized by (a) rapid on-site dewatering of pond sediment to minimize time; (b) transport in sealed containers to avoid odor; (c) no on-site storage of sediments; and (d) minimizing the release of odors by cleaning in short areas (≤500 m2) at any one time. (viii) Timely monitoring of air quality and inspections during construction, as defined in the project EMP (Tables EMP-6 and EMP-7). 233. Overall, the potential impacts of disturbance related to air quality are considered to be low, due to: (i) due to project sites are abandoned mines, there are no people living in the project area (ii) the local weather regime, which is generally rainy rather than windy, with high relative humidity (average annual relative humidity of 80%) – this reduces dispersion distances; (ii) high ground soil moisture and high vegetation coverage (Section IV), which will reduce the dispersions of fugitive dust; and (iii) from 1 July 2021, the PRC will implement increased controls on vehicle/machinery emissions, to protect ambient air quality: all vehicles and construction machinery must comply with the PRC Grade VI emission standard.

120

Noise

234. The construction activities of earth excavation, land leveling, filling, loading, hauling will involve excavators, bulldozers, scrapers, dredgers, concrete-mixer, trucks, and other heavy machinery. Noise during the construction will be generated by excavators, rollers, and compaction machines. Noise emissions will not include rock-crushing, as any rock materials will be purchased off-site by contractors and transported to the sites. Noise will be temporary and localized. Construction materials, surplus spoil and construction wastes will be transported to and from the construction sites during an average 10-hour workday for the construction season of about 300 days per year, for about 4 years. Estimated construction noise values (at a 5 m distance from the machinery and vehicles) are shown in Table V-8.

Table V-8: Testing Values of Construction Machinery Noise No. Machine Type Maximum Sound Level Lmax (B) 1 Excavator 85−95 2 Concrete mixer 86 3 Bulldozer (100 horse-power) 78−96 4 Scraper 85-95 5 Heavy truck 88−93 (speed up), 84−89 (steady speed) 6 Medium-duty truck 85−91 (speed up), 79−85(steady speed) 7 Drilling machine 96 8 Wheel loader 85−92 9 Vibrating roller 86 10 Two-wheeled two-vibrating roller 81 11 Asphalt concrete paver 82 12 Generating set 88−92

235. Estimating noise levels. Construction equipment is a point sound source. The predictive model applied in this project is:34

Ri Li = L0 − 20lg − L R0

Where Li and L0 are equipment noise sound levels at Ri and R0, respectively. ΔL is additional diffusion attenuation produced by barriers, vegetation, and air.

As for the impact of multiple construction machineries on a certain future position, sound level superposition is needed:

0.1Li L =10lg10

236. Prediction results. Based on above formular, the noise levels at different distances were derived after calculating the impact scope of equipment noise during construction as defined in Table VI-9. The PRC Standard of Noise Limits for Construction Sites (GB12523-2011, revised) specifies the noise limit in Class II areas as 70 dB (A) during daytime and 55 dB (A) during

34 Source of the formula: the PRC EIA Guideline – for noise. 121

nighttime. The standard compliance noise impact scope (m) of different machineries is listed in Table V-9.

Table V-9: Noise Values of Construction Machineries at Different Distances dB (A) Distance to Machinery Machinery Name 15 m 20 m 40 m 60 m 80 m 100 m 130 m 150 m 200 m Excavator 71 69 63 59 57 55 53 51 49 Bulldozer 72 70 64 60 57 56 54 52 50 Loader 61 59 53 49 47 45 43 41 39 Heavy truck 69 67 61 57 55 53 51 49 47 Drilling machine 72 70 64 60 57 56 54 52 50 Concrete-mixer 71 69 63 59 57 55 53 51 49 Applicable Standard 70 (daytime) at the boundary of the construction site (GB12523-2011, revised) 55 (nighttime) at the boundary of the construction site

237. These values were compared with the locations of the sensitive receptors to see which communities would be within 40 m of construction works which exceed daytime noise levels of 70 dB(A), the threshold applied to this project under PRC standard GB12523-2011. To be conservative, no attempt was made to distinguish between noise emissions from different types of construction activity, i.e., any works within 40 m of residences were assumed to generate noise levels exceeding the threshold and so require management. The nearest sensitive receptor of the project is the sporadic residents (10 persons) at 50 m northeast to the proposed site of Workers’ Hospital (Table V-3).

238. Mitigation measures. The following measures will be implemented to comply with PRC construction site noise limits and to protect sensitive receptors.

(i) Ensure that noise levels from equipment and machinery conform to the PRC standard of GB12523-2011 (revised). Properly maintain construction vehicles and machineries to minimize noise. (ii) Apply noise reduction devices and methods for high noise equipment operating within 40 m of the sensitive site, e.g., installation of mechanical silencers, set up temporary sound insulation barrier surrounding the high-noise machinery. (iii) Locate high-noise activities (e.g., rock crushing, concrete-mixing) >1 km from sensitive areas. (iv) Prohibit operation of high-noise machinery and movement of heavy vehicles along urban and village roads, between 20:00 and 07:00 every day and schooltime during weekday in accordance with Hezhou municipal regulations. (v) Take special caution at construction sites that are close to such sensitive sites as schools and hospitals. When construction activities are unavoidable during the school seasons, the use of heavy equipment will be restricted to weekends and non-class hours. (vi) Place temporary hoardings or noise barriers around noise sources during construction. (vii) Monitor noise at sensitive areas at regular intervals (EMP Tables 6 and 7). If noise standards are exceeded, equipment and construction conditions shall be checked, and mitigation measures shall be implemented to rectify the situation.

122

(viii) Conduct regular interviews with residents/villagers adjacent to construction sites to identify noise disturbance. Community feedback will be used to adjust the work hours of noisy machinery. 239. Based on effective implementation of these measures, the net impact of noise disturbance is expected to be manageable due to (i) stone material is commercially available, and there will be no on-site stone crushing; (ii) all the proposed structures that will not require the use of pile hammers; (iii) using small rollers is enough for on-site road construction for Kedashan Subproject.

Vibration

240. Vibration impacts are expected during construction. Mechanical vibration may be sudden and discontinuous, which can cause stress among workers and communities. To address these issues: (i) high noise activities, such as compaction operations will be prohibited at night and schooltime; (ii) villages and communities will be consulted prior to large earthworks to ensure they are informed, and, to avoid sensitive timing, e.g., schooltime at the schools or festivals; and (iii) A visual inspection will be conducted to ensure that no preexisting cracks are present in buildings situated in close proximity to the construction sites in the urban area. The Japanese Handbook of Environmental Impact Assessment provides measures of vibrations caused by construction machinery (Table V-10).

Table V-10: Vibration Levels of Construction Machinery (Unit: dB) Equipment At 5 m At 10 m At 20 m At 30 m Vibratory hammer 75 67 48 44 Roller 58 53 50 48 Diesel truck 62 58 54 51 Source: DEIA Institute.

241. Table V-10 shows that the requirements for residential and cultural areas as specified in Environmental Vibration Standard for Urban Areas (GB10070-88) (see Section II) is met at a distance of >10 m from the vibration source. Mitigation measures include the prohibition of pilling and compaction operations at night, which will effectively reduce the vibration impact. No sensitive receptor site is closer than 20 m from a construction area, although some residential areas are between 50 m and 100 m of construction areas. Overall, the impact of vibration is considered to be low, due to (i) stone material is commercially available, and there will not be any on-site stone crushing; and (ii) the buildings in Pinggui Subproject are low-rise structures for which pile hammers (high noise and vibration) will not be used.

Solid Waste

242. Construction spoil. About 12,100 m3 of construction spoil from the two subprojects cannot be reused as filling earth, this spoil will be regularly transported off-site by the contractors for disposal at designated spoil disposal sites (Table V-11) that have been approved by the local Government authority in compliance with the PRC Law on Prevention and Control of Environmental Pollution by Solid Waste. The disposal site is confirmed to have adequate capacity to receive the spoil generated during construction, have soil erosion protection plans, and will be rehabilitated once filled. As feasibly possible, the IA and contractor will employ the waste hierarchy to separate and recycle wastes. 123

Table V-11: Approved Spoil Disposal Sites Item Description Construction wastes dumping site of Ecological Name Science and Technology Industrial Park (Big data and cloud computing) Location Shangsong Village of Pinggui District Design capacity 25,000 m3 Available capacity 25,000 m3 Distance from project construction site 3–10 km Total area 64.4 ha Approval date Yes Approval authority Yes Construction wastes dumping site of Ecological Rehabilitation plan Science and Technology Industrial Park (Big data and cloud computing) Soil erosion control action plan Shangsong Village of Pinggui District IA = implementing agency.

243. Domestic rubbish from construction workers. The peak workforces are estimated at 270 for the four construction sites. Daily domestic rubbish production is estimated as 0.5 kg per worker per day (135 kg/d in total) (Table V-12). Of the 270 workers, 220 will live in rented apartments because the Pinggui Subproject is located in the urban area, where there is plenty of rooms for rent. Only 50 workers for Kedashan Subproject will live in worker camps. For the workers living in rented apartments, their daily rubbish (about 110 kg/d) will be collected and disposed of through the existing municipal rubbishes collection systems in Hezhou City. For the rubbish from the worker camps (25 kg/d), covered garbage bins will be installed in the camps, which will be the responsibility of the construction contractor to provide sufficient garbage bins at proper locations and ensure they are protected from birds and vermin and emptied regularly, and transport to the local rubbish incineration power plant for disposal. The landfill sites are confirmed to have sufficient capacity to receive the waste and have approved soil control plans (Table V-12).

Table V-12: Summary of Solid Waste Generated during Construction Knowledge Elderly Kedashan Workers’ & Skill No. Item care Total Area Hospital Sharing Center Center Average numbers of construction 1 1 1 1 1 4 sites per year 2 Total number of workers 100 30 100 40 270 Number of workers living in workers’ 3 50 0 0 0 50 camps Number of workers living in rented 50 30 100 40 220 rooms Rubbish produced from workers’ 4 25 25 camps (kg/d) Rubbish produced from rented 5 25 15 50 20 110 rooms (kg/d) Source: DEIA report.

124

244. The mitigation measures for the solid wastes control are as follows:

(i) Provide appropriate waste collection and storage containers on construction sites at locations away from surface water or sensitive spots. (ii) Arrange with municipal waste collection services for regular collection of wastes. (iii) Properly remove and dispose of residual materials, wastes, and contaminated soils. Paving or vegetating shall be done as soon as the materials are removed to stabilize the soil. (iv) Burning of waste is strictly prohibited. (v) Provide sufficient garbage bins at strategic locations and ensure that they are protected from birds and vermin and emptied regularly by the municipal waste collection systems. (vi) Define and supervise contractor’s performance target as “no uncollected waste at close of construction activities each day.”

Ecology

245. Impacts comprise: (i) clearance of about 1.21 ha of existing vegetation for the soil and slag landfill, and on Kedashan area, the area is an abandoned mine, which has been affected by human activities for hundreds of years, and the original vegetation was early modified, and the three `buildings under Pinggui Subproject are located in the existing urban area; and (ii) temporary noise and/or visual disturbance to fauna within and near the construction sites. Ecological impacts are considered low as (i) species richness is low and comprises widespread species; (ii) the areas to be cleared are relatively small; (iii) most existing vegetation is secondary and/or degraded; (iv) there are no rare, threatened, or protected flora or fauna species, critical habitats, or protected areas, in or near the construction sites; and (v) the project will result in a net increase in vegetation, from the two subprojects of 20.78 ha terrestrial vegetation and 1.36 ha aquatic vegetation, the compensatory plantings that will be required for the cleared sites. In accordance with GZAR regulation, double the area cleared will be replanted to ensure a minimum survival rate of 80%. The ecological resource protection measures are as follows.

(i) Clearance of vegetation will be restricted to specific construction sites. (ii) Prior to construction, vegetation and habitats will be clearly demarcated as no-go zones for workers and machinery. (iii) In compliance with the GZAR Regulation for Landscaping Management, (a) the area of compensatory plantings will be double that of the area of vegetation that is cleared; and (b) a minimum survival rate of 85% of the planted vegetation is required. The regulatory requirement for the area of replanting builds on the PRC Forestry Law, which states that compensatory planting will be of “an equivalent or larger area of affected trees and vegetation.” (iv) Cleared sites will be immediately re-vegetated afterward. (v) All re-vegetation will use native plant species of local origin to maintain genetic fitness and reduce the risk of introducing non-local and invasive species.

246. Due to long-term mining activities, the original vegetation and landform of the Kedashan area have been destroyed, while the Pinggui Subprojects are located in the existing urban area, where intense human disturbance occurs. During the construction, the potential impacts to flora, fauna and biodiversity will be minimal. After completion of the project, due to cut off the pollution sources, increase the vegetation area, the project will significantly benefit the local biodiversity. 125

Social Issues, Community and worker health and safety

247. The construction site of the Kedashan Subproject is located far from villages, residential communities, but the three construction sites of Pinggui Subproject are in the existing urban area, where the construction activities will render some social impacts unavoidable. Traffic congestion and the risk of accidents in the project areas will increase with construction traffic, causing temporary inconvenience to traffic, residents, commercial operations, and institutions. The construction may cause an unexpected interruption in municipal services in the case of unintended damage to pipelines or transmission lines for water, drainage, gas, and/or electricity. This risk will be managed through: (i) frequent inspection of the facilities during construction; and (ii) consultations with nearby schools and communities before and during construction, as part of the ongoing consultation and information disclosure. The project will also involve temporary and permanent land acquisition and house demolition. These issues, including resettlement, compensation, and public consultations, are described in the resettlement plan and poverty and social assessment Report. Contractors will implement the following EMP measures to reduce risks to community health.

(i) Traffic management. A traffic control and operation plan will be prepared by the contractor to be approved by the local traffic management administrations before construction. The plan will include provisions for diverting or scheduling construction traffic to avoid morning and afternoon peak traffic hours, regulating traffic at road crossings, selecting transport routes to reduce disturbance to regular traffic, reinstating roads, and opening them to traffic as soon as the construction is completed. (ii) Underground facilities survey and protection. Construction activities, such as the foundation works, and pipe laying, will be planned so as to minimize disturbances to utility services. (iii) Prior to works, re-confirm the planned construction schedule and site EMP actions. (iv) Underground facilities survey and protection. Construction activities, such as the foundation works, and pipe laying, will be planned so as to minimize disturbances to utility services (especially on construction sites of Pinggui Subproject). (v) Inform residents at least two days before any planned water and or power interruptions. (vi) Assist residents if requested with community water or power storage during the interruption period. (vii) Interruptions to water or power supplies should not be longer than one (1) day. (viii) In case of accidental interruption, immediately inform affected communities and assist with water supply until the issue is resolved. (ix) Information disclosure. Villagers, residents, schools and businesses will be informed in advance through media and information boards at construction sites of the construction activities, given the dates and duration of the expected disruption. (x) Construction site protection. Clear signs will be placed at construction sites in view of the public, informing people about the project GRM, and warning people against potential dangers such as moving vehicles, hazardous materials, and excavations, and raising awareness on safety issues. Heavy machinery will not be used at night. All sites will be secured, disabling access by the public through appropriate fencing whenever appropriate. (xi) Frequent inspection of the existing public facilities during construction.

126

248. Worker health and safety. The construction industry is considered to be one of the most hazardous industries. Intensive use of heavy construction machinery, tools, and materials present physical hazards including noise and vibration, dust, handling heavy materials and equipment, falling objects, work on slippery surfaces, fire hazards, and chemical hazards such as toxic fumes and vapors. Contractors will each prepare an environmental, health, and safety management plan (Table EMP-2 of Appendix 1), which will include the followings:

(i) Provide a clean and sufficient supply of freshwater for construction sites and camps. (ii) Provide an adequate number of latrines at construction sites and work camps and ensure that they are cleaned and maintained in a hygienic state. (iii) Garbage receptacles at construction sites and camps will be set up, which will be periodically cleared to prevent the outbreak of diseases. (iv) Provide personal protective equipment (PPE) to comply with PRC regulations, e.g., safety boots, helmets, gloves, protective clothing, goggles, earplugs. Ensure that training and appropriate PPE to protect workers from water-based accidents or incidents. Workers working in and around water bodies, especially those are polluted, needs specific guidance and equipment. (v) Emergency preparedness and response plan for accidents and emergencies, including environmental and public health emergencies associated with hazardous material spills and similar events. These plans will be submitted to the local EPB for review and approval. Emergency phone links with local hospitals will be established. A fully equipped first-aid base in each construction site will be organized. (vi) A records management system that will store and maintain easily retrievable records against loss or damage will be established. It will include documenting and reporting occupational accidents, diseases, and incidents. The records will be reviewed during compliance monitoring and audits. (vii) Occupational health and safety matters will be given a high degree of publicity to all work personnel, and posters will be displayed prominently at construction sites. (viii) All workers will be given basic training in sanitation, general health and safety matters, and work hazards. An awareness program for HIV/AIDS, COVID-19, and other communicable diseases will be implemented for workers and the local communities. (ix) Core labor standards will be implemented. Civil works contracts will stipulate priorities to (a) employ local people for works ASAP; (b) ensure equal opportunities for women and men; (c) pay equal wages for work of equal value and pay women’s wages directly to them; (d) not employ child or forced labor. Specific targets for employment have been included in the project gender action plan. (x) For the Kedashan subproject, in addition to meeting the above provisions, the construction personnel must be educated before construction, including the harm of contaminated slag to human body and prevention measures, the significance of this waste mine treatment to improve the surrounding environment and reduce the downstream water pollution. The construction personnel shall have a physical examination every six months and shall be sent to hospital in time if they are found to be ill.

249. Special measures to prevent COVID-19. The constructions of both subprojects involve hundreds of construction workers, together with suppliers and supporting services. The work force may comprise workers from national, regional, and local labor markets. They may need to live in on-site accommodation, lodge within communities close to work sites or return to their homes after work. There may be different contractors permanently present on site, carrying out different 127

activities, each with their own dedicated workers. Supply chains may involve international, regional, and national suppliers facilitating the regular flow of goods and services to the project (including supplies essential to the project such as fuel, food, and water). As such there will also be regular flow of parties entering and exiting the site; support services, such as catering, cleaning services, equipment, material and supply deliveries, and specialist sub-contractors, brought in to deliver specific elements of the works.

250. Given the complexity and the concentrated number of workers, the potential for the spread of infectious disease in the project involving construction is serious, as are the implications of such a spread. Project may experience numbers of the work force becoming ill, which will strain the project’s health facilities, have implications for local health services and may jeopardize the progress of the construction work and the schedule of the project. In such circumstances, relationships with the community can be strained or difficult and conflict can arise, particularly if people feel they are being exposed to disease by the project or are having to compete for scarce resources. The project must also exercise appropriate precautions against introducing the infection to local communities.

251. The contractor’s precautionary measures are as follows:

(i) To take all necessary precautions to maintain the health and safety of the Contractor’s Personnel.

(ii) to appoint a health and safety officer at site, who will have the authority to issue directives for the purpose of maintaining the health and safety of all personnel authorized to enter and or work on the site and to take protective measures to prevent accidents.

(iii) To ensure, in collaboration with local health authorities, that medical staff, first aid facilities, sick bay, ambulance services and any other medical services specified are available at all times at the site and at any accommodation.

(iv) Entry/exit to the work site should be controlled and documented for both workers and other parties, including support staff and suppliers, including establishing a system for controlling entry/exit to the site, securing the boundaries of the site, and establishing designating entry/exit points (if they do not already exist). Entry/exit to the site should be documented.

(v) Training security staff on the (enhanced) system that has been put in place for securing the site and controlling entry and exit, the behaviors required of them in enforcing such system and any COVID -19 specific considerations.

(vi) Training staff who will be monitoring entry to the site, providing them with the resources they need to document entry of workers, conducting temperature checks and recording details of any worker that is denied entry.

(vii) Confirming that workers are fit for work before they enter the site or start work. While procedures should already be in place for this, special attention should be paid to workers with underlying health issues or who may be otherwise at risk. Consideration should be given to demobilization of staff with underlying health issues.

(viii) Checking and recording temperatures of workers and other people entering the site or requiring self-reporting prior to or on entering the site.

128

(ix) Providing daily briefings to workers prior to commencing work, focusing on COVID-19 specific considerations including cough etiquette, hand hygiene and distancing measures, using demonstrations and participatory methods.

(x) During the daily briefings, reminding workers to self-monitor for possible symptoms (fever, cough) and to report to their supervisor or the COVID-19 focal point if they have symptoms or are feeling unwell.

(xi) Preventing a worker from an affected area or who has been in contact with an infected person from returning to the site for 14 days or (if that is not possible) isolating such worker for 14 days.

(xii) Preventing a sick worker from entering the site, referring them to local health facilities if necessary or requiring them to isolate at home for 14 days.

252. The HPMO and PIUs shall take adequate precautions to prevent or minimize an outbreak of COVID-19, and to identify what to do in the event of an outbreak, the measures are as follows:

(i) The PIU, either directly or through the CSC, should request details in writing from the Contractor of the measures being taken to address the risks. The construction contract shall include requirements to implement, COVID-19 specific measures. The measures may be reflected in revisions to the project’s health and safety manual. This request should be made in writing (following any relevant procedure set out in the contract between the IA and the contractor).

(ii) In making the request, it will be helpful for the PIU to specify the areas that should be covered. This should take into account current and relevant guidance provided by the PRC national authorities, WHO and other organizations.

(iii) The PIU should require the Contractor to convene regular meetings with the project health and safety specialists and medical staff (and where appropriate the local health authorities), and to take their advice in designing and implementing the agreed measures.

(iv) Where possible, a senior person should be identified as a focal point to deal with COVID-19 issues. This can be a work supervisor or a health and safety specialist. This person can be responsible for coordinating preparation of the site and making sure that the measures taken are communicated to the workers, those entering the site and the local community. It is also advisable to designate at least one back-up person, in case the focal point becomes ill; that person should be aware of the arrangements that are in place.

(v) Where necessary, the PIU should request the contractor to put in place a protocol for regular meetings of the different contractors or subcontractor, requiring each to appoint a designated staff member (with back up) to attend such meetings. If meetings cannot be held in person, they should be conducted using whatever IT is available. The effectiveness of mitigation measures will depend on the weakest implementation, and therefore it is important that all contractors and sub-contractors understand the risks and the procedure to be followed.

(vi) The PIU, either directly or through the CSC, may provide support to projects in identifying appropriate mitigation measures, particularly where these will involve interface with local services, in particular health and emergency services. In many cases, the PIU can play a valuable role in connecting project representatives with local Government agencies, and 129

helping coordinate a strategic response, which takes into account the availability of resources. To be most effective, projects should consult and coordinate with relevant Government agencies and other projects in the vicinity.

(vii) Workers should be encouraged to use the existing project GRM to report concerns relating to COVID-19, preparations being made by the project to address COVID-19 related issues, how procedures are being implemented, and concerns about the health of their co-workers and other staff.

253. It is expected that these risks can be effectively managed through the implementation of the EMP and specific measures for Prevention of COVID - 19, including the mitigation measures, capacity building, inspection, supervision, and reporting. A Health and Safety Plan for Covid-19 Considerations are prepared as Appendix 3.

Physical Cultural Resources

254. No cultural heritage or archaeological sites are known from the project area. However, construction activities have the potential to disturb unknown underground cultural relics. GZAR Government issued the “Regulation for strengthening the management of cultural relics (Revision)” in 2004, which states: The project implementing agency shall report to GZAR Administration of Cultural Relics in advance, and the cultural relics discovered during the construction shall be reported in a timely manner, and effective protection measures shall be taken. The cost for any archaeological survey, exploration, or excavation required for construction shall be included in the project budget.” The EMP mitigation measures include immediate suspension of construction activities if any archaeological or other cultural relics are encountered. Hezhou Municipal Cultural Heritage Bureau and HPMO will be promptly notified. Construction will resume only after investigation and with the permission of the appropriate authority. The clause for the protection of unknown underground cultural relics will be included in construction contracts.

E. Operational Phase

255. Key operational risks assessed were: (i) groundwater, surface water, and/or soil pollution from leachate generate from the contaminated slag and soil landfill; (ii) the health and air pollution impact due to inappropriate treatment of medical wastewater and solid wastes from the workers’ hospital and the elderly care center. Other operational risks are inadequate maintenance of the rehabilitated Kedashan mining area, constructed wetlands, and afforestation plantings. All facilities will be under the management of the project implementation agencies (IAs). Each IA will develop operation and maintenance (O&M) procedures for each subcomponent and will receive training in environmentally friendly O&M from the HPMO, the local EEBs, and LIEC.

Operation of the On-Site Landfill and Leachate Disposal

256. The proposed Kedashan Restoration Subproject includes the on-site landfill for disposal of contaminated soil and slag during. During the landfill operation, the management and treatment of the landfill leachate is a critical environmental issue. Inside the landfill there is 60,000 m3 polluted soil and slag. The leachate consists of intrusive rainwater and pollutants leached from the soil and slag. Compared with domestic garbage landfills, almost no landfill decomposition liquid is produced. The impermeable structure of the landfill is composed of synthetic materials and natural materials (clay), which can effectively stop the groundwater from entering the landfill, therefore, the leachate mainly comes from the infiltration of rainwater.

130

257. According to the FSR and DEIA, the catchment area of landfill is 7,500 m3, the average daily production of leached water during the operation is 11.55 m3 (4216 m3/a). The design of the leachate collection and treatment system of the landfill was based on the PRC once in 50-year flood control standard and considered for the increased leachate during heavy rains. The closed leachate collection basin with a volume of 250 m3 can store the amount of leachate produced in 22 days during the operation. To avoid the impact of an accidental discharge during extreme weather, the additional 350 m3 emergency tank will be constructed for leachate overflow downstream.

258. The collected leachate will be transported by tank-trucks to the industrial WWTP of Hezhou’s Wanggao Industrial Park for treatment. The effluence from the WWTP meets the “Discharge Standards for WWTP” of 18918-2002 – Grade A. The WWTP has sufficient surplus capacity to receive the leachate. The maximum daily leachate production of the landfill is 11.55 m3, about 200 m3 of leachate will be transported to the WWTP each time, which only accounts for 6.99% of the remaining treatment capacity of the Wanggao Industrial WWTP. According to the FSR and DEIA, the main pollutants in the leachate are As, Cu and Zn, with the very low concentration of CODcr and organic matters in comparison with that in leachate from the domestic rubbish landfill, so it will not impact the treatment effect of the WWTP. If the test results show that the leachate does not meet the WWTP intake standards, an alternative is to pre-treat the leachate by installing a mobile sewage treatment facility near the landfill until the leachate meets the intake requirements of the treatment plant.

259. A circular drainage ditch and diversion ditch inside the landfill will be built around the landfill to prevent off-site rainwater runoff from entering the landfill area and reduce leachate generation. After the landfill closing, atmospheric rainfall on the surface of the disposal site will be discharged from the drains and will not enter into the landfill, so the leachate will be significantly reduced in the closing stage.

260. The other mitigation measures during the landfill operation include: (i) regular monitoring of contaminants in leachate (twice a month); and (ii) train operators to keep the landfill and the leachate collection and transport facilities in good operation condition.

Ambient air pollution from the three institutions of theAir Pollution from the Three Institutions of the Pinggui Subproject during operationDuring Operation

261. There is no coal-fired boiler during the operation, so there is no boiler flue gas emission. The main waste gases from the three institutions of Pinggui Subproject are odor produced by the wastewater treatment station in the Workers’ Hospital, the lampblack gas from the canteen kitchen of the three facilities, and a small amount of exhaust gas produced by vehicles entering and leaving the parking lots, and the odor from the rubbish bins.

262. During the DEIA preparation, the models specified in the PRC Technical Guidelines for EIA - Atmospheric Environment (atmospheric environment (HJ2.2-2018),), the pollutants of NH3 and H2S from the wastewater treatment facility of the Workers' Hospital were taken as the estimation factors. The parameters in Table V-13 are the model parameters. The predicted concentrations of NH3 and H2S at different distances from the drainage pipes of sewage treatment stations are far lower than the Discharge Standard for Water Pollutants in Medical Institutions (GB18466-2005). 131

Table V-13: Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants from Medical Organization No. Standard Pollutant Standard value 1 Discharge NH3(µg/m3) 1000 2 Standard of H2S(µg/m3) 30 Water Pollutants 3 Odor concentration (dimensionless) 10 from Medical 3 4 Organization chlorine(µg/m ) 100 (GB18466- Methane (percentage of maximum 5 1 2005) volume in the station

Table V-14: Pollutants Concentration Estimated by the Model (µg/m3) NH3 H2S Downwind distance predict predict from the emission Standard Standard concentration concentration point (m) value value (µg/m3) (µg/m3) 10 1.1136 0.0436 50 0.0843 0.0033 100 0.0268 0.0010 200 0.0104 0.0004 1000 30 300 0.0058 0.0002 400 0.0038 0.0001 500 0.0027 0.0001 1000 0.0014 0.0001 Source: DEIA Institute.

Table V-15: Model Parameters for the Pollutant Emission from the WWTF (Point source) Exhaust vent pollutant Emission rate (g/s) Height (m) diameter (m) Temp. (℃) Flow (m/s) NH3 0.000124 3.0 0.3 20.0 4.25 H2S 0.00000486 Area Urban area Population 120,000 Maximum ambient temperature (℃) 39.5 Minimum ambient temperature /℃ -4.1 Regional ambient humidity Humid climate Whether to consider terrain factor? yes Source: DEIA Institute.

263. The air pollutions from the three institutions of the Pinggui Subproject during operation come from cooking oil fume and nature gas combustion of the catering kitchens, and vehicle emissions from the underground parking lots. The annual emissions were calculated by the DEIA Institute, which is shown in Table V-16 below. The estimated concentration of cooking oil fume is 1.5 mg/m3, which meets the standard value of 2.0 mg/m3 in the PRC “Lampblack Emission Standard of Food and Beverage Industry” (GB18483-2001). Kitchen ventilators, with a removal rate of ≥85%, will be installed and maintained. In addition, kitchen fume will be vented through pipes at the top of the buildings, the air pollution impact from kitchen fumes and natural gas burning during the operation will be minimal.

264. Vehicle exhaust in the underground parking lots is difficult to disperse naturally, so mechanical ventilation is needed. The central ventilation systems will be installed in the

132

underground parking lots, the distance between the Exhaust fan outlet and the ground is ≥ 2.5 m, and the exhaust fan outlet is at least 5 meters away from the residential building.

Table V-16: Air Pollutions During Operation of the Three Institutions Pinggui Integrated Workers’ Knowledge and Pollution source Health and Elderly Hospital Skill Sharing Center Care Center A. Cooking oil fume (kg/a) 2.471 17.33 11.21 B. Natural gas combustion Smoke (kg/a) 0.010 0.074 0.062

NO2 (kg/a) 0.092 0.642 0.561 SOx (kg/a) 8.136 57.06 SOx C. Exhaust from parking

lots 3 NOx (mg/m ) 0.0332 0.0194 0.0194 CO (mg/m3) 0.4152 0.2429 0.2429 HC (mg/m3) 0.0415 0.0243 0.0243 Source: DEIA Institute.

c) Wastewater discharge from each of the built facilities35

d) Pinggui Integrated Health and Elderly Care Center: The wastewater from Pinggui Integrated Health and Elderly Care Center is the mixed sewage of medical and domestic sewages. Because the hospital wards, elderly care, medical rooms, and the administrative area are all in one building, the drainage system is difficult to separate. All the mixed sewage will be treated as medical wastewater. There is no infection department in the institution, and its imaging department adopts dry development technology, so the mixed sewage will not contain radioactive, infectious disease, and printing wastewaters, which mainly contains the pollutants of CODCr, BOD5, SS, NH3-N, and microorganisms (bacteria and pathogens). According to the FSR, the wastewater will be discharged to the medical wastewater treatment facility of the Xiwan Community Clinic (one of the associated facilities, refer to para 142 of this EIA) for treatment through pipe. The treatment facility is located 60 m south of the Health-elderly Care Center. The designed capacity of the treatment facility of the Clinic is 120 m3/d, and the designed treatment process is A/O + ClO2 disinfection, which conforms to the process selection principle of "Technical Guideline of Hospital Sewage Treatment" and the requirements of "Technical Specifications of Hospital Sewage Treatment Engineering."

265. The EIA for construction of the Clinic was approved by EIA on 29 October 2020 (No. 65- 2020) by the Pinggui District EEB, which is currently under construction. The Clinic is expected to be completed in September 2023, and the Health-elderly Care Center is expected to be completed in December 2023. The wastewater generated by the Clinic itself will be 41m3/d, plus the 52.73 m3/d discharged from the Health-elderly Care Center is 93.73 m3/d, still below the

35 According to the PRC regulation, sewage from any medical facility is not allowed to be discharged directly into municipal sewer pipelines to avoid spreading disease, must be treated within the facility (mainly disinfection). For the three facilities, sewage from the two (Pinggui Integrated Health and Elderly Care Center and Pinggui Workers’ Hospital) belong to medical wastewater, need to be pre-treatment before discharge to the municipal WWTP through the sewer pipeline), and that from the Knowledge and Skill Sharing Center is general sewage, can be discharge directly to the WWTP. 133

design load of 120 m3/d. The Effluent from the clinic treatment facility will be discharged to the WWTP of Pinggui District for further treatment.

266. The Pinggui Workers’ Hospital: The wastewater discharged from the Workers’ Hospital: A sewage treatment station, with a design capacity of 350 m3/d, will be constructed in the Workers’ Hospital. The treatment process is grille - regulating tank - anoxic pool - to - oxygen pond - precipitates pond - disinfects pond, conforms to the process selection principle of "Technical Guideline of Hospital Sewage Treatment" and the requirements of "Technical Specifications of Hospital Sewage Treatment Engineering." the Effluent from the clinic treatment facility will be discharged to the WWTP of Pinggui District for further treatment36.

267. The Knowledge and Skill Sharing Center: The wastewater discharged from the Knowledge and Skill Sharing Center: the wastewater is domestic sewage with a discharge volume of 265.76 m3/d. After being treated by grease trap and septic tanks within the institution, the sewage will be discharged through the municipal sewage pipe network to Pinggui WWTP for further treatment. The effluence from the WWTP will meet the Grade A-1 Standard for Urban Sewage Treatment Plant (GB18918-2002), then be discharged into He River.

e) Operation and maintenance of the built structuresMaintenance of the Built Structures of Kedashan Subproject

268. Kedashan Subproject: Inadequate maintenance of built structures will lead to damaged embankments, channel sedimentation of the constructed wetlands in the Kedashan Area. The project facilities will be integrated into the existing work programs and budgets of the IA. Maintenance will include regular inspection of the wetlands, the condition of habitat features, and vegetation plantings. During the project preparation, extensive discussions were held with the HPMO and the IAs about the roles and responsibilities for operation and maintenance of the project facilities and training requirements, which were clarified and are included in the project design and EMP (Appendix 1).

F. Indirect, Induced, and Cumulative Impacts

269. Indirect impacts are adverse and/or beneficial environmental impacts that cannot be immediately traced to a project activity but can be causally linked. Induced impacts are adverse and/or beneficial impacts on areas and communities from unintended but predictable developments caused by a project which may occur later or at a different location. Cumulative impacts are the combination of multiple impacts from existing projects, the proposed project, and anticipated future projects that may result in significant adverse and/or beneficial impacts that would not be expected in the case of a stand-alone project.37

270. Indirect impacts. The Kedashan Subproject will eliminate the pollution source and reduce pollution to the two irrigated reservoirs downstream. The improvement of water quality in the reservoirs will indirectly reduce contents of As, Pb and other heavy metal pollutants in the irrigated

36 According to the PRC regulation, sewage from any medical facility is not allowed to be discharged directly into municipal sewer pipelines,to avoid spreading disease, must be treated within the facility (mainly disinfection). The two indicators of total bacteria and fecal coliform in effluence will be examined by the local Disease Prevention Center, If the examination results meet the standards, it can then be discharged to a municipal sewage treatment plant for further treatment. 37 ADB. 2011. Sourcebook for Safeguard Requirement 1: Environment. ADB, Manila.

134

farmland, gradually improving the quality of soil and crops, thereby improving food safety and human health.,

271. Induced impacts. The Pinggui Subproject will increase the urbanization rate of Hezhou Municipality, and the increased hospital, the elderly care facility, and the vocational school will significantly improve the medical and education level of nearby rural residents, will attract the nearby rural laborers to the city, prosper the urban economy, and increase the value of urban land.

272. Cumulative impacts. For the consideration of cumulative levels of development, numerous, separate, and small construction projects by using domestic funding are being conducted or planned in the urban area of Pinggui District, where the proposed Pinggui Subproject will be located, in accordance with the municipal development plan. Cumulatively larger effects of construction and operation will occur, including levels of noise and dust, wastewater discharge, solid waste disposal, and traffic congestion. The exact locations of other planned construction projects over the next several years (during the construction phase of the ADB-financed project) are unknown. However, as and when these other projects begin, and should they overlap closely with the proposed project, the following mitigation measures will be implemented to minimize cumulative impacts: (i) coordination between projects to share road access and borrow and disposal sites; (ii) sharing of any associated facilities (e.g., pipelines, easements) to avoid repeated excavation of the same alignments; (iii) coordinated traffic management plans; (iv) participatory planning with local villages and communities; and (v) training of workers to minimize social disturbance.

G. Climate Change and Greenhouse Gas Emissions

273. Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, carbon sequestration, and net emissions. Project GHG emissions will be generated during construction (vehicles, machinery, workers) and operation (electricity use at the three institutions of Pinggui Subproject). Because solar power is used in the operation of the three institutions, small amounts of electricity will be used only on cloudy days or at night for hot water. Electricity will be supplied through the municipal grid. A course estimate of the project GHG emissions was derived using the following assumptions: construction – 300 working day per year for a three-year schedule (the project is five years but peak construction intensity will be less) employing 270 full-time workers, construction vehicles, and generation of construction and domestic wastes; and operation – electricity use of the three institutions and emissions of 2 trucks for medical wastes transporting, for the first 10 years of operation (Table V-17). This is not a detailed project GHG inventory and almost certainly underestimates total project GHG emissions. Nonetheless, after 10 years of construction and operation, the total estimated emissions are much less than the level defined by ADB as significant (>100,000 t CO2e) (SPS, 2009) and are small compared with the annual emission of high-risk projects listed by the ADB Environment Safeguards Good Practices handbook (ADB 2012, pp.59–62).

Table V-17: Course Estimation of GHG Emission by the Project CO equivalent Construction period 2 (t CO2e) Workers (270) – consume 1 kg meat/d per worker for 3 years 2,300 Articulated trucks (50 t) – total100,000 km 1,200 Construction machinery – total 8000 hours 800 Construction and domestic wastes (4,900 t) 200 Subtotal GHS emission during 4 years construction 4,500 Operation (first 10 years) 135

CO equivalent Construction period 2 (t CO2e) Electricity consumption for the three institutions of Pinggui Subproject 162,68438 (16.31738 million kWh/year) Electricity consumption for Kedashan Subproject (no electricity 0 consumption during operation according to the FSR. Total GHG emissions for 10 years operation 162,684 Total GHG emissions per year 16,268 tons CO2 (4,437 tons Carbon) Note: Estimated using online GHG calculator (www.carbonneutral.au).

274. Carbon sequestration and net project GHG emissions. The total proposed afforestation and re-vegetation area is about 16.18 ha, comprising about 14.8 ha terrestrial vegetation and 1.36 ha aquatic vegetation. National estimates are not available for carbon sequestration by grasslands and aquatic vegetation, and for the current calculation, only the planting area for woody plants (i.e., trees and bushes) was used, which is 11.14 ha (5.84 +5.3 ha, Error! Reference source not found.). In the PRC, the annual carbon sequestration capacity of forest is estimated to be 0.3-12 t C/hayr depending on forest type, species, and age, as well as soil, water and weather (average annual sunshine hours, rainfall and temperature).39 Considering the weather conditions of Hezhou Municipality, the value of 2.42 t/hayr was applied for the calculation of carbon sequestration for the project.40 The project tree and shrub plantings are estimated to achieve 27tons of carbon sequestration per year (99 tons of CO2, Table V-18). Assuming project GHG emissions of 16,268 t CO2e (4,437 t Carbon) per year, the project will result in a net of 16,169 tons CO2e per year i.e., (16,268-99 tones). This is a coarse estimate, and the subtraction of carbon sequestration does not account for other, more harmful GHG emissions from construction and operation. Nonetheless, these figures are magnitudes of scale lower than the SPS threshold of concern of 100,000 t CO2e per year.

Table V-18: Preliminary Calculation of Carbon Sink from Revegetation Grasses Total Subproject Arbor (ha) Shrub (ha) Aquatic plants (ha) (ha) (ha) Kedashan Subproject 5.49 4.39 8.89 1.36 13.14 Pinggui Subproject 0.35 0.91 3.04 0 3.04 Total 5.84 5.3 11.93 1.36 16.18 Carbon Sink factor (t/ha/yr) 2.42 - - Carbon Sequestration Potential 27.0t.C/year (99 - - - (t.C/year) t.CO2/year) Source: Feasibility study report and DEIA Institute.

275. Climate change adaptation. In summary, the modeling indicates that mean annual temperatures will increase, average annual precipitation will decrease, storm intensity will increase, but variability in precipitation will increase. Increasing flood volumes could result in the increase of leachate volume of the landfill and the overflow of constructed wetlands. To accommodate this, all structures will be constructed to a flood protection standard of once in 50 years, and the landfills will be covered and sealed off with high strength rainproof materials.

38 Using 1 kWh electricity is equivalent to emitting 0.997 kg of carbon dioxide. 39 Carbon sequestration capacity comparison. May 2011. http://www.carbontree.com.cn/News show asp ?bid=5725 40 Gan Weijian & Long Juan, Ecological effect of Eucalyptus in GZAR. Guangxi Forestry, 2014(6). Note: 2.42 t/ha/yr is the average value of 4 common tree species in GZAR, including Pinus massoniana (1.13 t/ha/yr), Cunninghamia lanceolata (1.77 t/ha/yr), Quercus (3.3 t/ha/yr) and Liquidambar formosana (3.48 t/ha/yr).

136

Overall, the existing project design, which is focused on the reduction of water and soil pollution, green building, energy-saving, and emission reduction design for the three institutions of Pinggui Subproject, is oriented to achieve resilience to climate change; and training will be given under the project in a natural disaster (flood and drought) and energy-saving and emission reduction during the project operation. 137

VI. ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS

276. The major construction contents of the project include ecological restoration of the abandoned mining area, including the on-site landfill of contaminated slag and soil, constructed wetland, and the building construction for the three institutions of Pinggui District. During the TRTA, alternative designs were assessed and compared against technical, economic, environmental, and social criteria for each project component. The primary objective with respect to environmental criteria was to identify options with the least adverse environmental impacts and maximum environmental benefits. The following environmental and socio-economic factors were used in the analysis (i) security of surface water, groundwater, and soil qualities on restored abandoned mining area; (ii) cost and service life; (iii) technology maturity; and (iv) adaptation to local and sectoral contexts.

A. Without-Project Alternative

277. Without the project, residents and villagers, especially those who live near the abandoned mining area and downstream of the He River, will continue to suffer from pollution caused by the polluted abandoned mine, and polluted water will continue to flow into the Xi River and the Pearl River in Guangdong Province. Without the project, the residents who live in Pinggui District will have to continue to suffer from a shortage of health care and elderly care facilities. Without the project, because of the lack of vocational education institutions, the region will lose part of its economic development and employment opportunities.

B. Alternatives for Treatment of Polluted Soil and Slag

278. The three options for the restoration processes of contaminated slag/soil were assessed in the FSR and DEIA: (i) In-situ treatment without excavation; (ii) onsite treatment after excavation; and (iii) offsite treatment or disposal. The advantages and disadvantages of each option were listed in Table V-1. Option II was proposed in the FSR and DEIA due to its low risk, short treatment period, low cost, and less requirement on soil texture.

(i) Option I – In-situ treatment without excavation: the contaminated slag/soil in the site is not excavated or cleaned, but pollutants in slag/soil in the underground environment are directly treated by physical, chemical, or biological methods, or the contaminated area is isolated by physical methods. The restoration works are completed within the scope of the site, and the contaminated slag/soil will not leave the site during and after the restoration, which can effectively avoid secondary pollution that may be caused by excavation and transfer treatment of the contaminated slag/soil.

(ii) Option II – Onsite treatment after excavation: it refers to excavating and cleaning the contaminated slag/soil, completing the treatment of pollutants in the soil within the scope of the site, and making resource utilization in the site as far as possible. The restoration works are basically completed within the site after excavation, and the contaminated slag/soil doesn’t leave the site during and after the restoration process, which can effectively avoid the secondary pollution that may be caused by transferring contaminated soil.

(iii) Option III – Offsite treatment or disposal: Offsite treatment and disposal mean that the contaminated slag/soil in the site is excavated and then transported to a special

138

place outside the site for treatment and disposal. Compared with in-situ or onsite treatment after excavation, strict supervision must be carried out in the whole process of contaminated slag/soil transport, storage, treatment, and disposal, which requires extremely high management requirements.

Table VI-1: Alternative Analysis of Treatment for Heavy Metal Polluted Slag/Soil Option I: In situ Option II: Onsite Offsite Item treatment without treatment after treatment or excavation excavation disposal Treatment time - short short Treatment risk lower low high Cost for transport - low high Risk during transport - low high Piled up cost - low high Risk for piling up - low high Cost for soil remediation low high high Time for soil remediation long short short Project implementation high low low risk Project cost low high medium Time for project long short short implementation Source: Feasibility study report and DEIA Institute.

C. Alternatives for the Landfill Lining

279. Five options for the landfill lining materials were assessed in the FSR and DEIA: (i) High density Polyethylene (HDPE); (ii) Polyvinyl chloride (PVC); (iii) Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE) (iv) Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE); (iv) Chloroprene rubber (CBR); and (v) Chlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSPE). The advantages and disadvantages of each option were listed in Table VI- 2. Option I of HDPE was proposed due to its long service life, low permeability, high density, good mechanical strength, heat resistance, and elongation.

Table VI-2: Alternative Analysis of Impermeable Material for the Landfill Lining Impermeable No. Advantage Disadvantage Price material • Good anti-seepage performance. • Corrosion resistance to most chemicals. High density • Good mechanical and • Poor puncture 1 Polyethylene welding characteristics. resistance medium (HDPE) • Work well at low temperatures. • With various thickness (generally 0.5~3 mm); and • Good anti-aging performance • Good resistance to inorganic • Easily corroded by corrosion. Polyvinyl chloride organic substances. 2 • Good plasticity and high low (PVC) • Poor resistance to strength. ultraviolet radiation. • Easy to weld. 139

Impermeable No. Advantage Disadvantage Price material • Poor climate applicability. • Susceptible to microbial influence • High strength. • Easy welding. • Poor resistance to Chlorinated • Strong suitability to ultraviolet organic corrosion. 3 polyethylene and climate. • Welding quality is not medium (CPE) • Work well at low strong. temperatures. • Easy aging • Good permeability resistance • Good anti-seepage performance. • Oil corrosion resistance. Chloroprene • Aging resistance. • Difficult to weld and 4 high rubber (CBR) • Strong resistance to repair ultraviolet radiation. • Resistance to wear, and • Resistance to puncture. • Good anti-seepage performance. • Strong ability to resist Chlorosulfonated • Susceptible to oil chemical corrosion. 5 polyethylene contamination; and medium • UV radiation resistance and (CSPE) • Low intensity strong climate adaptation. • Strong resistance to bacteria. • Easy to welding.

D. Alternatives for Restoration of Polluted Water Bodies

280. Three options for the treatment of polluted water bodies within the site were analyzed and evaluated, including Option I - ecological permeability dike, Option II - constructed wetland, and Option III - pollution intercept belts. The advantages and disadvantages of each option were listed in Table VI-3.

Table VI-3: Alternative Analysis of Treatment for Heavy Metal polluted Soil Option Advantage Disadvantage • Poor stability of dike body, • It can control runoff and adjust and the amount of seepage. Option I - Ecological • Seepage flow is difficult to • Plants can be used to purify permeability dike control, which sometimes sewage. occurs in plugging, seepage • In line with the concept of NBS. or spillage. • Low construction and operating • Covering a large area. and Option II - costs. • Wetland plants are Constructed • Easy to maintain. susceptible to pests and wetland • Reliable wastewater treatment diseases; effect; and

140

Option Advantage Disadvantage • Can buffer and withstand the impact of water flow and pollution load changes. • It has a certain storage volume, which can be used for regulating, storing, and purifying rainwater runoff. • Effect of bio-retention • Diversified forms, harmonious technology will be affected Option III - Pollution with the landscape. when the anti-blocking effect intercept belts • Can be combined with of bio-retention facilities is not adsorption materials. good • Good runoff control effect, and • Low costs for construction and maintenance.

281. To ensure the long-term treatment effect of the polluted surface water, after discussion among the FSR institute, DEIA Institute, and the TRTA consultants, the combination of physical, chemical, and biological comprehensive control measures was selected, recommend using multilevel ecological permeable dike + constructed wetland + ecological pollution filter strip, at the same time, the adsorption materials, such as zeolite and volcanic ash to treat the polluted surface water on the Kedashan site. 141

VII. PUBLIC CONSULTATION, PARTICIPATION, AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE

282. Meaningful public participation and consultation during project feasibility study, design, and implementation are important safeguard requirements. The PRC Environmental Protection Law and Regulations on the Administration of Construction Project Environmental Protection (Order No. 253 of the State Council), and Measures on Public Participation in Environmental Impact Assessment (Order No. 4 of the Ministry of Ecology and Environment, April 2018), require that a DEIA solicits the opinions of organizations concerned and villagers and residents within and near the project sites. In August 2012, the PRC National Development and Reform Commission (NDRC) issued a requirement for “Social Risk Assessment of Large Investment Projects,” which emphasizes the importance of public consultation in an effective manner and requires that the results of public consultation are clearly summarized in the DEIA report, including the dates of consultations, number of stakeholders, who the affected people are, and the comments received.

283. ADB’s SPS (2009) also requires meaningful public participation, consultation, and information disclosure. The consultation process for this project followed both the PRC law and the ADB SPS.

284. This section describes the public consultations for the environmental assessment undertaken by the DEIA institute and implementing agencies, with support from the TRTA Consultant. The public consultation activities were conducted in the areas of project components (Restoration of Kedashan area and the three facilities construction in Pinggui District) separately. The public consultation included: (i) information disclosure; (ii) questionnaire surveys; (iii) informal visits to villages and households in the project areas; and (iv) public meetings attended by representatives of the affected public and other concerned stakeholders, including a questionnaire survey after the meeting.

285. The social and poverty analysis was also conducted by the TRTA social and resettlement experts based on group discussions with key agencies, beneficiaries, and adversely affected communities, with emphasis on poverty villages and potential gender issues. For the preparation of resettlement plans, information disclosure and public consultations were conducted, by questionnaire surveys, community meetings, and focus group discussions.

A. Information Disclosure

286. Two rounds of information disclosure for the project were conducted by the DEIA institute, the IA, and the TRTA consultants in the project areas. Due to adjustment in the project contents as well as the impact of COVID-19 in 2020, the first round of information disclosure for the Kedashan Subproject was conducted three times of September 2018, June 2019, and January 2021, respectively. The Information was distributed through local government websites, the EIA website, and posters on bulletin boards of the potential project impacted villages, residential communities, institutions, and groups (Table VII-1 and Figure VII-1). The first round of information disclosure was carried out during DEIAs preparation/updating. The disclosure comprised (i) description of abandoned Kedashan mining areas and major environmental issues; (ii) summary description of the project subprojects and sites for both subprojects, including the specific scope and quantities of contaminated mining area restoration, constructed wetlands, and the three facilities in Pinggui Subproject; (iii) a summary of the national laws and regulations ensuring the rights of public and communities to express their views; (iv) procedures and scope of the DEIAs; (v) avenues for public feedback; and, (vi) contact details of the HPMO, IA, PIUs, DEIA Institutes, the TRTA environmental consultants and local EPB. People (individuals and

142 representatives from the villages, residential communities, and institutions/groups) from areas where potential impacts might occur were consulted, as well as the appropriate representatives of age, gender, education, and occupations.

287. The second round of information disclosure was undertaken from 25 March to 23 April 2021 after the final completion of the FSRs in order to seek public feedback on the findings, including potential impacts and updated mitigation measures around communities and villages in and near project sites. The Information was also distributed through websites, newspapers, and posters (Table VII-1 and Figure VII-2).

Table VII-1: Summary of Information Disclosure. 1st Information Disclosure Date Media Posted Note 17 Kedashan The website of Environmental Assessment website September Subproject (www.EIAbbs.net) 2018 25 June Posters in Dongshui village, Baisha Town, and Huangtian Kedashan 2019 Town of Fuchuan County Subproject 12 January Kedashan The website of Hezhou Mining Investment Company 2021 Subproject 21 January Posters in Jiashan community, Hunan, and Baisha Town of Kedashan 2021 Fuchuan County Subproject 11 January Pinggui Subproject Posters in Pinggui district around the construction sites 2021 2nd Information Disclosure 25 March Kedashan The website of Hezhou Mining Investment Company 2021 Subproject 25 March Posters in Baisha Town, Baisha Community, and Chaqing Kedashan 2021 Village of Fuchuan County Subproject 25 March Pinggui Subproject The website of Pinggui District Government 2021 Posters in Xiwan Town, Guanyinyan village, Pinggui Senior Pinggui Subproject 25 March Middle School, Hezhou Ethnical School, Xiwan community 2021 hospital, Hezhou Guangji Rehabilitation Hospital Kedashan 26 March Hezhou Daily (newspaper) Subproject, Pinggui 2021 Subproject Kedashan 30 March Hezhou Daily (newspaper) Subproject, Pinggui 2021 Subproject Kedashan 9 April 2021 The website of Hezhou Mining Investment Company Subproject 9 April 2021 The website of Pinggui District Government Website Pinggui Subproject Source: DEIA Institute.

143

The 1st Information Disclosure on the website of EIA Poster of the 1st Information Disclosure (Baisha Town website on 17 Sep. 2018 on 25 June 2019)

Poster of the 1st Information Disclosure (Mujiang Poster of the 1st Information Disclosure (Dongshui Village on 25 June 2019) Village on 25 June 2019)

The 1st Information Disclosure Webpage of Hezhou Poster of the 1st Information Disclosure (Jiansha Mining Investment Company on 12 January 2021 Community on 21 January 2021)

144

Poster of the 1st Information Disclosure (Baisha Poster of the 1st Information Disclosure in Baisha Community on 21 January 2021) Residential Community on 21 January 2021

Poster of the 1st Information Disclosure (Pinggui Poster of the 1st Information Disclosure (Ethnic Community on 11 January 2021) School in Pinggui District on 11 January 2021)

Figure VII-1: The First Information Disclosure

The 2nd Information Disclosure on Hezhou Mining Poster of the 2nd Information Disclosure (Baisha Investment company website on 25 March 2021 Town on 25 March 2021) 145

Poster of the 2nd Information Disclosure (Baisha Poster of the 2nd Information Disclosure (Chaqing Community on 25 March 2021) Village on 25 March 2021)

The 2nd Information Disclosure on the website of Poster of the 2nd Information Disclosure (Xiwan Town Pinggui District Government on 25 March 2021 on 25 March 2021)

Poster of the 2nd Information Disclosure (Guanyinyan Poster of the 2nd Information Disclosure (Pinggui Village on 25 March 2021) Senior Middle School on 25 March 2021)

146

Poster of 2nd Information Disclosure (Ethnic School Poster of the 2nd Information Disclosure Xiwan in Pinggui District on 25 March 2021) Community Hospital on 25 March 2021)

The 2nd Information Disclosure in Hezhou Daily The 2nd Information Disclosure in Hezhou Daily (30 (March 2021) March 2021) Figure VII-2: The 2nd Information Disclosure

288. Future information disclosure. Further disclosure will be as follows:

(i) The summaries of the DEIA in Chinese will be disclosed on the district/county Ecology and Environment Bureaus (EEB) websites for at least 10 days before DEIA approval; (ii) Copies of the DEIA full reports in Chinese are available on request in Hezhou Municipal EEB and the EPBs of Fuchuan County and Pinggui District; (iii) This project EIA will be disclosed on the ADB website in July 2021, 120 days before ADB Board consideration of the loan (see: https://www.adb.org/projects/documents/prc-eia); and, (iv) Environment progress and monitoring reports will be prepared on a semi-annual basis and will be disclosed on the ADB website.

B. The First Round of Consultation for Kedashan Subproject

289. The first round of public consultations for the Kedashan Subproject was conducted in Hezhou Mining Investment Company, Dongshui Village, and Baisha Town, respectively, in the form of three consultation meetings followed by questionnaire surveys on 8–9 July 2019 and 20 January 2021, respectively. The consultation scope included the villages, communities, and 147 institutions where people more likely to be impacted by noise, dust, surface water pollution, and solid wastes during construction.

290. In the consultation in 2019, a total of 74 questionnaires for individuals were distributed by the DEIA Institute and the IA; all (100%) questionnaires were completed and returned; Among 24 questionnaires for institutions/groups, 20 (83.3%) were returned. Respondents from different age groups, gender, educational backgrounds, and occupations, as well as the 20 involving units, are summarized in Table VII-2, and the results are in Table VII-3 and Table VII-4.

Table VII-2: Respondents of 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2019 - Individuals 8−9 July 2019 Information of Consulted APs 74 Valid resp. (total 74) % Male 58 78.4 Gender Female 16 21.6 21−30 7 9.5 31−40 4 5.4 Age Group 41−50 26 35.1 51−60 24 32.4 >60 13 17.6 Literacy 0 0 Primary school 6 8.1 Junior high school 36 48.6 Education Senior high school 11 14.9 Vocational school 7 9.5 Two years college 4 5.4 College and above 10 13.5 Han (majority) 54 73.0 Ethnic Yao (minority) 20 27.0 Peasant 40 54 Worker 2 3 Occupation Cadre 22 30 Staff of business 6 8 Retiree 4 5 Fuchuan County: 1). Mujiang Village committee 2). Jingshan Village committee 3). Pingjiang Village committee Consulted institutions 4). Chaqing Village committee 5). Baisha Town Government 6). Baisha Residential Community 7). Jiling Village Committee 8). Fuchuan County EPB 9). Fuchuan County Water Bureau

148

8−9 July 2019 Information of Consulted APs 74 Valid resp. (total 74) % Pinggui District: 10). Dongshui Village Committee 11). Natural Resources Bureau 12). Huangtian Town Government 13). Huangtian Hesen Quarry Babu District: 14). Xialiang Community (Jiangnan Street Committee) 15). Natural Resource Bureau 16). District EPB Hezhou City: 17). Hezhou Municipal Natural Resource Bureau; 18). Hezhou Municipal EPB 19). Hezhou Municipal City Management Bureau 20). Hezhou Huantian Baosheng Stone Material Co. Source: DEIA Institute.

Public Consultation meeting (1st round, in Hezhou Public Consultation meeting (1st round, villagers from the Mining Investment Company) 7 villages and communities of Baisha Town, Kedashan Subproject)

Figure VII-3: The First Round Consultation

Table VII-3: Results of the1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2019 – Individuals No. Question Option 74 Resp. (%)

Do you know the project Don’t know 6 8.1 1 information? (single choice) Know 68 91.9 Satisfied Are you satisfied with the 55 74.3 2 current status quo of the Dissatisfied 2 2.7 local environment No difference 16 21.6 3 Air pollution 37 50.0 149

No. Question Option 74 Resp. (%) Water pollution 48 63.5 What’s the most adverse Noise impact environmental impact 17 23.0 during the project Solid wastes 12 16.2 construction? (multiple- Soil erosion and pollution choice) 22 29.7 Others 2 2.7 ≤1 km 16 21.6 How far is your working 1-3 km 21 28.4 4 place from the project site 3-5 km 10 13.5 >5 km 27 36.5 ≤1 km 15 20.3 How far is your home from 1-3 km 19 25.7 5 the project site 3-5 km 12 16.2 >5 m 29 39.2 Impact on local environmental 25 33.8 What’s the impact on your Affect job and income 6 8.1 life during the project 6 Land requisition impact construction? (multiple- 7 9.5 choice) Other 2 2.7 No impact 43 58.1 Air pollution 31 41.9 What do you think of the Water pollution most negative impact 37 50.0 7 during the project Noise impact 5 6.8 construction? (multiple- Solid wastes choice) 10 13.5 Soil erosion and contamination 5 6.8 Air Pollution control 33 44.6 What mitigation measures Mitigation for water pollution do you think should be 35 47.3 8 taken during the Noise impact control 13 17.6 construction to reduce the Proper disposal of solid wastes environmental impact? 18 24.3 Ecological protection 44 59.5 Accept Do you accept the impact 19 25.7 9 during construction without Don't care 13 17.6 mitigation measures? Don't accept, 42 56.8 After knowing the mitigation Accept 58 78.4 measures taken during 10 construction, do you accept Basically accept 14 18.9 the impact during Don’t accept construction? 2 2.7

150

No. Question Option 74 Resp. (%) Positive impact 45 60.8 After completion of the Negative impact 2 2.7 11 project, what do you think of the impacts on your life? Negative impact, but can be accepted 12 16.2 No impact 15 20.3 Waste gases treatment 25 33.8 What aspects do you think Wastewater treatment 45 60.8 should be focused on 12 Noise control during the project operation 11 14.9 (multiple choices)? Solid wastes disposal 24 32.4 Ecological protection 48 64.9 Air pollution 27 36.5 Water pollution What major impact do you 32 43.2 13 think during the project Noise impact 0 0 operation? Solid wastes 10 13.5 Soil erosion and contamination 7 9.5

In your opinion, which Air pollution 29 39.2 aspects of environmental Water pollution 48 64.9 pollution control should be 14 Noise impact strengthened during the 9 12.2 project operation? (multiple Solid wastes 25 33.8 choice) Soil erosion and contamination 44 59.5 Do you accept the Accept 61 82.4 environmental impact 15 Basically accept during the project 12 16.2 operation? Don’t accept 1 1.4 Beneficial effect 68 91.9 What’s your opinion for the No difference 5 6.8 16 project impact on economic and social development Adverse effect 0 0 No effect 1 1.4 Based on the above, what Support 74 100 17 is your attitude towards the project? Don’t support 0 0 Source: DEIA Institute.

Table VII-4: Results of the1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2019 – Groups No. Question Option 20 Resp. (%) News (website or newspaper) 1 5.0 How did your unit get the 1 Government’s meeting project information 19 95.0 Hezhou Mining Investment Company 0 0 151

No. Question Option 20 Resp. (%) Public talks 0 0 Others 0 0 Don’t know 0 0 Very good 13 65.0 Good What do you think of the 5 25.0 2 current environment quality Average 1 5.0 of Hezhou city? Poor 1 5.0 Very poor 0 0 Air pollution 10 15 Water pollution 10 25 What’s the most adverse environmental problem in Noise impact 5 10 3 Hezhou City? (multiple- Solid wastes 2 50 choice) Soil erosion 1 5 Others 0 0 ≤1 km 3 15 How far is your unit from 1-3 km 5 25 4 the project site 3-5 km 2 10 >5 m 10 50 Impact on local environmental 6 30 What’s the impact on your Affect job and income 3 15 life during the project 5 Land requisition impact construction? (multiple 2 10 choices) Other 2 10 No impact 12 60 Air pollution 10 50 What do you think of the Water pollution most negative impact 8 40 6 during the project Noise impact 1 5 construction? (multiple- Solid wastes choice) 1 5 Soil erosion and contamination 0 0 Air Pollution control What mitigation measures 10 50 do you think should be Mitigation for water pollution 11 55 taken during the 7 Noise impact control construction period to 5 25 reduce the environmental Proper disposal of solid wastes 7 35 impact? Ecological protection 13 65 8 Accept 7 35

152

No. Question Option 20 Resp. (%) Do you accept the Don't care 1 5 environmental impact during the construction without mitigation Don't accept, 12 60 measures? After understanding the Accept 17 85 mitigation measures taken 9 during construction, do you Basically accept 3 15 accept the impact during Don’t accept the construction? 0 0 Positive impact 17 85 After completion of the Negative impact 0 0 10 project, what do you think of impact to your life? Negative impact, but can accept 1 5 No impact 2 10 Waste gases treatment 7 35 What aspects do you think Wastewater treatment 11 55 should be focused on 11 Noise control during the project operation 6 30 (multiple choices)? Solid wastes disposal 10 50 Ecological protection 15 75 Air pollution 7 35 Water pollution What major impact do you 8 40 12 think during the project Noise impact 0 0 operation? Solid wastes 4 20 Soil erosion and contamination 1 5

In your opinion, which Air pollution 9 45 aspects of environmental Water pollution 11 55 pollution control should be 13 Noise impact strengthened during the 5 25 project operation? (multiple Solid wastes 8 40 choice) Soil erosion and contamination 14 70 Do you accept the Accept 16 80 environmental impact 15 Basically accept during the project 4 20 operation? Don’t accept 0 0 Beneficial effect 19 95 What’s your opinion for the No difference 1 5 16 project impact on economic and social development Adverse effect 0 0 No effect 0 0 17 Support 20 100 153

No. Question Option 20 Resp. (%) Based on the above, what is your attitude towards the Don’t support 0 0 project? Source: DEIA Institute.

291. During the consultation in 2021, a total of 39 questionnaires for individuals were distributed and collected. 3 of 5 questionnaires distributed for units were returned. Respondents from different age groups, gender, educational backgrounds, and occupations are summarized in Table VII-5, and the results are in Table VII-6 and Table VII-7.

Table VII-5: Respondents of 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021 - Individuals 20 January 2021 Information of Consulted APs 39 Valid resp. (total 39) % Male 25 64.1 Gender Female 14 35.9 <21 1 2.6 21-30 3 7.7 31-40 8 20.5 Age Group 41-50 10 25.6 51-60 11 28.2 >60 6 15.4 Literacy 0 0 Primary school 6 8.1 Junior high school 36 48.6 Education Senior high school 11 14.9 Vocational school 7 9.5 Two years college 4 5.4 College and above 10 13.5 Han (majority) 22 56.4 Ethnic Yao (minority) 13 33.3 Zhuang (minority) 4 10.3 Peasant 12 30.8 Worker 10 25.6 Occupation Student 2 5.1 Cadre 12 30.8 Staff of business 3 7.7 1). Chaqing Village committee Consulted institutions 2). Baisha Town Government 3). Fuchuan County EPB Source: DEIA Institute.

154

Figure VII-4: Public Consultation meeting in Baisha Town (1st round, in January 2021)

Table VII-6: Results of 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021– individuals No. Question Option 39 Resp. (%) Do you know the project Don’t know 31 79.5 1 information? (single choice) Know 8 20.5 Very good 11 28.2 Are you satisfied with the good 14 35.9 current status quo of the 2 Average local environment 10 25.6 (Fuchuan county) Poor 2 5.1 Very poor 2 5.1 Impact on local environmental 10 25.6 Affect job and income What’s the impact on your 4 10.3 3 life during the project Land requisition impact 4 10.3 construction? Other 6 15.4 No impact 16 41.0 Air pollution 8 20.5 What’s the most adverse Water pollution 10 25.6 environmental impact 4 Noise impact during the project 9 23.1 construction? Solid wastes 5 12.8 Others 7 0 Air Pollution control 14 20.5 What mitigation measures Mitigation for water pollution do you think should be 23 25.6 5 taken during the Noise impact control 22 23.1 construction to reduce the Proper disposal of solid wastes 10 12.8 environmental impact? Ecological protection 22 17.9 155

No. Question Option 39 Resp. (%) Positive impact 18 46.2 After completion of the project, what do you think Negative impact 2 5.1 6 of the impacts on your Negative impact, but can be accepted 7 17.9 life? No impact 12 30.8 Beneficial effect 31 79.5 What’s your opinion for the project impact on No difference 8 20.5 7 economic and social Adverse effect 0 0.0 development No effect 0 0.0 Based on the above, what Support 39 100 8 is your attitude towards the project? Don’t support 0 0 Source: DEIA Institute.

Table VII-7: Results of 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021 – Groups No. Question Option 20 Resp. (%) News (website or newspaper) 1 5.0 Government’s meeting 19 95.0 How did your unit get the Hezhou Mining Investment Company 0 0 1 project information Public talks 0 0 Others 0 0 Don’t know 0 0 Very good 13 65.0 Good What do you think of the 5 25.0 2 current environment quality Average 1 5.0 of Fuchuan county? Poor 1 5.0 Very poor 0 0 Air pollution 10 50 What do you think of the Water pollution 8 40 most negative impact 3 Noise impact during the project 1 5 construction? Solid wastes 1 5 No impact 0 0

What mitigation measures Air Pollution control 10 50 do you think should be Mitigation for water pollution 11 55 taken during the 4 Noise impact control construction period to 5 25 reduce the environmental Proper disposal of solid wastes 7 35 impact? (multiple-choice) Ecological protection 13 65

156

No. Question Option 20 Resp. (%) What’s your opinion for the Beneficial effect 19 95 5 project impact on economic and social development Adverse effect 0 0 Positive impact 17 85 After completion of the Negative impact 0 0 6 project, what do you think of impact to your unit? No impact 1 5 Negative impact, but can accept 2 10 Based on the above, what Support 20 100 7 is your attitude towards the project? Don’t support 0 0 Source: DEIA Institute.

292. Results of the first round of public consultation-Kedashan Subproject. 136 respondents (including 113 individuals and 23 groups) in the surveys supported the project and the anticipated benefits for improved pollution control and ecological restoration of the abandoned mining areas, eliminated the water pollution risk of He River, and restored the land use function of the polluted and abandoned mines. Feedback by the respondents included: (i) In order to mitigate the impact from construction vehicle dust on the two villages of Jinzhuchong and Chapanyuan, asphalt pavement should be completed as soon as possible on the earthen road from the villages to the construction site; (ii) effective measures shall be taken during construction to protect nearby water sources and soil from contaminated soil and waste slags; (iii) strengthen construction supervision for the on-site landfill construction, to avoid surface water and groundwater pollutions by the landfill; (iv) increase the landscaping area as much as possible on the sites to improve scenic beauty; and (vi) conduct water spraying on construction sites daily to minimize dust generated by construction activities. These considerations have been included as mitigation and management measures in the updated FSRs and the DEIAs.

C. The First Round of Consultation for Pinggui Subproject

293. The first round of public consultations for the Pinggui Subproject was conducted in Pinggui City Investment Group, in the form of the consultation meeting followed by questionnaire surveys on 20 January 2021. The consultation scope included the villages, communities, schools, and hospitals within 500 m from the construction sites in Pinggui District, where people more likely to be impacted by project constructions.

294. During the consultation in 2021, a total of 18 questionnaires for individuals were distributed by the DEIA Institute, together with the IA. All (100%) questionnaires were completed and returned. Among 6 questionnaires for institutions, 6 (100%) were returned. Respondents from different age groups, gender, educational backgrounds, and occupations, as well as the 6 involving institutions are summarized in Table VII-8, and the results are in Table VII-9, Table VII-10, Table VII-11, and Table VII-12.

Table VII-8: Respondents of 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021 – Individuals 20 January 2021 Information of Consulted APs 18 Valid resp. (total 39) % Gender Male 10 55.6 157

20 January 2021 Information of Consulted APs 18 Valid resp. (total 39) % Female 8 44.4 <21 1 2.6 21-30 3 7.7 31-40 8 20.5 Age Group 41-50 10 25.6 51-60 11 28.2 >60 6 15.4 Literacy 0 0 Primary school 0 0 Junior high school 2 11.1 Education Senior high school 5 27.8 Vocational school 1 5.6 Two years college 1 5.6 College and above 9 50.0 Peasant 2 11.1 Worker 3 16.7 Student 4 22.2 Occupation Teacher 2 11.1 Cadre 3 16.7 Staff of business 4 22.2 1). Pinggui District Ecological Environment Bureau 2). Pinggui District Natural Resources Bureau 3). Hezhou No.5 senior high school Consulted institutions 4). Hezhou Ethnic School 5). Xiwan community hospital 6). Saiwan community Source: DEIA Institute.

Public Consultation (1st round, Pinggui Subproject) Public Consultation (discussion and questionnaire survey after the meeting, Pinggui Subproject) Figure VII-5:The First Round Public Consultation

158

Table VII-9: Results of the 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021– Individuals (Education Components) No. Question Option 18 Resp. (%)

Do you know the project Don’t know 16 88.9 1 information about TVET Know 2 11.1 Very good 5 27.8 Are you satisfied with the good 4 22.2 current status quo of the 2 Average local environment (Pinggui 7 38.9 District) Poor 2 11.1 Very poor 0 0 Impact on local environmental 1 5.6 Affect job and income What’s the impact on your 0 0 3 life during the project Land requisition impact 4 22.2 construction? Other 0 0 No impact 13 72.2 Air pollution 7 38.9 What’s the most adverse Water pollution 3 16.7 environmental impact 4 Noise impact during the project 2 11.1 construction? Solid wastes 2 11.1 Others 4 22.2 Air Pollution control 13 72.2 What mitigation measures Mitigation for water pollution do you think should be 8 44.4 5 taken during the Noise impact control 10 55.6 construction to reduce the Proper disposal of solid wastes environmental impact? 4 22.2 Ecological protection 9 50.0 Positive impact 1 61.1 After completion of the Negative impact 0 0 6 project, what do you think of the impacts on your life? Negative impact, but can be accepted 4 22.2 No impact 3 16.7 Beneficial effect 17 94.4 What’s your opinion for the No difference 1 5.6 7 project impact on economic and social development Adverse effect 0 0 No effect 0 0 Based on the above, what Support 18 100 8 is your attitude towards the project? Don’t support 0 0 159

No. Question Option 18 Resp. (%) 1. support and increase the population. 2. More training for women. How about your advice 9 about environmental issues 3. Suggest suspending the construction before 21:00 for the noisy night in the construction. 4. Suggest keeping the road clean during the construction Source: DEIA Institute.

Table VII-10: Results of the 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021 – Individuals (Medical Components) No. Question Option 18 Resp. (%) Do you know the project Don’t know 16 88.3 information about the 1 elderly care facility and Know 2 11.1 Workers’ Hospital Very good 7 38.9 good Are you satisfied with the 8 44.4 2 current status quo of the Average 3 16.7 local medical conditions Poor 0 0 Very poor 0 0 Impact on local environmental 1 5.6 Affect job and income What’s the impact on your 1 5.6 3 life during the project Land requisition impact 4 22.2 construction? Other 0 0 No impact 12 66.7 Air pollution 7 38.9 What’s the most adverse Water pollution 3 16.7 environmental impact 4 Noise impact during the project 2 11.1 construction? Solid wastes 1 5.6 Others 5 27.8 Air Pollution control 13 72.2 What mitigation measures Mitigation for water pollution do you think should be 8 44.4 5 taken during the Noise impact control 9 50.0 construction to reduce the Proper disposal of solid wastes environmental impact? 8 44.4 Ecological protection 8 44.4 Positive impact 10 55.6 After completion of the Negative impact 0 0 6 project, what do you think of the impacts on your life? Negative impact, but can be accepted 6 33.3 No impact 2 11.1

160

No. Question Option 18 Resp. (%) Beneficial effect 16 88.9 What’s your opinion for the No difference 1 5.6 7 project impact on economic and social development Adverse effect 0 0 No effect 1 5.6 Based on the above, what Support 18 100 8 is your attitude towards the project? Don’t support 0 0 1. Support what is good for the elderly. 2. Try not to affect the students of nearby schools How about your advice 9 about environmental issues 3. Suggest to suspend the construction before 21:00 for the noisy night in the construction. 4. Suggest to keep the road clean during the construction Source: DEIA Institute.

Table VII-11: Results of the 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021 – Groups (Education Components) No. Question Option 6 Resp. (%) News (website or newspaper) 0 0 Government’s meeting 0 0 How did your unit get the Hezhou Mining Investment Company 4 66.7 1 project information Public talks 0 0 Others 2 33.3 Don’t know 0 0 Very good 4 66.7 Good What do you think of the 0 0 2 current education situation Average 2 33.3 of Pinggui District? Poor 0 0 Very poor 0 0 Air pollution 1 16.7 What do you think of the Water pollution 0 0 most negative impact 3 Noise impact during the project 3 50 construction? Solid wastes 1 16.7 No impact 1 16.7 Air Pollution control 3 50 What mitigation measures do you think should be Mitigation for water pollution 2 33.3 4 taken during the Noise impact control 3 50 construction period to Proper disposal of solid wastes 3 50 161

No. Question Option 6 Resp. (%) reduce the environmental Ecological protection impact? (multiple-choice) 1 16.7 What’s your opinion for the Beneficial effect 6 100 5 project impact on economic and social development Adverse effect 0 0 Positive impact 4 66.7 After completion of the Negative impact 0 0 6 project, what do you think of impact to your unit? No impact 2 33.6 Negative impact, but can accept 0 0 Based on the above, what Support 6 100 7 is your attitude towards the project? Don’t support 0 0 Source: DEIA Institute.

Table VII-12: Results of the 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey in 2021 – Groups (Medical Components) No. Question Option 6 Resp. (%) News (website or newspaper) 0 0 Government’s meeting 4 66.7 How did your unit get the Hezhou Mining Investment Company 4 66.7 1 project information Public talks 0 0 Others 2 33.3 Don’t know 0 0 Very good 1 16.7 Good What do you think of the 2 33.3 2 current Medical situation of Average 1 16.7 Pinggui District? Poor 2 33.3 Very poor 0 0 Air pollution 3 50 What do you think of the Water pollution 3 50 most negative impact 3 Noise impact during the project 3 50 construction? Solid wastes 2 33.3 No impact 0 0

What mitigation measures Air Pollution control 4 66.7 do you think should be Mitigation for water pollution 2 33.3 taken during the 4 Noise impact control construction period to 5 83.3 reduce the environmental Proper disposal of solid wastes 1 16.7 impact? (multiple-choice) Ecological protection 1 16.7

162

No. Question Option 6 Resp. (%) What’s your opinion for the Beneficial effect 6 100 5 project impact on economic and social development Adverse effect 0 0 Positive impact 5 83.3 After completion of the Negative impact 0 0 6 project, what do you think of impact to your unit? No impact 1 16.7 Negative impact, but can accept 0 0 Based on the above, what Support 6 100 7 is your attitude towards the project? Don’t support 0 0 1. Carry out all environmental protection measures according to the requirements of environmental impact assessment documents 8 Any advice and approval 2. Support Source: DEIA Institute.

295. Results of the first round of public consultation– Pinggui Subproject. 26 respondents (including 18 individuals and 6 groups) in the surveys all (100%) supported the project and the anticipated benefits for Improving health care and elderly care facilities, increasing vocational education institutions, and significantly improving the skills and employment opportunities of the workforce. Feedback by the respondents included: (i) effective measures shall be taken during construction to protect nearby communities, schools and hospitals from construction noise and dust, such as stop construction after 9:00 pm, during school hours, stop noisy mechanical construction; and (ii) strengthen construction supervision and environmental management during construction, such as covering earth transport vehicles, and water spraying on construction sites and roads to minimize dust generated by construction activities and keep the roads clean. These considerations have been included as mitigation and management measures in the updated FSRs and the DEIAs.

D. The Second Round of Consultation for Kedashan Subproject

296. The second round of public consultations for the Kedashan Subproject was conducted in Baisha Town in the form of public consultation meetings followed by questionnaire surveys on 20 April 2021. The consultation scope included the villages, communities, and institutions where people more likely to be impacted by noise, dust, surface water pollution, and solid wastes during construction.

297. During the consultation, a total of 15 questionnaires for individuals were distributed by the DEIA Institute and the IA; all (100%) questionnaires were completed and returned; Among 6 questionnaires for institutions/groups, all were completed and returned. Respondents from different age groups, gender, educational backgrounds, and occupations, as well as the 6 involving units, are summarized in Table VII-13, and the results are in Table VII-14 and Table VII-15.

163

Table VII-13: Respondents of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021 20 April 2021 Information of Consulted APs 15 Valid individuals resp. (total 15) % Male 9 60.0 Gender Female 6 40.0 21−30 1 6.7 31−40 6 40.0 Age Group 41−50 6 40.0 51−60 2 13.3 >60 0 0 Literacy 0 0 Primary school 1 6.7 Junior high school 4 26.7 Education Senior high school 2 13.3 Vocational school 3 20.0 Two years college 4 26.7 College and above 1 6.7 Peasant 9 60.0 Worker 1 6.7 Occupation Cadre 3 20.0 Staff of business 2 13.3 Retiree 0 0 Fuchuan County: 1). Chaqing Village committee 2). Baisha Town Government Consulted institutions 3). Baisha Residential Community 4). Fuchuan County EPB 5). Fuchuan County Water Bureau 6). Fuchuan County Nature Resource Bureau Source: DEIA Institute.

164

Figure VII-6: The Second Round Consultation for Kedashan Subproject

Table VII-14: Results of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021 for Kedashan Subproject – individuals No. Question Option 15 Resp. (%)

Do you know the project Don’t know 14 93.3 1 information? (single choice) Know 1 6.7 Satisfied, Are you satisfied with the 11 73.3 2 current status quo of the Dissatisfied 0 0 local environment No difference 4 26.7 Air pollution 1 6.7 What’s the most adverse Water pollution environmental impact 7 46.7 3 during the project Noise impact 0 0 construction? (multiple- Solid wastes choice) 5 33.3 No impact 6 40 Impact on local environmental 4 26.7 What’s the impact on your Affect job and income 0 0 life during the project 4 Land requisition impact construction? (multiple- 0 0 choice) Other 0 0 No impact 12 80 Air Pollution control 5 33.3 What mitigation measures Mitigation for water pollution do you think should be 11 73.3 5 taken during the Noise impact control 1 6.7 construction to reduce the Proper disposal of solid wastes environmental impact? 5 33.3 Ecological protection 7 46.7 6 Accept 4 26.7 165

No. Question Option 15 Resp. (%) Do you accept the impact Don't know 0 0 during construction without mitigation measures? Don't accept, 11 73.3 After knowing the mitigation Accept 15 100 measures taken during 7 construction, do you accept Don’t know 0 0 the impact during Don’t accept construction? 0 0 Positive impact 7 46.7 After completion of the Negative impact 0 0 8 project, what do you think of the impacts on your life? Negative impact, but can be accepted 0 0 No impact 8 53.3 Beneficial effect 13 86.7 What’s your opinion for the No difference 5 33.3 9 project impact on economic and social development Adverse effect 0 0 No effect 0 0 Based on the above, what Support 15 100 10 is your attitude towards the project? Don’t support 0 0 Source: DEIA Institute.

Table VII-15: Results of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2020 for Kedashan subproject – Groups No. Question Option 6 Resp. (%) News (website or newspaper) 0 0 Government’s meeting 5 83.3 How did your unit get the Hezhou Mining Investment Company 1 16.7 1 project information Public talks 0 0 Others 1 16.7 Don’t know 0 0 Very good 3 50 Good What do you think of the 3 50 2 current environment quality Average 0 0 of Hezhou city? Poor 0 0 Very poor 0 0 Air pollution 0 0 What’s the most adverse environmental problem in Water pollution 3 50 3 Hezhou City? (multiple- Noise impact 0 0 choice) Solid wastes 3 50

166

No. Question Option 6 Resp. (%) No impact 2 33.3 Air Pollution control What mitigation measures 0 0 do you think should be Mitigation for water pollution 4 66.7 taken during the 4 Proper disposal of solid wastes construction period to 4 66.7 reduce the environmental Noise impact control 0 0 impact? Ecological protection 3 50 Do you accept the Accept 1 16.7 environmental impact 8 during the construction Don't accept, 5 83.3 without mitigation 0 measures? Don’t know 0 After understanding the Accept 6 100 mitigation measures taken 9 during construction, do you Basically accept 0 0 accept the impact during Don’t accept the construction? 0 0 After completion of the Positive impact 6 100 10 project, what do you think of impact to your agency? Negative impact 0 0 Positive impact 4 66.7 What’s your opinion for the Negative impact 0 0 16 project impact on economic and social development No impact 2 33.3 Negative impact, but can accept 0 0 Based on the above, what Support 6 100 17 is your attitude towards the project? Don’t support 0 0 Source: DEIA Institute.

298. Results of the second round of public consultation for Kedashan subproject. 21 respondents (including 15 individuals and 6 institutions) in the surveys supported the project and the anticipated benefits. Feedback by the respondents was about landfill and leachate impact, and the DEIA and IA explain the feasibility study result about the issue: the landfill will be used to dispose the mining waste and tailings and paved with valid impermeable liner according to the national standard and the leachate will be collected and transported to Wanggao WWTP for final treatment.

E. The Second Round of Consultation for Pinggui Subproject

299. After online public announcement, posting on-site announcement, the second round of public consultations for the Pinggui Subproject was conducted in Pinggui City Investment Group, in the form of the consultation meeting followed by questionnaire surveys on 20 April 2021. The consultation scope included the villages, communities, schools, and hospitals within 500 m from the construction sites in Pinggui District, where people more likely to be impacted by project constructions. 167

300. During the consultation, a total of 18 questionnaires for individuals were distributed and all (100%) questionnaires were completed and returned. Among 7 questionnaires for groups impacted for education subprojects, 6 (85.7%) were returned. 7 questionnaires for groups impacted for medical subprojects, 7 (100%) were returned. Respondents from different age groups, gender, educational backgrounds, and occupations, as well as the 7 involving institutions are summarized in Table VII-16, and the results are in Table VII-17, Table VII-18,Table VII-19 and Table VII-20.

Table VII-16: Respondents of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021 – Individuals 20 April 2021 Information of Consulted APs 18 Valid resp. (total 18) % Male 11 61.1 Gender Female 7 38.9 <21 0 0 21−30 2 11.1 31−40 7 38.9 Age Group 41−50 0 0 51−60 9 50 >60 0 0 Literacy 0 0 Primary school 1 5.5 Junior high school 5 27.8 Education Senior high school 0 0 Vocational school 0 0 Two years college 3 16.7 College and above 9 50 Peasant 7 38.9 Worker 0 0 Student 0 0 Occupation Teacher 2 11.1 Cadre 3 16.7 Staff of business 6 33.3 1). Pinggui District Ecological Environment Bureau 2). Pinggui District Natural Resources Bureau 3). Hezhou No.5 senior high school Consulted institutions 4). Hezhou Ethnic School 5). Xiwan community hospital 6). Xiwan Village 7). Hezhou Guangji Rehabilitation Hospital Source: DEIA Institute.

168

Figure VII-7:The Second Round Public Consultation in Pinggui

Table VII-17: Results of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021 – Individuals (Education components) No. Question Option 18 Resp. (%) ≤1 km 8 44.4 How far is your home from 1-3 km 5 27.8 1 the project site 3-5 km 1 5.6 >5 km 4 22.2 Accept 13 72.2 Do you accept project 2 Don’t accept impact to your life or work? 4 22.2 Don’t know 1 5.6 Impact on local environmental 8 44.4 What’s the impact on your Affect job and income 1 5.6 life during the project 3 Land requisition impact construction? (multiple- 2 11.1 choice) No impact 0 0 Other 10 55.6 After understanding the necessary 14 77.8 relevant information, do Ok 3 16.7 4 you think it is necessary for the construction of this not necessary 0 0 project? Don’t care 0 0 Beneficial effect What’s your opinion for the 16 88.9 5 project impact on economic No effect 0 0 development Don’t know 2 11.1 What’s the most adverse Noise impact 8 44.4 environmental impact Air pollution 11 61.1 6 during the project construction? (multiple- Solid wastes 5 27.8 choice) Traffic jam 0 0 169

No. Question Option 18 Resp. (%) Others 0 0 No impact 6 33.3 Accept 1 5.6 Do you accept the impact Ok 4 22.2 7 during construction without mitigation measures? Don't accept, 12 66.7 Don’t know 1 5.6 Accept 9 50 After knowing the mitigation measures taken during Ok 9 50 8 construction, do you accept Don't accept, 0 0 the impact during construction? Don’t know 0 0

1. Strengthen supervision and management to ensure the implementation of mitigation measures; Suggestion for mitigation 9 2. People oriented and reasonable construction; measures 3. Strengthen the prevention and control of noise and dust pollution during construction. Source: DEIA Institute.

Table VII-18: Results of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021 – Individuals (Medical Components) No. Question Option 18 Resp. (%) ≤1 km 7 38.9 How far is your home from 1-3 km 6 33.3 1 the project site 3-5 km 1 5.6 >5 km 4 22.2 ≤1 km 7 38.9 How far are your offices or 1-3 km 7 38.9 2 working sites from the project site 3-5 km 2 11.1 >5 km 2 11.1 Impact on local environmental 7 38.9 What’s the impact on your Affect job and income 2 11.1 life during the project 3 Land requisition impact construction? (multiple- 4 22.2 choice) No impact 7 38.9 Other 0 0 Accept 10 55.6 Do you accept project 4 Don’t accept impact to your life or work? 3 16.7 Don’t know 5 27.8

170

No. Question Option 18 Resp. (%) Noise impact 10 55.6 What’s the most adverse Air pollution 14 77.8 environmental impact Solid wastes 6 33.3 5 during the project construction? (multiple- Traffic jam 1 5.6 choice) Others 0 0 No impact 4 22.2 Accept 4 22.2 Do you accept the impact Ok 4 22.2 6 during construction without mitigation measures? Don't accept, 11 61.1 Don’t know 0 0 After knowing the mitigation Accept 7 38.9 measures taken during Ok 10 55.6 8 construction, do you accept the impact during Don't accept, 0 0 construction? Don’t know 1 5.6 After knowing the mitigation Accept 18 100 measures taken during 8 construction, do you support the project Don't accept, 0 0 activities?

1. Strengthen supervision and management; Suggestion for mitigation 9 2. Safety guard and good construction practice; measures 3. Control of noise and dust pollution during construction.

Source: DEIA Institute.

Table VII-19: Results of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021 – Groups (Education Components) No. Question Option 6 Resp. (%) News (website or newspaper) 1 16.7 Government’s meeting 5 83.3 How did your unit get the Hezhou Mining Investment Company 1 16.7 1 project information Public talks 0 0 Others 0 0 Don’t know 0 0 Very good What do you think of the 0 0 2 current education situation Good 4 66.7 of Pinggui District? Average 2 33.3 171

No. Question Option 6 Resp. (%) Poor 0 0 Very poor 0 0 Air pollution 2 33.3 What do you think of the Water pollution 0 0 most negative impact 3 Noise impact during the project 5 83.3 construction? Solid wastes 2 33.3 No impact 1 16.7 Air Pollution control What mitigation measures 2 33.3 do you think should be Mitigation for water pollution 2 33.3 taken during the 4 Proper disposal of solid wastes construction period to 3 50 reduce the environmental Noise impact control 2 33.3 impact? (multiple-choice) Ecological protection 2 33.3 What’s your opinion for the Beneficial effect 6 100 5 project impact on economic and social development Adverse effect 0 0 Positive impact 3 50 After completion of the Negative impact 0 0 6 project, what do you think of impact to your unit? No impact 2 33.3 Negative impact, but can accept 1 16.7 Based on the above, what Support 6 100 7 is your attitude towards the project? Don’t support 0 0 1. Reduce noise; 2. Pay attention to the prevention and control of air pollution; Suggestion for mitigation 8 measures 3. Strict control to ensure the implementation of measures; 4. Implement environmental protection measures in strict accordance with EIA report and approval. Source: DEIA Institute.

Table VII-20: Results of the 2nd Round of Questionnaire Survey in April 2021 – Groups (Medical components) No. Question Option 7 Resp. (%) News (website or newspaper) 1 14.3 Government’s meeting 6 85.7 How did your unit get the Hezhou Mining Investment Company 1 14.3 1 project information Public talks 0 0 Others 0 0 Don’t know 0 0

172

No. Question Option 7 Resp. (%) Very good 0 0 Good What do you think of the 0 0 2 current Medical situation of Average 6 85.7 Pinggui District? Poor 0 0 Very poor 1 14.3 Air pollution 1 14.3 What do you think of the Water pollution 0 0 most negative impact 3 Solid wastes during the project 5 71.4 construction? Noise impact 1 14.3 No impact 1 14.3 Air Pollution control What mitigation measures 3 42.9 do you think should be Mitigation for water pollution 3 42.9 taken during the 4 Proper disposal of solid wastes construction period to 5 71.4 reduce the environmental Noise impact control 4 57.1 impact? (multiple-choice) Ecological protection 3 42.9 What’s your opinion for the Beneficial effect 7 100 5 project impact on economic and social development Adverse effect 0 0 Positive impact 4 57.1 After completion of the Negative impact 0 0 6 project, what do you think of impact to your unit? No impact 3 42.9 Negative impact, but can accept 0 0 Based on the above, what Support 7 100 7 is your attitude towards the project? Don’t support 0 0 1. No construction during lunch break and night time; 2. Strict control to ensure the implementation of mitigation 8 Any advice measures; 3. Implement environmental protection measures in strict accordance with EIA report and approval. Source: DEIA Institute.

301. Results of the second round of public consultation – Pinggui Subproject. respondents (including 18 individuals and 6 institutions for education subproject and 7 institutions for medical subproject) in the surveys all (100%) supported the project. Feedback by the respondents included: (i) effective measures shall be taken during construction to reduce noise and dust; (ii) strengthen construction supervision and environmental management during construction; and (iii) carefully implement DEIA and its approval. These considerations have been included as mitigation and management measures in the updated FSRs and the DEIAs. 173

F. Future Consultation

302. The dialogue will be maintained with project communities throughout implementation. Future consultation will be undertaken by the HPMO and PIU Environment and Social Officers, via questionnaire surveys, household visits, workshops, and public hearings (see attached EMP). 303.

174

VIII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

304. During the DEIA and this project EIA preparations, the grievance redress mechanism (GRMs) was developed in Fuchuan County and Pinggui District of Hezhou Municipality in compliance with ADB’s SPS (2009) requirement to address environmental, health, safety, and social concerns associated with project construction, operation, and land acquisition. The GRM is designed to achieve the following objectives: (i) provide channels of communication for local villages and communities to raise concerns about environmental and social-related grievances which might result from the project (such as, the contact information of relevant GRM contact personnel will be disclosed on the site before construction, including address, telephone number, WeChat, and email.); (ii) prevent and mitigate adverse environmental and social impacts to villages and communities caused by project construction and operation, including those associated with resettlement; (iii) improve mutual trust and respect and promote productive relationships between the project agencies and local villages and communities; and (iv) build village and community acceptance of the project. The GRM is accessible to all members of the villages and communities, including women, youth, minorities and poverty-stricken villagers and residents. Multiple points of entry are available, including face-to-face meetings, written complaints, telephone conversations, e-mail, WeChat, and social media.

305. Grievances to be addressed by the GRM will most likely be of disturbances, e.g., impact to the surface water and groundwater qualities nearby and downstream of the He River and its tributaries by the construction of polluted mining area restoration, in particular, the landfill of contaminated soil and slag; dust emissions, construction noise caused by the three facilities construction of Pinggui Subproject in urban areas, disputes over the forest and land property rights, inappropriate disposal of construction wastes, safety measures for the protection of the public and construction workers. A separate GRM has been designed for the project for issues related to land acquisition and resettlement, as these generally require different procedures and timelines to resolve compared with environmental-related grievances.

306. Currently, in Hezhou Municipality (and generally in the PRC), when residents or groups are negatively affected by construction or development, they may complain, by themselves or through their village or community committee, to the contractors, developers, the local EEB, or by direct appeal to the local courts. The weaknesses of this system are: (i) the lack of dedicated personnel to address grievances; and (ii) the lack of a specific timeframe for the redress of grievances. This project GRM addresses these weaknesses.

307. The GRM meets the regulatory standards of the PRC that protect the rights of citizens from construction-related environmental and/or social impacts. Decree No. 431 Regulation on Letters and Visits, issued by the State Council of PRC in 2005, codifies a complaint acceptance mechanism at all levels of government and protects the complainants from retaliation. Based on the regulation, the Ministry of Environmental Protection (MEP) published updated Measures on Environmental Letters and Visits (Decree No. 15) in December 2010.

308. The GRM meets the regulatory standards of the PRC that protect the rights of citizens from construction-related environmental and/or social impacts. Decree No. 431 Regulation on Letters and Visits, issued by the State Council of PRC in 2005, codifies a complaint acceptance mechanism at all levels of government and protects the complainants from retaliation. Based on 175

the regulation, the Ministry of Environmental Protection (MEP)41 published updated Measures on Environmental Letters and Visits (Decree No. 15) in December 2010.

309. The details of the GRM, including a time-bound flow chart of procedures, are described in the project EMP (Appendix 1 of this EIA).

41 The new name for the MEP is Ministry of Ecology and Environment.

176

IX. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

310. A project environmental management plan (EMP) has been prepared during the TRTA (Appendix 1). Development of the EMP drew on the two DEIA reports, discussions with HPMO and the two IAs, and consultations with the municipal and district/county EEBs, other government agencies, and local communities. The EMP defines mitigation measures for the anticipated environmental impacts, institutional responsibilities, and mechanisms to monitor and ensure compliance with the PRC’s environmental laws, standards, and regulations and ADB’s SPS. The EMP specifies major environmental impacts and mitigation measures, roles and responsibilities, inspection, monitoring, as well as reporting arrangements, training, and the GRM. The EMP will be updated after detailed design completion, as needed.

177

X. PROJECT ASSURANCES

312. All ADB-financed projects are required to comply with a standard set of loan assurances for environmental safeguards, which focus on compliance with national laws and the project EMP. In addition, the following project-specific assurances or action points are included in the project administration manual and implementation mechanism agreed t between ADB and the HMG.

(i) HMG will ensure that the HPMO and the IAs: (a) designate an officer responsible for environmental safeguards and to coordinate the implementation of the EMP; (b) in each of the two PIUs, a designated officer is responsible to look after environmental safeguards and to coordinate the daily implementation of the EMP; (c) recruit a loan implementation environmental consultant (LIEC) to support HPMO and the PIUs in the EMP implementation; (d) ensure that either HPMO or the PIUs have entered into contracts with at least one independent and appropriately qualified environment monitoring agency (EMA). This agency will implement the external environment monitoring described in the EMP; and (e) ensure that HPMO or PIU contract with the EMA requires the agency to report their monitoring results to HPMO, PIUs, the local EEBs, and ADB at the same time.

(ii) Before and during the implementation of project and project components, HMG shall cause HPMO and PIUs to organize and conduct training on implementation and supervision of the EMP for HPMO, IAs and their PIUs, construction supervision companies (CSCs), and contractors, and shall ensure that the appropriate staff and officers receive such training.

(iii) HMG will ensure that: (i) sustainable financial support for operation and maintenance of all project facilities will be provided after construction, including the leachate transportation and treatment of the contaminated soil and landfill, operation of the constructed wetland, and monitoring after the construction completion; (ii) qualified operation and maintenance personnel will be assigned to manage all facilities during the project implementation and thereafter; and (iii) periodical inspection on the performance the facilities will be conducted to identify and promptly resolve any operational issues.

(iv) For the associated facilities, the project will be involved with, i.e., Hezhou Medical Wastes Disposal Center, Hezhou Solid Wastes Incineration Power Plant, Pinggui District WWTP, the industrial WWTP in Wanggao Industrial Park, the Medical Wastewater Treatment Station of Xiwan Community Clinic, as well as the two reservoirs of Shalongchong and Hongshuiping at downstream of Kedashan site. HMG shall ensure that such facilities shall continue to be maintained in accordance with domestic requirements for environmental management, including, but not limited to, environmental safety measures, environmentally friendly treatment of domestic and medical wastes, treated wastewater discharge approvals, and worker and community health and safety. HMG shall immediately advise ADB if any changes are made to such facilities that adversely impact their capacity or function and affect the viability of the project. In such an event, HMG and ADB shall agree on any necessary corrective actions.

(v) In the preliminary design stage, the HMG and the IA must monitor the quality of “stabilized contaminated slag/soil after treatment” and confirm that it meets the "Pollutant Control Standard for the Storage & Disposal of General Industrial Solid

178

Waste" (GB18599-2001) before the design and construction of the specific landfill and its facilities of Kedashan Subproject. If it fails to meet the standards of GB18599-2001, it will be disposed of as hazardous solid waste according to the PRC's related standards and regulations.

(vi) During operation of the contaminated soil/slag landfill and the constructed wetlands of Kedashan Subproject, HMG shall ensure that (a) new staff are not permitted to begin work until they have completed training of environmentally friendly and safe operation skills of the landfill, leachate disposal and other built facilities; (b) emergency response procedures to handling water pollution accidents are reviewed at least annually and updated as needed, (c) in the event that nearby and downstream surface water and groundwater pollution are detected, HMG will immediately require the EEBs and other government agencies to take effective measures to deal with the pollution accident.

(vii) During the operation, HMG and IA will ensure that leachate from the landfills of Kedashan Subproject shall be regularly transported (once every three days at most) to the industrial WWTP of Wanggao Industrial Park to prevent the leachate from contaminating the soil and downstream surface water and groundwater.

(viii) Prior to the commencement of the Works, HMG will and will cause HPMO or the IA to select and contract qualified and competent external environmental monitoring agency to monitor the surface water and groundwater near and downstream of the landfill site based on the sampling locations monitoring parameters and frequency specified in the EMP, the monitoring parameters include, but not limited to heavy metals and arsenic.

(ix) HMG will and will cause the IA and PIU to ensure that (i) any existing public services, including drinking water supply, wastewater treatment, solid waste collection, and power supply, will continue to be provided to communities during the civil works for the Pinggui Subproject; (ii) any interruptions to such services are as limited as possible; and (iii) prior to any such interruptions, consultations are held with all affected communities and public.

179

XI. CONCLUSION

313. The project will bring significant benefits to residents in Hezhou Municipality by significantly contributing to improved soil quality, the improved water quality of the He River and its tributaries. These benefits will also reduce the pollution entering the Xi River and the Pearl River. Meanwhile, the project will improve the health care capacities, medical capacities, elderly care service and provide technical training, support necessary equipment at the community level, and encourage the green transformation of Hezhou City.

314. Key environmental risks during construction are from contaminated soil and water treatment, landfill, and solid waste disposal. This may cause soil erosion, noise, air pollution (mainly fugitive dust), soil erosion from uncontrolled earthworks, uncontrolled solid waste disposal, interference with traffic and municipal services during the construction of the three institutions, permanent and temporary acquisition of land, involuntary resettlement, and occupational and community health and safety. Measures to avoid, minimize, and mitigate potential project impacts have been developed within the EMP (Appendix 1), which is the key document to manage, monitor, and report on environmental impacts of the project. A project-specific GRM has been developed and will be implemented at the municipal, county/district, and site levels.

315. Project assurances and project specific action points have been developed to strengthen confidence in the implementation of key measures in the project EMP and to address potential issues that are beyond the project scope. The assurances and action points will be agreed upon between the HMG and ADB and are described in Section X.

316. Based on the information presented in this EIA, and assuming full and effective implementation of the Project EMP, loan assurances, and training, potential adverse environmental impacts are expected to be minimized and/or mitigated to acceptable levels and to within the standards applied in this project EIA.

180

APPENDIX 1. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Environmental Management Plan for the Guangxi Hezhou Environment Restoration and Sustainable Development Project

People’s Republic of China

Prepared by the Hezhou Municipal Government for the Asian Development Bank

This Environmental Management Plan is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “terms of use” section on ADB’s website in which the full Environmental Impact Assessment is given.

In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

181

TABLE OF CONTENTS A. Objectives ...... 182 B. Organizations and Their Responsibilities for EMP Implementation ...... 182 C. Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...... 185 D. Environmental Monitoring, Inspection and Reporting ...... 197 E. Training, Capacity Building, Awareness Raising ...... 200 F. Grievance Redress Mechanism ...... 207 G. Public Consultation ...... 207 H. Cost Estimates ...... 207 I. Mechanisms for Feedback and Adjustment ...... 211

182

A. Objectives

1. This environment management plan (EMP) is for the ADB financed “Guangxi Hezhou Environment Restoration and Sustainable Development Project (the project). The EMP is to be implemented in all phases of the project—design, pre-construction, construction, and operation. The EMP is to ensure the project's compliance with the PRC environmental laws and ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS 2009). The EMP describes the roles and responsibilities of all project agencies to implement this EMP; anticipated impacts and mitigation measures; inspection, monitoring, and reporting arrangements; training and institutional strengthening; grievance redress mechanism (GRM); and future public consultation.

2. In the detailed design stage, the Hezhou Municipal Project Management Office (HPMO) will pass this EMP to the design institutes for incorporating the mitigation measures into the detailed engineering designs. The EMP will be updated at the end of the detailed design, to incorporate all design information and changes in the design. To ensure that bidders and contractors will respond to the updated EMP’s provisions, HPMO and implementing agencies (IAs) will prepare and provide the specification clauses for incorporation into the bidding and contract documents (i) a list of environmental management requirements to be budgeted by the bidders in their bids, (ii) environmental clauses for contractual terms and conditions, and (iii) the domestic EIAs (DEIAs), and the project EIA, including updated EMP for compliance.

B. Organizations and Their Responsibilities for EMP Implementation

3. The Hezhou Municipal Government (HMG) is the executive agency (EA) of the project. A municipal-level project leading group (PLG) was established to provide oversight and coordination among government agencies and guidance for all projects financed by international financing institutions (IFIs), including ADB-financed projects. The PLG is chaired by the Party Secretary of the Communist Party of China Hezhou Committee and the Mayor of HMG, with representatives from Hezhou Development and Reform Commission (HDRC), Hezhou Finance Bureau (HFB), Hezhou Natural Resources Bureau (HNRB), Hezhou Housing and Urban-Rural Development Bureau, Pinggui District Government (PDG), Guangxi Hezhou Mining Investment Group Company Limited (HMIGC), and other relevant government agencies. Under the Hezhou PLG, the Hezhou project management office (HPMO) is established to carry out the daily operation to manage and coordinate the project. HPMO is designated as the only office to work with IFIs on behalf of HMG. HPMO is established under HDRC.

4. Two project implementing agencies are Hezhou Mining Investment Group Company Limited (HMIGC) and Pinggui District Government (PDG). HMIGC is the implementing agency, project implementing unit (PIU), and end borrower for the Kedashan Subproject. A PLG is established in HMIGC for inter-departmental coordination. The PIU for Kedashan Subproject is responsible for all the project implementation aspects. PDG is the implementing agency for Pinggui Subproject. PDG established a county-level PLG for government inter-agencies coordination during the project preparation and implementation. Under Pinggui PLG, Pinggui PMO is established to carry out the coordination for the Pinggui Subproject. The Hezhou Pinggui Urban Construction Investment Company Limited (PUCIC) is designated as PIU and end borrower for Pinggui Subproject under PDG, responsible for the daily operation and management during the implementation of all components under the Pinggui Subproject.

5. The EMP implementation arrangements and responsibilities of governmental organizations are summarized in Table EMP-1. 183

Table EMP-1: Institutional Responsibilities for EMP Implementation Agency Environmental Management Roles and Responsibilities Executing Agency • Project executing agency Hezhou Municipal Government • Overall accountability and responsibility for project planning, (HMG) management, and implementation • Ensure timely and effective execution of the loan agreements • Coordinate with ADB Hezhou Municipal Project • Ensure timely national, provincial, and inter-agency coordination Leading Group (the PLG) and support for the project as needed • High-level support to executing agency • Provide advice on project implementation • Review project progress Hezhou Municipal Project A. Overall Management Office (HPMO) • Supervise and manage daily project implementation • Recruit and manage design institutes, procurement agents, consultants, contractors, CSCs, in accordance with the government and ADB regulations • Submit bidding documents, bid evaluation reports, and other documents as needed to ADB for endorsement • Supervise construction and monitor quality control • Coordinate with ADB on all aspects of project implementation B. Environment safeguards • Engage the loan Implementation Environmental Consultant (LIEC) and Environmental Monitoring Agency (EMA) for external environmental monitoring • Assign one Environment Officer and one PMO Social Officer in the HPMO • Respond to any unanticipated safeguard issues and take corrective actions as needed • Ensure project compliance with the loan and project agreements (including all safeguard provisions), and the EMP • Prepare semiannual environment monitoring reports to ADB • Update the DEIAs, the EIA and/or EMP as needed, especially during the stage of detailed engineering designs • Ensure that the EMP, especially all relevant mitigation measures, are included in the detailed engineering designs • Establish the grievance redress mechanism (GRM)

184

Agency Environmental Management Roles and Responsibilities Implementing Agencies (IAs) – • Implement project components in their jurisdiction, including finance The Hezhou Mining Investment and administration, technical and procurement matters, monitoring Group Company (HMIGC) and and evaluation, and safeguard compliance. The Pinggui District Government • Coordinate with HPMO for project management and (PDG) and their PIUs implementation; • Assign HPMO environment officer as EMP coordinator; • Incorporate EMP into bidding documents and contracts; • Establish GRM; • Supervise and monitor EMP implementation and semiannual reporting to HPMO (with support of LIEC); • Participate in capacity building and training programs; • On behalf of IAs, submit bidding documents, bid evaluation reports, and other necessary documentation to HPMO and ADB for approvals; • Submit withdrawal applications to Hezhou Municipal and the local finance bureaus; • Engage design institute to complete engineering designs; • Tendering contractors and equipment with the assistance of the international tendering agency; • Administer and monitor contractors and suppliers; • Construction supervision and quality control; • Contract local EMA to conduct environmental monitoring timely; • Procure and manage construction supervision companies (CSC) for subproject implementation; • Commission the constructed facilities. Project Facility Operators: • With IAs, commission the constructed facilities; • Operate and maintain completed facilities, including environmental management, monitoring, and reporting responsibilities.

6. Environment staff within HPMO and the PIUs. HPMO will have the main EMP coordination responsibility. HPMO has designated an Environmental Officer to be responsible for the environmental issues during the project implementation. The officer will be assigned on a full-time basis for the entire duration of the project and will take charge of (i) coordinating the implementation of the EMP and developing implementation details; (ii) supervising the implementation of mitigation measures during project design, construction, and operation; (iii) ensuring that environmental management, monitoring, and mitigation measures are incorporated into bidding documents, construction contracts, and operation management manuals; (iv) submitting semi-annual EMP monitoring and progress reports to ADB; (v) coordinating the GRM; and (vi) responding to any unforeseen adverse impacts beyond those mentioned in this EMP. The HPMO Environmental Officer will be supported by one environmental officer nominated by each PIUs. The PIUs environment officer will check the overall implementation of environmental management provisions of the EMP and to work in close coordination with the HPMO Environmental Officer.

7. Loan Implementation Environment Consultant (LIEC). A LIEC will be hired under the loan implementation consulting service (intermittent). The LIEC will advise HPMO, the PIUs, contractors, and construction supervision companies (CSCs) on all aspects of environmental management and monitoring for the project. The LIEC will (i) assist in updating the EMP and environmental monitoring program, as needed; (ii) supervise the implementation of the mitigation measures specified in the EMP; (iii) on behalf of the PIUs and HPMO, prepare the semiannual EMP monitoring and progress reports in English and submit it to ADB; (iv) provide training to the HPMO, PIUs, CSC and contractors on the PRC’s environmental laws, regulations and policies, ADB SPS 2009, EMP implementation, and GRM in accordance with the training plan defined in Table EMP-6; (v) identify any environment-related 185

implementation issues, and propose necessary corrective actions; (vi) undertake site visits for EMP inspection as required.

8. Construction Contractors and Construction Supervision Company (CSC). Construction contractors will be responsible for implementing relevant EMP mitigation measures during construction, under the supervision of the CSC and the PIUs. Contractors will develop site-specific EMPs based on this EMP, including the specific contractor performance targets listed in Table EMP-2. CSCs will be selected through ADB’s bidding procedure by the PMO. The CSC will be responsible for supervising construction progress and quality, including issues of environment, health, safety and social, and EMP implementation on construction sites. CSC shall have at least one environmental engineer on each construction site to (i) supervise the contractor’s EMP implementation performance; (ii) undertake simple and cost-effective on-site quantitative measurements to regularly check that the construction complies with the environmental monitoring standards and targets, especially for noise, and water turbidity (during the dredging and embankments), using a basic hand-held meter; and (iii) prepare the contractor’s environmental management performance section in monthly project progress reports submitted to the PIUs and HPMO.

9. External Environmental Monitoring Agency (EMA). External environmental monitoring is required by ADB for projects which are Category “A” for environment. The external environmental monitoring (Table EMP-5) will be conducted by a certified agency, which will be engaged through a public tendering process. The PIUs will appoint the EMA of each project component to conduct periodic environmental monitoring during construction and operation in accordance with the monitoring plan (Table EMP-5), and the EMA will report the results of the monitoring to HPMO, the PIUs, and ADB semi-annually.

C. Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures

10. Tables EMP-2 and EMP-3 list the potential impacts of the project components in the project areas during project preparation, design, construction, and operation, and proposed mitigation measures. The mitigation measures will be incorporated into detailed design, bidding documents, construction contracts, and operational management manuals, by the design institutes (during detailed design) and contractors (during construction), under the supervision of CSCs and PIUs’ Environment Officers and CSCs, with technical support from the LIECs. The effectiveness of these measures will be evaluated based on environmental inspections and monitoring to determine whether they should be continued, improved, or adjusted.

11. Environmental Monitoring and Disclosure is shown in the following diagram

186

Table EMP-2: Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Pre-construction and Construction Phases Potential Who Who Imple- Item Impacts / Mitigation Measures Super- ments Issues vises A. DESIGN AND PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASES Detailed Institutional • The Hezhou project management office (HPMO) will HPMO, EA, ADB design and strengthening assign at least one full-time, qualified environment PIUs Pre- for EMP officer to the HPMO team. This officer will lead the construction Implementation coordination of the EMP and other environmental stage and supervision issues during stages of detailed design, pre- construction, construction, and operation. • The two project implementation units (PIUs) will each assign one full-time, qualified environment officer. • Under the loan consulting services, HPMO will hire a loan implementation environment consultant (LIEC) to provide external support in environmental management during the project implementation. • Each contractor shall assign at least one environmental engineer to be responsible for the implementation of the environmental mitigation measures specified in the EMP during construction. • Each construction supervision company (CSC) will assign at least one environmental supervision engineer to each construction site to supervise the contractor's environmental mitigation measures 187

Potential Who Who Imple- Item Impacts / Mitigation Measures Super- ments Issues vises implementation during its construction. Updating EMP • Update mitigation measures defined in this EMP HPMO, EEB, ADB based on the final detailed design. LIEC • Submit the updated EMP to ADB for review. • In case of major changes of project location and/or additional physical components, form a DEIA team to conduct additional DEIA and public consultation. The revised DEIA should be submitted to Hezhou Municipal EEB and ADB for approval and disclosure. To determine whether the change is minor or major under the assistance of LIEC, HPMO and PMOs should consult with ADB. • During detailed design, experienced specialists will be engaged as required to ensure mine restoration and waste tailings landfill apply appropriate specifications, engineering / technologies and industry / PRC guidance. Environmental • Prior to construction, the HPMO and/or PIUs will hire HPMO, EA, ADB monitoring plan an EMA to conduct environmental monitoring in EMA accordance with the EMP monitoring plan; • Prepare a detailed monitoring plan in accordance with the monitoring plan in this EMP. Detailed Design • The impermeable materials and processes of the PIUs, DIs HPMO contaminated slag/soil landfill and leachate collection and disposal will be designed and identified in detail to avoid impacts to local and downstream ecosystems. • During the design, The applicable PRC’s laws, regulations and standards include, but not limited to: i) “Law on the Prevention and Control of Soil Pollution (January 2019)”, ii) “ Law on the Prevention and Control of Environmental Pollution by Solid Waste (September 2020), iii) "Pollutant Control Standard for Disposal of General Industrial Solid Waste" (GB18599-2001); iv) Standard for Pollution Control on Hazardous Waste Landfill (GB18598-2019); and the

IFC “Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines for Mining1”. • Before the design, the HMG and the IA must monitor the quality of “stabilized contaminated slag/soil after treatment” and confirm that it meets the "Pollutant Control Standard for the Storage & Disposal of General Industrial Solid Waste" (GB18599-2001) before the design of the specific landfill and its facilities of Kedashan Subproject. If it fails to meet the standards of GB18599-2001, it will be disposed of as hazardous solid waste according to the PRC's related standards and regulations, such as the standard of GB18598-2019. Bidding and • Mitigation measures in the EMP, including the DIs, PIUs LIEC,

1 https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/595149ed-8bef-4241-8d7c- 50e91d8e459d/Final%2B%2BMining.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CVID=jqezA it&id=1323153264157

188

Potential Who Who Imple- Item Impacts / Mitigation Measures Super- ments Issues vises contract requirements for environmental, health, and safety HPMO documents (EHS), as well as the prevention and control of EEB, ADB COVID-19, will be incorporated in all bidding documents. • Bidding documents are sent to ADB for review (for the prior-review contracts only). • Prepare environmental contract clauses for contractors. EMP training • LIEC, or invited environment specialists and/or LIEC, EEB, ADB officials from the EEB, provides training on HPMO construction environmental management, implementation, supervision, to contractors and CSCs, in accordance with the training plan in this EMP Establish GRM • Responsibility for GRM implementation is assigned to PIUs, EA, LIEC, the HPMO and PIU Environmental Officers and HPMO HPMO ADB Social Officers and is included in their terms of reference. • The HPMO and PIUs personnel will be aware of and trained in the GRM and will help support the environmental and social officers when necessary. • Key contact details for the GRM (phone number, fax, address, email) will be provided on the HPMO, PIUs, and/or EEB public websites and information boards at construction sites. Land acquisition • Update LARP after detail design. PIUs, LARO Bureaus and • Establish resettlement office of government officials to of Civil resettlement manage LARP. Affairs and Land • Conduct information dissemination and community consultation programs in accordance with the PRC and Land Administration Law (1999) and ADB SPS. Resource • Ensure that all resettlement is reasonably completed before construction starts. Site EMP / • Prior to construction at site, prepare a site-specific Contrac-tors PMO Contractor EMP which shall fully respond to the requirements set (Included in environment in the project EMP, and shall include a number of contrac-tors’ management sub-plans, including the following: bids and plan • Soil erosion protection plan, identifying likely areas of contracts) soil erosion and the mitigation measures which the contractor will employ to minimize potential erosion around any excavations and construction areas. • Borrow and spoil management plan, specifying the location of borrow pits, quarries, and spoil disposal sites, as needed. Contractors will ensure that (i) borrow areas will be located away from water bodies, (ii) after use, borrow pit areas will be graded to ensure drainage and visual uniformity, and (iii) borrow pit restoration will follow the completion of works in full compliance with all applicable standards and specifications; • Water protection plan, defining measures to be taken during construction to avoid/mitigate pollution arising 189

Potential Who Who Imple- Item Impacts / Mitigation Measures Super- ments Issues vises from construction site drainage (silt), use of chemicals, construction around existing landfills containing leachate and other potential pollution sources; • Site-specific occupational health and safety plan, including management and control of COVID19 during construction. Civil work contractors shall also consult with relevant local departments to double- check the location of utilities prior to any construction activities at all sites; • Spill management plan, defining the specific requirements, protocols, responsibilities, and materials necessary to implement an emergency spill response following an incident; • Waste management plan, defining procedures for the management of hazardous waste, construction waste, detailing arrangements for storage and transportation of the waste to landfills; • Traffic management and access plan, identifying construction activities that may affect the local traffic and communicating with local traffic control agencies on the timing and locations of construction activities. B. CONSTRUCTION PHASE Topography Earthwork, soil • 15 days before the commencement of Contractor HPMO, and Soils erosion, soil construction, the contractor shall develop its soil CSCs PIUs, contamination. and water conservation plan and get it approved EEBs, from the IA and construction supervision LIEC company (CSC). • The natural restoration method for the Kedashan mining area shall be adopted, reduce the excavation amount of earth and stone as much as possible. • Set up a temporary soil dump site with enclosure and drainage ditches around the pile site and cover the soil dump with waterproof tarpaulin. • Construction activities shall be prohibited in heavy rain and strong wind weather. • Plan and implement construction activities in staged sections, with one plot/area completed and stabilized before beginning the next. • Stabilize all cut slopes, soil-borrow sites, and other erosion-prone working areas. • Stabilize all earthwork disturbance areas within 15 days after earthworks are completed. • Minimize open excavation areas during trenching, roads, and earth leveling activities (<300 m). • Use appropriate compaction techniques for construction (for Kedashan on-site roads and drainage ditches. • Provide temporary detention ponds or containment to control silt runoff.

190

Potential Who Who Imple- Item Impacts / Mitigation Measures Super- ments Issues vises • Construct intercepting channels and drains to prevent runoff from entering construction sites and divert runoff from sites to existing drainage or open ground for watering the vegetation. • Strip and stockpile topsoil and cover (by geotechnical cloth) or seed temporary soil stockpiles. • Limit construction and material handling during periods of rains and high winds. • Properly slope or re-vegetate disturbed surfaces, e.g., excavation and foundation work. • Protect slopes on sides of constructed wetlands. • All dredged sediment (constructed wetlands) and spoil disposal sites will be rehabilitated once they are completed. and • Construction camps and storage areas will be located to minimize the land area required. • When removing and transporting contaminated slag and soil, cover the surrounding area to prevent soil and water contaminating from the contaminated slag and soil. • Store petroleum products, hazardous materials, and wastes on impermeable surfaces in secured and covered areas. • Remove all construction wastes from the site to approved waste disposal sites. • Establish emergency preparedness and response actions. • Provide spill cleanup measures and equipment at each construction site. • Train contractors and crews in emergency spill response procedures. • Stabilize earthwork areas within 30 days after earthworks have ceased at the sites. Ambient Air Dust generated • Spraying water daily on construction sites where Contractor HPMO, by construction fugitive dust is being generated. CSCs PIUs, activities, • During the road construction on the Kedashan site, LIEC gaseous air locating asphalt plants and mixers >500 m downwind pollution (SO2, from the nearest residential areas and other sensitive CO, NOx) from receptors. construction • Dust suppression near sensitive receptors, e.g., machinery and schools, village, residential areas. asphalt • Storing petroleum or other harmful materials in pavement on appropriate places and covering to minimize fugitive roads of dust and emission. Kedashan • Covering materials during truck transportation, Subproject especially fine material, to avoid spillage or dust generation. • Ensure vehicle and machinery emissions comply with PRC standards of GB18352-2005, GB17691-2005, GB11340-2005, and GB18285-2005. 191

Potential Who Who Imple- Item Impacts / Mitigation Measures Super- ments Issues vises • Odor from cleaning pond sediment. Impacts will be minimized by (a) rapid on-site dewatering of pond sediment to minimize time; (b) transport in sealed containers to avoid odor; (c) no on-site storage of sediments; and (d) minimizing the release of odors by cleaning in short areas (≤500 m2) at any one time. • Timely monitoring of air quality and inspections during construction, as defined in the project EMP (Tables EMP-6 and EMP-7). • Provide high-horsepower equipment with tail gas purifiers; and • Conduct ambient air monitoring, including H2S caused by sediment dredging. Noise Noise and • Ensure that noise levels from equipment and Contractor HPMO, vibration machinery conform to the PRC standard of CSCs PIUs, generated from GB12523-2011 (revised). Properly maintain LIEC construction construction vehicles and machinery to minimize activities noise. • Apply noise reduction devices and methods for high noise equipment operating within 40 m of the sensitive site. • Locate high-noise activities (e.g., rock crushing, concrete-mixing) >1 km from sensitive areas. • Prohibit operation of high-noise machinery and movement of heavy vehicles along urban and village roads, between 20:00 and 07:00 every day and schooltime during weekday in accordance with Hezhou municipal regulations. • Take special caution at construction sites that are close to such sensitive sites as schools and hospitals. When construction activities are unavoidable during the school seasons, the use of heavy equipment will be restricted to weekends and non-class hours. • Place temporary hoardings or noise barriers around noise sources during construction. • Monitor noise at sensitive areas at regular intervals (EMP Tables 6 and 7). If noise standards are exceeded, equipment and construction conditions shall be checked, and mitigation measures shall be implemented to rectify the situation. • Conduct regular interviews with residents/villagers adjacent to construction sites to identify noise disturbance. Community feedback will be used to adjust the work hours of noisy machinery. • On-site stone crushing is forbidden because stone material is commercially available in Hezhou, and • Pile hammers (high noise and vibration) is forbidden (the buildings in Pinggui Subproject are low-rise structures)

192

Potential Who Who Imple- Item Impacts / Mitigation Measures Super- ments Issues vises • Prior to the commencement of construction, the contractor and CSC shall take visual inspection on the structures near the project, especially those in urban areas, to see if there are cracks and settlement. If there are cracks and/or settlement, they shall report to the IA/PIU and relevant agencies within 2 working days and take effective measures to prevent the risk before the construction. Surface Water quality • During the rainy season, cover the contaminated Contractor HPMO, water and wastewater soil/slag stabilization field and landfill site with a CSCs, EMA PIUs, pollution management rainproofing tarp. LIEC, • Set up rainwater ditches and rainwater collection EEBs, basins to collect initial rainwater for site reuse to WRB, prevent rainwater from scouring and polluting the downstream ponds and Hongshuiping Reservoir. • Contractors are required to develop and implement actions for the control of contaminated slag/soil, oil, and other dangerous substances as part of their site EMPs. • Wastewater from construction activities will be collected in sedimentation tanks, retention ponds, and filter tanks to remove silts and oil. • All sites for washing of construction equipment will be equipped with water collection basins and sediment traps. • Fuel storage, machinery maintenance workshop, and vehicle cleaning areas must be stationed at least 500 m away from the water bodies. • Storage facilities for fuels, oil, and other hazardous materials will be within secured areas on impermeable surfaces and provided with bunds and cleanup installations. • Contractors’ fuel suppliers must be properly licensed. They shall follow proper protocol for transferring fuel and the PRC standard of JT3145- 91 (Transportation, Loading, and Unloading of Dangerous or Harmful Goods. revised). Solid Waste Solid waste • Provide appropriate waste collection and storage Contractor HPMO, generated by containers at locations away from surface water or CSCs PIUs, construction sensitive spots; LIEC activities and • Arrange with municipal waste collection services for from workers’ regular collection of waste; camps • Properly remove and dispose of residual materials, wastes, and contaminated soils. Paving or vegetating shall be done as soon as the materials are removed to stabilize the soil; • Burning of waste is strictly prohibited; • Provide sufficient garbage bins at strategic locations and ensure that they are protected from birds and vermin and emptied regularly by the municipal waste 193

Potential Who Who Imple- Item Impacts / Mitigation Measures Super- ments Issues vises collection systems. • Define and supervise contractor’s performance target: No uncollected waste at close of construction activities each day. Decommissi After the completion of dispose, the closure of the Contractor HPMO, oning and landfill will be conducted by contractor. There will be CSCs PIUs, closure of two layers to seal the landfill site. The first layer is a LIEC landfill barrier layer, covered with 300mm thick clay (commercial clay is available), and the clay layer should be compacted with a compaction coefficient of not less than 0.97 to prevent rainwater from penetrating into the waste; the second layer is a mulch layer, with 500mm of cultivated soil. The green engineering will be conducted above the mulch layer by planting hodgepodge and centipede grass. The greening work will be done by a professional team. The elevation of the landfill bottom is around 500m- 502m, and after the landfill is sealed, the top elevation is about 520-525m. Thus the depth of the landfill is about 25m. The design slope of the mulch layer surface is 30%, and every 3-5m of elevation rise, a step will be built with a width of 2m and a slope of 2-3%. Biological • Clearance of vegetation will be restricted to specific Contractor, HPMO, resources construction sites. CSCs PIUs, • Prior to construction, vegetation and habitats will be LIEC clearly demarcated as no-go zones for workers and machinery. • In compliance with the GZAR Regulation for Landscaping Management, (a) the area of compensatory plantings will be double that of the area of vegetation that is cleared, and (b) a minimum survival rate of 85% of the planted vegetation is required. The regulatory requirement for the area of replanting builds on the PRC Forestry Law, which states that compensatory planting will be of “an equivalent or larger area of affected trees and vegetation.” • Cleared sites will be immediately re-vegetated afterward. • All re-vegetation will use native plant species of local origin to maintain genetic fitness and reduce the risk of introducing non-local and invasive species. • Prior to the construction of the constructed wetlands, clearly demarcate the natural areas to avoid damage to the natural vegetation; • Use only native plant species of local provenance for all re-vegetation. Socio- Impact on • Establish chance-find procedures for physical cultural Contractor, HPMO, economic physical cultural resources; CSCs PIUs resources resources • If a new site is unearthed, work shall be stopped LIEC,

194

Potential Who Who Imple- Item Impacts / Mitigation Measures Super- ments Issues vises (mainly for immediately, and local BCR and the PMO promptly cultural Pinggui notified. relic Subproject) bureau

Temporary • Prior to works, re-confirm the planned construction Contractor, HPMO, interruption to schedule and site EMP actions; CSCs, PIUs, existing public • Underground facilities survey and protection. EEB service facilities Construction activities, such as the foundation works and pipe laying, will be planned so as to minimize disturbances to utility services (especially on construction sites of Pinggui Subproject). • Inform residents at least two days before any planned water and or power interruptions; • Assist residents if requested with community water or power storage during the interruption period; • Interruptions to water or power supplies should not be longer than one (1) day; • In case of accidental interruption, immediately inform affected communities and assist with water supply until the issue is resolved. Community • Prepare and implement a traffic control plan for Contractor, HPMO, health and approval by local traffic management administration CSCs PIUs safety before construction. This will include scheduling or LIEC, diverting construction traffic to avoid peak hours, labor regulating traffic at road crossings, selecting routes to bureaus reduce disturbance, reinstating roads, and opening them to traffic when construction is completed; • Underground facilities survey and protection. Pipeline construction activities will be planned to minimize disturbances to utility services. • Residents and businesses will be informed in advance through media and information boards of the construction activities, dates, and duration of the expected disruption; • Signs will be placed at construction sites informing people of the project GRM, potential dangers (e.g., moving vehicles, hazardous materials, excavations), and safety issues. • Heavy machinery will not be used at night; and • All sites will be secured from unauthorized public access. Occupational • Prepare environmental, health, and safety plan, to Contractors CSCs, health and include (i) clean and sufficient supply of freshwater PIUs, safety for construction sites, camps, offices; (ii) sufficient LBs, EEB, latrines and other sanitary arrangements at LIEC construction sites and work camps; (iii) garbage receptacles and regular emptying; and (iv) provide safety clothing to workers as needy (e.g., boots, helmets, gloves, goggles, ear protection) in accordance with health and safety regulations for workers; • Emergency preparedness and response plan for 195

Potential Who Who Imple- Item Impacts / Mitigation Measures Super- ments Issues vises accidents and emergencies, including environmental and public health emergencies associated with hazardous material spills and similar events. These plans will be submitted to the local EPB for review and approval. Emergency phone links with local hospitals will be established. A fully equipped first-aid base in each construction site will be organized • Establish a records management system for occupational accidents, diseases, incidents. The records will be reviewed during compliance monitoring and audits; • Safety communication. Ensure that occupational health and safety matters are given a high degree of publicity to all persons on-site. Display posters prominently; and • Training, awareness, and competence. All workers will be given basic training in sanitation, general health and safety matters, and work hazards. An awareness program for HIV/AIDS, COVID-19, and other communicable diseases will be implemented for workers and the local communities. • Define and supervise contractor’s performance target: Camps clean, emergency response plans in place, and 100% of workers aware of emergency response procedures. • Ensure that training and appropriate PPE to protect workers from water-based accidents or incidents. Working in and around water bodies, especially those that are polluted, needs specific guidance and equipment. Community • Meetings are held with residents at construction sites Contractors, PIUs, consultation prior to the start of any works, especially for the 281 CSCs EPBs, households affected by noise. LIEC • Community feedback is documented, and solutions to any concerns are discussed. • Contractor site plans are updated as needed to incorporate the solutions, including revisions in work schedules, daily working hours, construction methods, and/or mitigation methods. • CCSs revise their monitoring schedules and monitoring criteria as needed to reflect the updated contractor site management plans. • All workers will be given basic training in sanitation, general health and safety matters, and work hazards. An awareness program for HIV/AIDS, COVID-19, and other communicable diseases will be implemented for workers and the local communities Cumulative Cumulative PIUs will coordinate with contractors and other project Contractors, PIU and Impacts impacts during contracts and other projects in the area of influence in PIUs PMO construction terms of the construction schedule, access roads, and disposal sites sharing. Contractors shall develop material transport plans in

196

Potential Who Who Imple- Item Impacts / Mitigation Measures Super- ments Issues vises consultation with local traffic management authorities, other contractors, and the local community. Physical Destruction of Stop work immediately and notify the local cultural Contractors IA, Cultural buried cultural authority when encountering potential cultural relics; Bureau of Resources relics adopt measures to protect the site. Cultural Contractor must comply with PRC's Cultural Relics Relics, Protection Law and Cultural Relics Protection Law PMO Implementation Regulations if such relics are discovered during construction. CSC = construction supervision company, EA = executing agency, EEB = local ecology and environment bureau, EMA = Environmental Monitoring Agency; HPMO = Hezhou project management office (municipal-level PMO), IA = implementing agency, LARO = Land Acquisition and Resettlement Office (in each of the project county/district), LARP = Land acquisition and resettlement plan, LB = labor bureau, LIEC = loan implementation environment consultant, PIU = project implementation unit, WRB = water resource bureau. 197

Table EMP-3: Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Operation Potential Issues Mitigation Measures and/or Safeguards Implement Supervise On-site landfill • Regular monitoring of contaminants in leachate. The landfill PIUs, and leachate • Monitoring of the groundwater qualities at downstream operator HPMO disposal monitoring locations. • Train operators to keep the landfill and the leachate transport vehicle and treatment facility in good operation condition. • Train operators to keep the constructed wetlands in good condition. Workers’ • Medical waste daily generated will be transported to Hezhou The hospital PIUs, Hospital Medical Waste Disposal Center by a closed truck to avoid HPMO environmental pollution and human health risks. • Train operators to keep the wastewater treatment facility in good operation condition. • Keep good operation condition for all the environmental protection equipment, including kitchen ventilators, exhaust fans in the underground parking lot. Elderly Care • Medical waste daily generated will be transported to Hezhou The elderly PIUs, facility Medical Waste Disposal Center by a closed truck to avoid care facility HPMO environmental pollution and human health risks. • Keep good operation condition for all the environmental protection equipment, including kitchen ventilators, exhaust fans in the underground parking lot. • Supervise and require the sewage treatment station in the nearby clinic to be maintained in good condition that the daily sewage is piped to. Knowledge and • Keep good operation condition for all the environmental The K&S skill-sharing protection equipment, including kitchen ventilators, exhaust Center center fans in the underground parking lot. Noise – from the EMA EPB • Maintain acoustic barriers and sound-absorbing materials; three institutions of Pinggui • Consult nearby residents in the first 3 months of operation and assess any noise impacts Subproject Management – PIUs, LIEC, HPMO insufficient • Conduct comprehensive training for EMP implementation EMA, EEB capacity for EMP EEB = ecology and environment bureau, EMA = Environmental Monitoring Agency, HPMO = Hezhou project management office, LIEC = loan implementation environment consultant, PIU = project Implementation unit.

D. Environmental Monitoring, Inspection, and Reporting

12. Three types of project monitoring will be conducted under the EMP (i) internal monitoring – to be conducted by the two PIUs and the CSCs; (ii) external monitoring for the air, water, noise, leachate, and soil during construction and operation – to be conducted by a certificated EMA in each project county/district; and (iii) compliance monitoring – to be conducted by both the EMA and LIEC, to ensure the EMP is being implemented.

13. The project monitoring program focuses on the environment in the project areas of influence in the two project component areas (Table EMP-5). The program covers the scope of monitoring, monitoring parameters, time and frequency, implementing and supervising agencies, and estimated costs. The monitoring shall comply with the standard methods provided in the relevant PRC national environmental monitoring standards. Other associated standards to be followed are the national

198 environmental quality standards of ambient air, groundwater, surface water, soil and noise, and the pollutant discharge standards.

14. Internal monitoring. During construction, the environmental engineer of CSCs and the environmental offices of the two PIUs will be responsible for conducting internal environmental monitoring in accordance with the monitoring plan (Table EMP-5). Results will be reported through the CSC monthly reports to the PIUs and HPMO.

15. HPMO will prepare and submit semiannual HPMO’s internal environmental monitoring reports (IEMR - template attached in the EMP Appendix 4) to ADB within 15 days of the end of each period covered. The first IEMR will cover the first six months from the date of loan effectiveness. In case of advance actions and works commencement prior to loan effectiveness, HPMO will include safeguards management and compliance report for that period in the first IEMR (IEMR-01). The IEMR will include a review of progress made on the implementation of the EMP, any grievances or problems encountered, and remedial measures taken. Quarterly project progress reports will include a section on environmental aspects of the project. Subproject completion reports shall be finalized within 3 months after completion of each subproject. HPMO will engage an environment consultant as part of PMISC for HPMO and PIUs to be supported on the internal monitoring and preparation of the reports.

16. External monitoring. The HPMO will contract at least one EMA/external environment monitoring consultant (EEMC) to conduct environmental monitoring in accordance with the monitoring program (Table EMP-5). A detailed cost breakdown will be provided by the EMA when the environmental monitoring program is updated at the start of each component implementation. Monitoring will be conducted during construction and operation periods until a project completion report and an Environmental acceptance report (EAR) of the project are issued. The external environment monitor shall monitor project on a semiannual basis until a PCR is issued. The EEMC will review and evaluate the IEMR. This will include review and analysis of project-related significant environmental impacts, progress of implementation of mitigation measures as outlined in the project EIA and EMP, participation in ongoing stakeholder consultations and evaluation and reporting on how environmental grievances, if any, are handled. The EEMC will submit to ADB an external environmental monitoring report (EEMR – template attached in Appendix 5) semiannually within two months from the respective IEMR submission for review and disclosure on the ADB website.

17. Compliance monitoring for EMP and progress reporting. During project implementation, ADB and HPMO will closely monitor the compliance of all the covenants under the project and will take necessary remedial actions for any noncompliance. The compliance status will be reported in the HPMO’s quarterly progress reports and will be reviewed during project review missions. The LIEC will review project progress and compliance with the EMP based on field visits, and the review of the environmental monitoring reports provided by the EMAs. The findings of the LIEC will be reported to ADB through the internal semiannual environmental monitoring reports. The reports will include (i) progress made in EMP implementation, (ii) overall effectiveness of the EMP implementation (including public and occupational health and safety), (iii) environmental monitoring and compliance, (iv) institutional strengthening and training, (v) public consultation (including GRM), and (vi) any problems encountered during construction and operation, and the relevant corrective actions undertaken. The LIECs will help the HPMO prepare the reports and submit the English report to ADB for disclosure.

18. Project environmental acceptance audits. Within three months after each subproject completion, or no later than a half year with permission of the municipal EEB, environmental acceptance reports of each subproject completion shall be (i) prepared by a licensed environmental monitoring institute43 in accordance with the PRC Guideline on Project Completion Environmental

43 Mostly the institute is the municipal or district/county environmental monitoring station under the municipal or district/county EPB. 199

Audit (2001), (ii) reviewed for approval of the official commencement of individual subproject operation by environmental authorities, and (iii) finally reported to ADB through the EMP monitoring and project progress reporting process.

19. Quality assurance (QA) /quality control (QC) for external monitoring. To ensure accuracy of the monitoring, QA/QC procedures will be conducted in accordance with the following regulations:

(i) Regulations of QA/AC Management for Environmental Monitoring issued by the State Environmental Protection Administration in July 2006; (ii) QA/QC Manual for Environmental Water Monitoring (Second edition), published by the State Environmental Monitoring Centre in 2001; and (iii) QA/QC Manual for Environmental Air Monitoring published by the State Environmental Monitoring Centre in 2001. Table EMP-4: Environmental Reporting Plan Report From To Frequency of Reporting A. Construction Phase Internal progress reports CSCs PIUs Monthly External environmental monitoring EMAs HPMO, PIUs Semi-annual report Semi-annual environmental HPMO ADB Semi-annual monitoring report Environmental acceptance Licensed EEB, HPMO, Within three months after component monitoring and audit reports institute PIUs completion Compliance monitoring with EMP – Semi-annual (through semi-annual HPMO / LIEC ADB progress reports project progress reports) B. Operation Phase EMP progress reports HPMO ADB Semi-annual

200

Table EMP-5 (a): Environmental Monitoring Program – Kedashan Subproject Applicable Subject Parameter Location Frequency Implement Supervise Standard 1. Construction Internal monitoring (contractors, CSCs, HPMO, and PIUs’ Environment Officers) Ambient air quality Dust mitigation measures Visual inspection at all construction sites 1 time / week Contractor, PMO, LIEC proposed in EMP; CSC equipment maintenance Noise LAeq: measured with a Construction site boundary Weekly or more CSC, PMO, hand-held meter during peak LIEC Contractor performance construction levels at PMO, LIEC targets: (i) noise level individual sites meets standard at site boundary. Solid waste Garbage and construction Visual inspection at all construction sites Daily Contractor, wastes and work-camps CSC PMO, local Contractor performance EPB, target: no uncollected Sanitation waste at close of bureau construction activities each day Soil erosion and re- Soil erosion intensity and Visual inspection at spoil sites and all 1 time / week; and Contractor, PMO, LIEC vegetation survival rate of re- construction sites, especially the immediately after CSC vegetation Kedashan Area heavy rainfall Re-vegetation of Visual inspection along embankment At least 2 times / year Contractor, PMO embankments and other sections and all revegetation areas CSC areas, Occupational health Camp hygiene, safety, Inspection at all construction sites and 1 time / month Contractor, PMO and safety availability of clean water, work-camps CSC EMRs Contractor performance target: camps clean, EMRs in place; 100% of workers aware of EMR procedures Occupational health Camp hygiene, safety, Inspection at all construction sites and Daily Contractor, PMO and safety for availability of clean water, work-camps / workers general health CSC COVID19 prevention implementation of and control COVID19 protocols / measures

201

Applicable Subject Parameter Location Frequency Implement Supervise Standard External monitoring (certificated environment monitoring agencies)

Water qualities within pH, SS, NH3-N, CODCr, Water bodies within site and 1000 m 2 times / year during EMA EEB, HPMO, Surface Water site and downstream Total coliform, oil downstream of the landfill site (4 points: construction, 2 days PIU, LIEC Quality Standard the landfill site inlet and outlet of Dahu pond, inlet of each time, and (GB3838-2002)- Hongshuiping reservoir, and outlet of sampling once a day Grade IV Chachong stream) Ambient air quality TSP All construction sites (at least 1 point 2 times / year during EMA EEB, PIU, Ambient Air Quality upwind, 1 point downwind) and 444 construction LIEC, HPMO Standard nearby sensitive receivers (Section IV of (GB3095-2012 EIA) Noise LAeq Boundaries of the construction site 2 times / year (twice a EMA EEB, PIU, Noise Standard for day: once in the LIEC, HPMO Construction Site daytime and once at (GB12523-2011) nighttime, for 2 consecutive days) Soil erosion and re- Soil erosion intensity Visual inspection at spoil sites and At least 1 / year, and 1 - vegetation construction sites, especially after completion of LEPB, LIEC embankment and dredging sections of construction HPMO, ADB rivers and wetland Re-vegetation of Visual inspection at sites and temporary Compliance - embankments, buffer occupied lands Monitoring: At least 1 zones, spoil disposal time / year, and 1 after LIEC HPMO, ADB sites, and construction completion of sites construction Occupational health Work camp hygiene, Inspection at all construction sites and At least once a year, - Sanitation, and safety safety, availability of clean work-camps and once after LIEC labor water, emergency completion of bureaus response plans construction 2. Operation phase

Water quality of pH, SS, NH3-N, oil, Water bodies within and 1000m 3 times per year (in EMA and PIU, EEB, Water Quality water bodies within CODcr, Cr, BOD5, As, Fe, downstream of the site. 4 points for wet, dry and normal facility HPMO Standard for and downstream of Cd, Tl, Cu, Pb, Mn, Hg surface water: inlet and outlet of Dahu season, respectively), operator Farmland Irrigation the Kedashan site, pond, inlet of Hongshuiping reservoir, 3 days each time, (GB5084-2005) and the wetland and outlet of Chachong stream); 3 points sampling once a day for the wetland: Dahu Pond, the reservoirs of Shalongchong and Hongshuiping).

44 Chachong Village, Chaqing Village, Baisha Community and Chuanyan Village.

202

Applicable Subject Parameter Location Frequency Implement Supervise Standard Groundwater Turbidity, pH, Chloride, Seven groundwater sampling points45 2 times / year (twice a EMA and EEB, IA, and downstream of the nitrate, TD, NH3-N, oil, day: once in the day facility HPMO site CODMn, Cr, As, Fe, Cd, Tl, time and once at night operator Cu, Pb, Mn, Hg, Cyanide, time for 2 consecutive total coliform, sulfate days) Surface soil As, Cd, Cr, Cu, Pb, Hg, Landfill and slag/soil stabilization sites (1 Once a year PIU, facility EEB, Soil Quality Ni, Tl point, by the slag/soil stabilization site) operator Standard for construction land - risk control value (GB36600-2018) Leachate pH, SS, NH3-N, oil, Leachate discharge outlet Once a month, one Integrated CODcr, Cr, As, Fe, Cd, Tl, day each time, Wastewater Cu, Pb, Mn, Hg, Ni, Cu, sampling 4 times a Discharge Zn day Standard (GB8978- 1996) BOD5 = 5-day biochemical oxygen demand; CODcr = chemical oxygen demand; CSC = construction supervision company; EMA = environmental monitoring agency; EMR = emergency response plan; EEB = ecology environmental protection bureau; IA = implementation agency; LAeq = equivalent continuous A-weighted sound pressure level; NH3-N = ammonia nitrogen; OPF = operators of project facilities; PM10 = particles measuring <10μm; SS = suspended solids; TSP = total suspended particle.

Table EMP-5 (b): Environmental Monitoring Program – Pinggui Subproject Subject Parameter Location Frequency Implement Supervise Applicable Standard 1. Construction Internal monitoring (contractors, CSCs, HPMO, and PIUs’ Environment Officers) Ambient air Dust mitigation measures Visual inspection at all 1 time / week Contractor, PMO, LIEC quality proposed in EMP; equipment construction sites CSC maintenance Noise LAeq: measured with a hand- Construction site boundary Weekly or more during CSC, PMO, held meter peak construction levels LIEC Contractor performance targets: at individual sites PMO, LIEC (i) noise level meets standard at site boundary. Solid waste Garbage and construction Visual inspection at all Daily Contractor, PMO, local wastes. Contractor performance construction sites and work- CSC EPB, target: no uncollected waste at camps Sanitation close of construction activities bureau each day

45 Existing wells at Chachong Village, Chaqing Village, Shuichong Village and the four Hydrological Hole (WZK01-04). 203

Subject Parameter Location Frequency Implement Supervise Applicable Standard Occupational Camp hygiene, safety, availability Inspection at all construction 1 time / month Contractor, PMO health and safety of clean water, EMRs sites and work-camps CSC Contractor performance target: camps clean, EMRs in place; 100% of workers aware of EMR procedures External monitoring (certificated environment monitoring agencies) TSP, PM10 All construction sites (at least 2 times / year during EMA EEB, PIU, Ambient Air Quality Ambient air 1 point upwind, 1 point construction LIEC, HPMO Standard – Grade II quality downwind) and nearby (GB3095-2012 sensitive receivers (Section IV of EIA) Noise LAeq Boundaries of the three 2 times / year (twice a EMA EEB, PIU, Noise Standard for construction sites day: once in the daytime LIEC, HPMO Construction Site and once at nighttime, (GB12523-2011) for 2 consecutive days) Occupational Work camp hygiene, safety, Inspection at all construction At least once a year, and - Sanitation, health and safety availability of clean water, sites and work-camps once after completion of LIEC labor bureaus emergency response plans construction 2. Operation phase Wastewater pH, SS, NH3-N, oil, CODcr, Outlet of the wastewater Once a year, 2 days per EMA and PIU, EEB, Water Quality quality from the BOD5, Hg, Total residual treatment station in the time and 4 time facility HPMO Standard for Farmland Workers’ Hospital chlorine, anionic surfactants, Workers’ Hospital samplings per day operator Irrigation (GB5084- petroleum, volatile phenol, fecal 2005) coliform Waste gases H2S, NH3, odor concentration 10 m downwind from the Once a year, 2 days per EMA and EEB, IA, and wastewater treatment station time and 4 time facility HPMO in the Workers’ Hospital samplings per day operator Noise LAeq Four boundaries of each Twice a year, 2 days per PIU, facility EEB, "Industrial Enterprise institution of Pinggui time and 2 times operator Boundary Noise Subproject monitoring at daytime Standard" – Grade II and nighttime (GB12348-2008) Condition of the Visual inspections of the built and The three built structures Twice a year PIU, facility HPMO, IA - structures existing structures. under the ADB loan, and the operator nearby existing structures BOD5 = 5-day biochemical oxygen demand; CODcr = chemical oxygen demand; CSC = construction supervision company; EMA = environmental monitoring agency; EMR = emergency response plan; EEB = ecology environmental protection bureau; IA = implementation agency; LAeq = equivalent continuous A-weighted sound pressure level; NH3-N = ammonia nitrogen; OPF = operators of project facilities; PM10 = particles measuring <10μm; SS = suspended solids; TSP = total suspended particle.

204

E. Training and Capacity Building

20. The HPMO and two PIUs have no previous experience with ADB-financed projects or safeguard requirements. The experience of individual staff within the district and county EPBs for environmental management varies considerably. The DEIAs and project approvals generally include limited mitigation measures, but there is not yet a regulatory requirement in the PRC for EMPs of the scope required by ADB. Implementation of the current EMP represents a significant new task for the local agencies. During the project design phase, two training on EMP implementation were conducted, including roles and responsibilities of contractors and CSCs for EMP implementation, the project impacts, and mitigation measures.

21. During implementation, a capacity-building program will be implemented for safeguards and technical capacity for the designed two subprojects, including (i) implementation of the EMP, including the mitigation measures, monitoring, and reporting; (ii) construction and operation of the contaminated slag/soil landfill; (iii) construction and operation of green buildings, and energy-saving and emission reduction for the three institutions of Pinggui Subproject; (iv) management of the constructed wetlands of Kedashan Subproject. Training will be provided by the loan implementation consultants (LIC) and Hezhou Municipal EEB, facilitated by the HPMO and PIUs. Trainees will include the HPMO, implementing agencies, PIUs, contractors, CSCs, and relevant local bureaus. The total budget for training is CNY 100,000 (Table EMP-8(a), which will be paid by the HPMO46.

Table EMP-6: Project Environment Training Program Training Scope of Training Trainer Trainee Time Days Persons program Procurement and • ADB procurement guidelines LIC, HPMO, 2 2 50 contract • EMP clauses in bidding documents and LIEC PIUs, management contract preparation. contractors, (emphasize EMP • Risk of improper procurement and CSCs implementation) mitigation measures, and handling variation orders and contract management Implementation • Roles, responsibilities, monitoring, LIEC, HPMO, 2 2 50 of EMP inspection, reporting in EMP. or PIUs, • Environment monitoring program; experts contractors, • Environmental impacts from from CSCs contaminated slag and soil landfill and EEB mitigation measures • Public consultation and participation during project implementation; • GRM implementation, coordination, reporting, working with the public; • Environment, health, and safety during project construction and operation for workers and the community, including Prevention of COVID-19; • Prevention and control of transmissible diseases and HIV/AIDS Operation and • Ecological restoration of abandoned LIEC, HPMO, 2 2 50 maintenance of mines, impacts and mitigation measures; or PIUs, OPF • Treatment and disposal of leachate from experts the landfill;

46 The cost mainly includes printing of training materials, renting, or borrowing conference rooms, and lunch. 205

Training Scope of Training Trainer Trainee Time Days Persons program the Kedashan • Principle, function, and main points of from Subproject47 operation of constructed wetland in water EEB purification; • Wetland and biodiversity; Operation of the • Treatment and disposal of medical LIEC, HPMO, 2 2 50 built facilities of wastewater and wastes; or PIUs, OPF Pinggui • Green building management and energy experts Subproject conservation and emission reduction from EEB Climate change • Energy-saving and GHG emission LIEC PMO, OPF 1 1 50 resilience reduction; WRB • Carbon sink by revegetation and forestry Emergency • Response mechanism, e.g., for landfill Experts PMO, OPF, 1 1 50 preparedness leakage and leachate pollution; from other and response • Emergency response team, procedure, EPBs, bureaus planning and actions LIEC Total 10 10 300 GHG = greenhouse gas, GRM = grievance redress mechanism, LIC = loan implementation consultant, OPF = operator of project facilities.

F. Grievance Redress Mechanism

22. This project grievance redress mechanism (GRM) is a joint GRM for (i) the initial identification, documentation, and preliminary management of both environmental and social safeguard-related grievances; (ii) the resolving of environmental safeguard-related grievances; and (iii) the resolving of, and/or timely referral of, social safeguard-related grievances. Environmental and social safeguard- related grievances may differ considerably in the nature of grievances and agencies, procedures, and timing required to address them: the GRM provides a simple, time-based mechanism to meet project needs as required. Social safeguard issues beyond the scope of the GRM procedures, including issues related to land acquisition or resettlement, will be referred to relevant agencies as needed.

23. The HPMO Environment Officer and Social Officer and PIUs’ Environment Officers and Social Officers will lead the coordination of the GRM. However, all project agencies and staff will be trained in the GRM and are expected to take an active role in implementing the GRM. At the HPMO level, the HPMO Environment Officer and the Social Officer will establish a GRM tracking and documentation system, conduct daily coordination with the PIU officers, arrange meetings and conduct site visits as necessary, maintain the overall project GRM database, and prepare the reporting inputs for progress reports to ADB. At the PIU level, the environment and social officers will instruct contractors and CSCs on the GRM procedures and coordinate with the local EEBs and other government divisions as necessary. The HPMO and PIU staff will be trained and supported by the LIEC and loan implementation social consultant (LISC).

24. The contact persons for different GRM entry points, such as the PMO and PIU environmental and social officers, contractors, operators of project facilities, and EEBs, will be identified prior to construction. The contact details for the entry points (phone numbers, addresses, e-mail addresses) will be publicly disclosed on information boards at construction sites and on the websites of the local EEBs.

47 To enhance the effectiveness of the training, before the training, HPMO and IAs will prepare, discuss, and revise a set of teaching materials and operation manuals, combine theory with practice, and invite experienced (in the field of waste slag treatment and disposal) domestic experts to give lectures.

206

25. If a complaint is received and filed, the PMO and PIU officers will identify if the complaint is eligible for management under the GRM. Eligible complaints under the GRM include those where (i) the complaint pertains to the project; and (ii) the issues arising in the complaint fall within the scope of environmental and/or social issues that the GRM is authorized to address. Ineligible complaints include those where: (i) the complaint is not project-related; (ii) the nature of the issue is outside the mandate of the GRM (such as fraud or corruption); and/or (iii) other procedures would be more appropriate to address the issue. Ineligible complaints will be documented and provided to the relevant authorities, and the complainant will be informed of these steps. The procedure and timeframe for the GRM is as follows and summarized in Figure EMP-1.

(i) Stage 1 (5 calendar days): If a concern arises during construction or operation, the affected person may submit a written or oral complaint to the contractor (construction phase) or operator of the project facility (operation phase). The contractor will (i) respectfully acknowledge the issue and immediately stop the causal activity (e.g., on-site construction causing high noise levels to a nearby household); (ii) not resume the activity until the complaint has been resolved; (iii) inform the PIU of the incident on the same day of the incident occurring and how the contractor has responded or will respond; (iv) give a clear reply to the affected person within two calendar days; and (v) as far as possible, resolve the problem within five calendar days from receiving the complaint. The contractor will keep the PIU fully informed at all stages. The PIU will: inform the HPMO, local village or community committee, and local EEB of the incident within one working day of being informed by the contractor; and, subsequently, keep these parties informed at all stages.

(ii) Stage 2 (5 calendar days): If the issue cannot be resolved in Stage 1, after five calendar days, the PIU and/or HPMO will take over responsibility. The eligibility of the complaint will be assessed, and a recommended solution given to the complainant and contractors within two calendar days. If the solution is agreed upon by the complainant, the contractors and/or facility operators (in operation) will implement the solution within five calendar days from the PIU or HPMO taking over the responsibility of the complaint. Written records will be made of all stages and outcomes. At the expiration of Stage 2, HPMO will inform ADB of the outcome.

(iii) Stage 3 (10 calendar days): If no solution can be identified by the HPMO and/or PIU, and/or the complainant is not satisfied with the proposed solution, the HPMO and/or PIU will organize, within seven (7) calendar days, a stakeholder meeting (including the complainant, contractor and/or operator of the facility, EEB, PIU, HPMO). A solution acceptable to all shall be identified, including clear steps. The contractors (during construction) and facility operators (during operation) will immediately implement the agreed solution. All attempts will be made to fully resolve the issue within 10 calendar days. Written records will be made of all stages and outcomes. At the expiration of Stage 3, HPMO will inform ADB of the outcome.

26. The GRM does not affect the right of an affected person to submit their complaints to any agency they wish to, for example, the local village committee, community leaders, courts, HPMO, PIUs, governments of Hezhou City, Pinggui District, and the Fuchuan Yao Minority Autonomous County, and/or ADB.

27. The HPMO and PIUs shall bear any and all costs of implementing the GRM, including meeting, travel, and/or accommodation costs of the project staff or affected person. The GRM will be implemented throughout project construction and at least the first year of operation for each project facility. 207

Grievance/Complaints by APsADB

Oral or written Oral or written complaint complaint Solution found (5 working days) Local EEBs, IAs, Contractors, CSCs, Residential Committees LIEC

Forward Inform if solved, forward if not solved

The HPMO’s and PIUs’ Environment and/or Social Officers

Record complaint, assess eligibility of complaint, inform relevant stakeholders including ADB, Hezhou Municipal and District/county EEBs

Solution not found (5 working days Consult LIEC, IAs, Contractors, and CSCs to identify solution

Conduct stakeholders meeting (contractor, IA, APs, EEB and LIEC) Solution to identify solution and action plan found (10 calendar days)

Solution found (5 working days)

Implement Solution

During During Operation construction

Contractors and CSCs IAs and Local EEB

208

Grievance/Complaints by APsADB

Oral or written Oral or written complaint complaint Solution found (5 working days) Local EEBs, IAs, Contractors, CSCs, Residential Committees LIEC

Forward Inform if solved, forward if not solved

The HPMO’s and PIUs’ Environment and/or Social Officers

Record complaint, assess eligibility of complaint, inform relevant stakeholders including ADB, Hezhou Municipal and District/county EEBs

Solution not found (5 working days Consult LIEC, IAs, Contractors, and CSCs to identify solution

Conduct stakeholders meeting (contractor, IA, APs, EEB and LIEC) Solution to identify solution and action plan found (10 calendar days)

Solution found (5 working days)

Implement Solution

During During Operation construction

Contractors and CSCs IAs and Local EEB

Figure EMP-1: Operation Chart of the Grievance Redress Mechanism AP: affected person, ADB = Asian Development Bank, CSC = construction supervision company, EEB = ecology and environmental bureau, GRM = grievance redress mechanism, IA = implementing agency, PMO = project management office. 209

G. Public Consultation and Awareness Raising

28. Two rounds of public consultation were conducted during project preparation (EIA Section VII). During construction, the project will continue to seek public consultation and raise awareness of project activities, especially those that may impact the public, such as noise, dust, water pollution from landfill construction. The public consultation plan is in Table EMP-7 and includes public participation in evaluating environmental benefits and impacts. The HPMO Environment Officer and Social Officer will be responsible for public participation during project implementation, supported by the PIUs and LIEC.

Table EMP-7: Public Consultation and Participation Plan Organizer Approach Times/Frequency Subjects Participants Construction HPMO, PIUs, Questionnaire Once a year, during Construction impacts; Workers, residents LIEC survey, site visits, peak construction adjusting mitigation in construction informal interviews measures if necessary; areas feedback Site-specific basis At least one month Anticipated risks – before the start of noise, odor, other; construction at any Procedures in the event new site of interruptions to water and wastewater services Public workshops At least once during EMP implementation Residents, affected and hearing the peak construction progress; construction persons, social period impacts; adjusting sectors mitigation measures if necessary; feedback Operation HPMO, IAs, Consultation and At least once in the Effects of mitigation Affected persons OPF site visits first year of operation measures, impacts of and/or agencies operation, feedback Public workshop As needed based on As above As above consultations Public survey At least once after 1 Comments and Project beneficiaries year of operation suggestions EIA = environmental impact assessment, OPF = operator of project facilities, PIU = project implementation unit, HPMO = project management office, LIEC = loan implementation environmental consultant.

H. Cost Estimates

29. This section provides an estimate of the cost of EMP implementation. The cost comprises expenses for three categories: the mitigation measures described in Tables EMP-2 and EMP-3; monitoring (Table EMP-5); and training (Table EMP-6). Costs are presented for the construction phase of five years and the first year of operation, i.e., a total of six years. The costs do not include: (i) detailed design revisions and adjustments; and (ii) salaries of HPMO and PIU staff. The costs for mitigation measures and training are based on estimates in the DEIA and/or the experience of the TRTA consultants from other similar projects. All costs were discussed with the DEIA Institute, HPMO, and IAs.

30. The estimated costs for the person-months (PMs) of LIEC are CNY 420,000 (for 6 years) and CNY100,000 for training (CNY520,000 in total), which will be managed and paid by the HPMO.

210

31. The total estimated cost for EMP implementation is CNY16.783 million ($2.582 million), accounts for about 1.13% of the total project investment (CNY1.4811 billion, $227.86 million including $100 million ADB loan).

Table EMP-8(a). Estimated Cost for EMP Implementation for Five Years Construction and First Year Operation – HPMO’s and Kedashan Subproject (xCNY10,000)a Cost per Item Total cost year HPMO Pre-construction phase 1.1 Training 10 1.2 LIEC (PMs) 42 Subtotal 52 Kedashan Subproject Construction phase 2.1 Soil erosion and contamination 30 6 2.2 Dust and air pollution control 20 4 2.3 Noise and vibration 20 4 2.4 Surface water pollution control 35 7 2.5 Solid waste disposal 50 10 2.6 Protection of flora and fauna 25 5 2.7 Occupational health & safety 40 8 2.8 Environmental monitoring (air, surface water, noise) 17.5 3.5 Subtotal 237.5 47.5 Operational phase 3.1 Environmental management for landfill operation 20 3.2 Leachate transport and disposal 45 3.3 Operation of the constructed wetlands 35 3.5 Maintenance of the landscaping 25 3.5 Solid wastes disposal 25 3.6 Environmental monitoring 17.8 Subtotal 167.8 Total 405.3+52=457.3 a Construction-phase costs will be paid by the contractors (as part of their contracts). Operational-phase costs will be paid by each project implementing agency (IA). Sources: DEIAs and TRTA consultants.

Table EMP-8(b). Estimated Cost for EMP Implementation for Five Years Construction and First Year Operation – Pinggui Subproject (xCNY10,000) Knowledge Elderly Workers’ and Skill Total Annual Item Care Hospital Sharing cost cost facility Center Construction phase 1.1 Wastewater treatmenta 20 145 30 195 39 1.2 Dust and air pollution controlb 10 130 40 180 36 1.3 Noise and vibrationc 40 60 50 150 30 1.4 Landscaping 35 50 50 135 27 1.5 Solid waste disposal 16 100 15 131 26.2 1.6 Occupational health and safety 10 20 10 40 8 211

Knowledge Elderly Workers’ and Skill Total Annual Item Care Hospital Sharing cost cost facility Center 1.7 Environmental monitoring (air, 8 15 10 33 6.6 surface water, noise, Subtotal 139 520 205 864 172.8 Operational phase 2.1 Operation of wastewater 15 30 12 57 treatment facilities 2.2 Waste gas emission control 38 50 30 118 2.3 Noise control 10 20 10 40 2.5 Solid wastes disposal 20 40 20 80 2.5 Environmental monitoring 12 30 10 52 Subtotal 100 170 87 357 Total 239 690 292 1221 a Including costs for construction of the wastewater treatment facility, septic-tank, oil separator and drainage pipelines. b Including extractor hoods for kitchens, ventilation facilities of underground parking lots. c Including vibration reduction of equipment foundation; soundproof doors and noise silencer.

I. Mechanisms for Feedback and Adjustment

32. Based on the environmental inspection and monitoring reports, the HPMO and PIUs shall decide, in consultation with the LIEC, whether (i) further mitigation measures are required as corrective actions, or (ii) some improvements are required for environmental management practices. The effectiveness of mitigation measures and monitoring plans will be evaluated by a feedback reporting system. Adjustment to the EMP will be made if necessary. The HPMO Environmental Officer and the LIEC will play critical roles in the feedback and adjustment mechanism.

33. If during inspection and monitoring, substantial deviation from the EMP is observed, or any changes are made to the project that may cause substantial adverse environmental impacts or increase the number of affected people, then the HPMO and PIUs will immediately consult with ADB and form an environmental assessment team to conduct an additional environmental assessment. If necessary, further public consultation will be undertaken. The revised DEIAs and project EIA, including this EMP, will be submitted to the ADB for review, appraisal, and public disclosure. The revised EMP will be passed to the contractors, CSCs and OPFs for implementation.

212

APPENDIX 2. MONITORING DATA OF ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE – KEDASHAN SUBPROJECT

A. Table APP2-1: Monitoring Data of Surface Water Baseline – Kedashan Subproject

Sample Sample pH NH3~N COD BOD5 As Hg Cd Cu Pb Cr SS Fe Mn TI point date Std 6~9 1 30 6 0.1 0.001 0.005 1 0.05 0.05 - - value Aug. 7.55~ 0.041~0. 1.1~1. 0.0031~0. 0.81~0. W1 5~6 ND 0.0001 ND ND ND ND~6 ND ND 2018 7.63 058 2 0047 83 Nov. 7.29~ 1.3~1. 0.0023~0. 0.45~0. 0.00005~0.0 W1 ND 5~6 ND ND 0.003 ND 0.03 ND~4 ND 2018 7.35 6 0025 46 0008 Jan. 7.58~ 0.358~0. 0.6~1. 0.0017~0. 0.84~0. W1 4 ND ND ND ND ND 10~12 ND ND 2019 7.70 384 0 0020 85 Apr. 7.54~ 0.240~0. 0.5~0. 0.0005~0. 1.29~1. W1 ND ND ND~0.0002 0.001 ND ND 8~10 ND ND 2019 7.65 264 7 0007 30 Jul. 7.23~ 0.122~0. 1.6~1. 0.0026~0. 1.50~1. W1 7~8 ND 0.0007 ND ND ND 4~5 ND ND 2019 7.44 127 7 0030 61 Aug. 3.14~ 0.710~0. 0.9~1. ND~0.000 0.0022~0.0 0.479~0.5 0.183~0.19 12.4~13. 7.11~7. 0.00072~0.0 W2 4~6 ND ND ND~6 2018 3.26 911 2 3 023 31 1 0 31 0074 Nov. 3.03~ 0.343~0. 1.0~1. 0.0027~0. 0.0026~0.0 0.540~0.5 0.119~0.12 32.4~33. 6.68~6. 0.00082~0.0 W2 ND ND ND ND~5 2018 3.14 371 1 0030 028 45 1 7 78 0087 Jan. 3.65~ 0.640~0. 0.6~1. 0.0035~0. 0.0001~0.0 0.394~0.4 36.1~39. 6.81~7. W2 ND~4 ND 0.023 ND 15~20 ND 2019 3.89 681 0 0037 002 01 4 02 Apr. 3.08~ 0.229~0. 0.5~0. 0.0003~0. 0.0009~0.0 0.274~0.2 0.040~0.04 21.3~22. 2.40~2. W2 ND ND ND 9~10 ND 2019 3.25 253 7 0006 010 80 1 2 51 Jul. 3.20~ 0.209~0. 1.3~1. 0.0009~0.0 0.041~0.04 2.96~3.0 2.81~3. W2 6~7 0.0003 ND 0.082 ND 3~5 ND 2019 3.50 238 5 010 2 6 27 Aug. 8.66~ 0.064~0. 2.0~2. 0.0144~0. W3 10~12 ND ND ND ND ND ND~7 ND ND ND 2018 8.76 071 4 0176 Nov. 8.75~ ND~0.02 1.3~2. 0.0050~0. ND~0.0 0.00007~0.0 W3 5~7 ND ND 0.003 ND 16~20 ND ND 2018 8.81 6 3 0056 3 0008 Jan. 8.00~ 0.761~0. 0.5~0. 0.0073~0. 0.0019~0.0 0.18~0. W3 ND ND ND ND ND 16~22 ND ND 2019 8.26 799 8 0076 022 20 Apr. 6.93~ 0.068~0. 1.1~1. 0.0018~0. W3 5~6 ND ND 0.002 ND ND 9~10 ND ND ND 2019 7.10 089 3 0020 Jul. 7.10~ 0.119~0. 2.5~2. 0.0023~0. W3 12~13 ND ND ND ND ND 3~4 ND ND ND 2019 7.33 127 6 0027 Aug. 8.52~ 0.056~0. 1.7~1. 0.0174~0. W4 8~9 ND ND ND ND ND 6~10 ND ND ND 2018 8.66 063 8 0191 Nov. 8.77~ ND~0.03 1.4~1. 0.0047~0. W4 5~8 ND ND 0.003 ND ND 9~12 ND ND ND~0.00005 2018 8.83 7 6 0049 Jan. 8.10~ 0.699~0. 0.5~1. 0.0065~0. W4 ND~4 0.00004 ND~0.0001 ND ND ND 8~13 ND 0.12 ND 2019 8.35 837 0 0070 213

Sample Sample pH NH3~N COD BOD5 As Hg Cd Cu Pb Cr SS Fe Mn TI point date Std 6~9 1 30 6 0.1 0.001 0.005 1 0.05 0.05 - - value Apr. 7.41~ 0.079~0. 0.0018~0. W4 ND ND ND ND 0.002 ND ND 9~11 ND ND ND 2019 7.56 084 0020 Jul. 7.26~ ND~0.02 2.1~2. 0.0022~0. W4 9~11 ND ND ND ND ND 3~4 ND ND ND 2019 7.44 7 3 0026 Aug. 9.16~ 0.046~0. 2.8~3. 0.0373~0. W5 14~18 ND ND ND ND ND 9~14 ND ND ND 2018 9.40 051 7 0501 Nov. 9.08~ 1.1~1. 0.0066~0. W5 ND 4~5 ND ND 0.005 ND ND 16~21 ND ND ND 2018 9.12 4 0074 Jan. 8.28~ 0.640~0. 0.6~1. 0.0063~0. W5 ND~6 ND ND ND~0.001 ND ND 6~8 ND 0.05 ND 2019 8.46 693 3 0069 Apr. 7.60~ 0.081~0. 0.6~0. 0.0022~0. W5 ND~4 ND ND 0.001 ND ND 7~8 ND ND ND 2019 7.71 095 9 0030 Jul. 7.53~ 0.051~0. 3.0~3. 0.0029~0. W5 14~16 ND ND ND ND ND 3~4 ND ND ND 2019 7.61 058 2 0033 Aug. 8.43~ 0.416~0. 2.0~2. 0.0347~0. W6 10~12 ND~0.00004 ND ND ND ND ND~9 ND ND ND 2018 8.67 445 4 0408 Nov. 8.16~ 0.116~0. 1.2~1. 0.0036~0. 0.21~0. W6 ND~6 ND ND 0.001 ND ND 12~16 ND ND 2018 8.19 132 6 0037 23 Jan. 8.27~ 0.773~0. 0.5~1. 0.0060~0. W6 ND~6 ND ND ND ND ND 9~12 ND ND ND 2019 8.44 853 4 0061 Apr. 7.62~ 0.102~0. 0.9~1. 0.0022~0. 0.003~0.0 W6 4~5 ND ND ND ND 7~9 ND ND ND 2019 7.77 121 1 0025 04 Jul. 7.38~ 0.059~0. 2.0~2. 0.0029~0. W6 10~11 ND ND ND ND ND 4~5 ND ND ND 2019 7.67 067 2 0032 Aug. 8.20~ 0.645~0. 2.1~2. 0.0347~0. W7 10~12 ND~0.00004 ND ND ND ND 8~18 ND ND ND 2018 8.47 864 4 0409 Nov. 7.95~ 0.2250.2 0.9~1. 0.0026~0. 0.22~0. W7 ND~5 ND ND 0.002 ND ND 44~55 ND ND 2018 7.99 64 1 0030 23 Jan. 8.20~ 0.758~0. 1.3~1. 0.0051~0. W7 5~7 ND ND ND ND ND 11~13 ND ND ND 2019 8.41 835 7 0069 Apr. 7.55~ 0.071~0. 1.1~1. 0.0026~0. W7 4~5 ND ND 0.001 ND ND 8~9 ND ND ND 2019 7.76 079 3 0030 Jul. 7.77~ 0.041~0. 2.1~2. 0.0028~0. W7 9~10 ND <0.0001 <0.001 <0.001 ND 4~5 ND ND ND 2019 7.83 048 3 0034 Aug. 8.06~ 0.025~0. 0.8~1. 0.0064~0. ND~1 W8 4~6 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 2018 8.51 039 0 0090 2 Nov. 8.25~ 0.9~1. 0.0047~0. 0.00011~0.0 W8 ND ND~4 ND ND 0.004 ND ND 12~18 ND ND 2018 8.30 0 0049 0014 Jan. 8.28~ 0.043~0. 0.7~1. 0.0036~0. 0.06~0. W8 ND~6 ND ND ND ND ND 10~14 ND ND 2019 8.45 058 3 0038 07 Apr. 7.66~ 0.068~0. 1.2~1. 0.0030~0. 0.001~0.0 W8 5~6 ND ND ND ND 7~9 ND ND ND 2019 7.75 081 4 0032 02

214

Sample Sample pH NH3~N COD BOD5 As Hg Cd Cu Pb Cr SS Fe Mn TI point date Std 6~9 1 30 6 0.1 0.001 0.005 1 0.05 0.05 - - value Jul. 7.57~ 0.035~0. 1.4~1. 0.0035~0. W8 7~8 ND <0.0001 <0.001 <0.001 ND 4~6 ND ND ND 2019 7.89 046 5 0040 Aug. 5.41~ 0.025~0. 1.6~1. 0.0058~0. W9 7~8 ND ND ND ND ND 6~11 ND ND ND 2018 8.56 036 7 0079 Nov. 8.39~ 1.0~1. 0.0042~0. 0.00011~0.0 W9 ND ND ND ND 0.001 ND ND 4~5 ND ND 2018 8.44 1 0050 0012 Jan. 8.37~ 0.068~0. 0.8~1. 0.0066~0. 0.02~0. W9 ND~6 ND ND ND ND ND 4~6 ND ND 2019 8.56 084 3 0073 03 Apr. 7.40~ 0.071~0. 1.3~1. 0.0025~0. 0.001~0.0 W9 5~7 ND ND ND ND 7~8 ND ND ND 2019 7.52 084 6 0028 02 Jul. 7.79~ 0.048~0. 1.9~2. 0.0029~0. W9 9~10 ND <0.0001 <0.001 <0.001 ND 4~6 ND ND ND 2019 7.96 051 1 0039 Aug. 8.19~ 1.39~1.4 1.8~2. 0.00221~ W10 9~11 ND ND ND ND ND 4~10 ND ND ND 2018 8.23 6 1 0.00282 Nov. 8.00~ 0.534~0. 1.8~2. 0.0061~0. 274~3 W10 5~7 ND ND 0.003 ND ND ND 0.06 ND 2018 8.12 548 0 0066 25 Jan. 8.28~ 0.868~0. 0.6~1. 0.0060~0. 0.09~0. W10 ND~4 ND ND ND ND ND 14~29 ND ND 2019 8.42 930 3 0063 10 Apr. 7.50~ 0.335~0. 1.1~1. 0.0046~0. 0.11~0. W10 5~6 ND ND 0.002 ND ND 8~10 ND ND 2019 7.62 375 2 0048 12 Jul. 7.65~ 2.1~2. 0.0033~0. W10 ND 10~11 ND ND <0.001 <0.001 ND 4~5 ND ND ND 2019 7.97 3 0038 Aug. 7.82~ 0.030~0. 0.9~1. 0.0025~0. 0.39~0. W11 4~8 ND ND ND ND ND ND~7 ND ND 2018 8.16 044 1 0051 40 Nov. 7.96~ 0.0014~0. 0.24~0. W11 ND ND 1 ND ND 0.003 ND ND ND~5 ND ND 2018 8.11 0015 26 Jan. 8.48~ 0.030~0. 0.7~0. 0.0013~0. 0.39~0. W11 ND ND~0.00004 0.0001 ND ND ND 5~6 ND ND 2019 8.62 037 8 0022 41 Apr. 7.32~ 0.073~0. ND~0. 0.52~0. W11 ND 0.0009 ND ND ND ND ND 5~8 ND ND 2019 7.44 094 7 53 Jul. 7.66~ 0.041~0. 1.3~1. 0.0026~0. W11 6~7 ND ND <0.001 <0.001 ND 3~4 ND ND ND 2019 7.95 056 5 0028 Aug. 6.99~ 0.314~0. 1.3~1. 0.0021~0. 12.4~13. 4.30~4. W12 6~8 ND ND ND ND ND 14~17 ND 2018 7.15 334 6 0034 0 44 Nov. 7.00~ 0.343~0. 0.9~1. 0.0022~0. 0.006~0.0 2.86~2. 0.00020~0.0 W12 ND~4 ND 0.001 ND ND 18~68 ND 2018 7.14 382 1 0025 07 96 0024 Jan. 7.62~ 0.276~0. 0.6~0. 0.0017~0. 2.96~3. W12 ND ND 0.001 ND ND ND 7~10 ND ND 2019 7.82 324 8 0020 56 Apr. 6.36~ 0.063~0. 1.5~1. 0.0016~0. 0.092~0.0 3.16~3. W12 7~8 ND 0.0011 ND ND 5~9 0.08 ND 2019 6.45 081 7 0020 93 26 Jul. 7.61~ 0.106~0. 1.5~1. 0.0050~0. W12 7~8 ND ND <0.001 <0.001 ND 3~4 ND ND ND 2019 7.80 117 6 0051 215

Sample Sample pH NH3~N COD BOD5 As Hg Cd Cu Pb Cr SS Fe Mn TI point date Std 6~9 1 30 6 0.1 0.001 0.005 1 0.05 0.05 - - value Aug. 8.22~ ND~0.03 1.4~1. 0.0032~0. 0.004~0.0 W13 7~8 ND 0.0011 ND ND ND~7 ND ND ND 2018 8.30 1 7 0050 05 Nov. 7.06~ ND~0.02 0.8~1. 0.0036~0. 0.00006~0.0 W13 ND ND ND 0.002 ND ND 4~5 ND ND 2018 7.12 6 0 0050 0009 Jan. 7.42~ 0.055~0. 0.6~0. 0.0020~0. 0.00005~0.0 W13 ND ND~0.0001 ND ND ND 4~5 ND 0.17 ND 2019 7.53 084 8 0021 0008 Apr. 7.62~ 0.118~0. 1.1~1. 0.0007~0. 0.38~0. W13 5~6 ND ND ND~0.001 ND ND 6~9 ND ND 2019 7.71 147 4 0008 39 Jul. 7.07~ 0.059~0. 1.7~1. 0.34~0. W13 8~9 0.0013 ND <0.0001 <0.001 <0.001 ND 5~6 ND ND 2019 7.24 067 8 35 Aug. 8.31~ ND~0.03 1.4~2. 0.0034~0. W14 8~10 ND ND ND ND ND ND~5 ND ND ND 2018 8.40 4 0 0054 Nov. 7.84~ 1.4~1. 0.0025~0. 0.005~0.0 W14 ND 5~8 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND~0.00004 2018 7.92 6 0030 11 Jan. 7.51~ 0.081~0. 0.6~0. 0.0001~0.0 0.33~0. W14 5~8 0.0012 ND~0.00004 ND ND ND ND ND ND 2019 7.64 089 8 002 35 Apr. 7.64~ 0.081~0. 1.3~1. 0.39~0. W14 6~7 0.001 ND ND 0.003 ND ND 6 ND ND 2019 7.70 103 6 40 Jul. 7.32~ 1.8~1. 0.0015~0. 0.24~0. W14 ND 8~9 ND <0.0001 <0.001 <0.001 ND 3~4 ND ND 2019 7.65 9 0019 26 Aug. 6.87~ 0.189~0. 1.8~2. ND~0.004 1.27~1. W15 9~11 ND ND ND ND ND 4~9 ND ND 2018 7.02 201 2 6 36 Nov. 7.64~ 0.189~0. 1.0~1. 0.0016~0. 0.0001~0.0 2.16~2. W15 ND ND 0.004 ND ND 4~5 ND ND 2018 7.70 203 1 0018 002 28 Jan. 7.09~ 0.150~0. 0.5~0. 0.0014~0. 1.38~1. W15 ND ND 0.0001 ND ND ND ND ND ND 2019 7.18 171 7 0016 41 Apr. 6.72~ 0.047~0. 0.0003~0. 0.96~0. W15 ND ND ND ND 0.001 ND ND 8~9 ND ND 2019 6.80 066 0004 97 Jul. 6.84~ 0.093~0. 2.2~2. 0.79~0. W15 11~12 0.0014 ND <0.0001 <0.001 <0.001 ND 4~5 ND ND 2019 7.00 101 4 82 Aug. 8.08~ 0.072~0. 1.4~1. 0.0027~0. 0.03~0. W16 7~8 ND ND ND ND ND 5~10 ND ND 2018 8.14 077 6 0045 04 Nov. 7.92~ 1.0~1. 0.0021~0. 0.06~0. 0.28~0. W16 ND ND ND ND 0.002 ND ND~5 ND ND 2018 8.01 2 0037 07 29 Jan. 7.26~ 0.055~0. 0.5~0. 1.00~1. W16 ND~4 0.0021 ND 0.0002 ND ND ND 5~6 ND ND 2019 7.35 073 6 01 Apr. 7.30~ 0.029~0. 1.3~1. 0.0014~0. W16 5~6 ND ND ND ND ND 8~11 ND 0.51 ND 2019 7.46 034 6 0015 Jul. 7.36~ ND~0.03 2.0~2. 0.0043~0. <0.001~0.0 0.18~0.2 W16 10~11 ND <0.001 <0.001 ND 3~4 0.01 ND 2019 7.64 3 2 0054 001 0 Aug. 7.11~ 0.223~0. 1.6~1. 0.0005~0. 0.0004~0.0 2.02~2. W17 6~8 ND ND ND ND ND~7 ND ND 2018 7.33 246 7 0014 005 27

216

Sample Sample pH NH3~N COD BOD5 As Hg Cd Cu Pb Cr SS Fe Mn TI point date Std 6~9 1 30 6 0.1 0.001 0.005 1 0.05 0.05 - - value Nov. 7.60~ 0.200~0. 0.0008~0. 0.005~0.0 0.05~0. 1.90~2. W17 ND 0.9 ND 0.0003 ND ND~4 ND ND 2018 7.66 222 0010 06 07 03 Jan. 7.29~ 0.189~0. ND~0. 0.0007~0. W17 ND~5 ND 0.0005 ND ND ND ND~5 ND 1.83 ND 2019 7.33 245 8 0008 Apr. 7.27~ 0.055~0. ND~0. 1.26~1. W17 ND 0.0006 ND 0.0002 0.001 ND ND 8~10 ND ND 2019 7.36 071 5 29 Jul. 7.28~ 0.075~0. 1.9~2. 1.15~1. W17 9~10 0.0011 ND 0.0003 <0.001 <0.001 ND 3 ND ND 2019 7.50 085 1 19 Aug. 3.68~ 0.285~0. 1.2~1. ND~0.001 0.0091~0.0 0.039~0.0 0.053~0.05 2.99~3.0 33.0~3 W18 6~8 ND ND 5~12 ND 2018 3.74 495 8 5 096 40 4 2 3.8 Nov. 4.79~ 0.281~0. 0.8~1. 0.0004~0. 0.06~0. 12.2~1 W18 ND ND 0.0028 0.0028 ND ND ND ND 2018 4.88 301 0 0005 07 3.3 Jan. 4.89~ 0.648~0. ND~0. 0.0031~0. 0.0011~0.0 7.74~8. W18 ND~5 ND 0.003 ND ND 4~6 ND ND 2019 5.06 896 8 0034 013 25 Apr. 5.43~ 0.073~0. 0.5~0. 0.0004~0. 0.0022~0.0 0.008~0.0 7.86~7. W18 ND ND ND ND 9~10 ND ND 2019 5.55 097 7 0005 023 09 93 Jul. 5.72~ 0.351~0. 1.7~1. 0.0013~0. 0.0011~0.0 7.38~8. W18 8~9 ND <0.001 <0.001 ND 4~6 ND ND 2019 5.98 364 8 0014 014 44 Aug. 7.19~ 0.033~0. 1.8~2. 0.0034~0. W19 9~10 ND ND ND ND ND 6~13 0.21 ND ND 2018 7.25 051 0 0043 Nov. 9.16~ 0.9~1. 0.0008~0. 0.05~0. ND~0.0 W19 ND ND~5 ND ND 0.003 ND ND~5 ND ND 2018 9.21 0 0009 06 1 Jan. 6.90~ 0.025~0. 0.5~0. 0.0009~0. W19 ND~4 ND ND ND ND ND ND~4 ND 0.05 ND 2019 7.02 030 6 0010 Apr. 6.16~ 0.039~0. ND~0. 0.0003~0. 0.12~0. W19 ND ND ND 0.003 ND ND 8~10 ND ND 2019 6.33 052 6 0004 13 Jul. 6.13~ ND~0.02 2.1~2. 0.05~0. W19 10~11 0.0003 ND <0.0001 <0.001 <0.001 ND 5~6 ND ND 2019 6.34 7 2 06 Aug. 8.58~ 0.036~0. 1.4~1. 0.0011~0. W20 7~9 ND ND ND ND ND 4~9 ND ND ND 2018 8.64 041 8 0034 Nov. 3.33~ 0.292~0. 0.8~1. 0.0007~0. 0.0104~0.0 0.147~0.1 0.07~0. 32.7~3 0.00039~0.0 W20 ND ND ND 4~6 ND 2018 3.42 326 0 0008 108 65 08 3.4 0046 Jan. 3.26~ 0.804~0. 0.5~1. 0.0026~0. 0.00004~0.0 0.0080~0.0 0.172~0.1 0.0037~0.0 9.78~10. 35.3~3 W20 ND~5 ND 4~5 ND 2019 3.38 832 0 0029 0005 083 75 038 5 6.1 Apr. 3.44~ 0.243~0. 1.0~1. 0.0005~0. 0.0101~0.0 0.202~0.2 0.030~0.03 1.83~1.8 25.0~2 W20 4~5 ND ND 18~19 ND 2019 3.64 269 2 0006 107 03 1 6 5.3 Jul. 3.44~ 0.742~0. 1.8~1. 0.0011~0. 0.0013~0.0 0.082~0.0 0.033~0.03 1.50~1.5 29.4~2 W20 8~9 ND ND 4~5 ND 2019 3.68 758 9 0014 014 96 4 4 9.9 Aug. 8.59~ 0.035~0. 1.6~1. 0.0030~0. W21 8~9 ND ND ND ND ND 12~16 0.1 ND ND 2018 8.63 046 8 0048 Nov. 8.04~ 0.9~1. 0.0034~0. 0.39~0. W21 ND ND~5 ND ND 0.005 ND 0.05 6~8 ND ND 2018 8.12 3 0036 40 217

Sample Sample pH NH3~N COD BOD5 As Hg Cd Cu Pb Cr SS Fe Mn TI point date Std 6~9 1 30 6 0.1 0.001 0.005 1 0.05 0.05 - - value Jan. 7.75~ 0.037~0. 0.5~0. 0.0033~0. 0.0001~0.0 0.70~0. W21 ND ND ND ND ND 5~6 ND ND 2019 7.88 045 6 0036 002 72 Apr. 6.69~ 0.140~0. 0.6~0. 0.0026~0. 0.28~0. W21 ND~4 ND ND 0.003 ND ND 8~10 ND ND 2019 6.81 166 9 0034 29 Jul. 6.76~ 1.9~2. 0.0024~0. <0.001~0. 0.10~0.1 W21 ND 9~10 ND <0.0001 <0.001 ND 7~8 ND ND 2019 7.00 1 0028 001 2 Aug. 8.56~ 0.046~0. 1.0~1. 0.0020~0. 0.05~0.0 W22 5~8 ND~0.00004 ND ND ND ND 12~17 ND ND 2018 8.63 054 2 0038 6 Nov. 8.16~ 1.0~1. 0.0018~0. 0.04~0. W22 ND ND~4 ND ND 0.003 ND 6~8 ND ND ND 2018 8.21 3 0021 05 Jan. 7.86~ ND~0.04 0.5~1. 0.0034~0. W22 ND~4 ND ND ND ND ND 5~7 ND ND ND 2019 7.98 5 0 0036 Apr. 7.18~ 0.190~0. 0.9~1. 0.0019~0. W22 4~5 ND ND ND ND ND 12~13 ND ND ND 2019 7.35 208 1 0020 Jul. 7.03~ 1.3~1. 0.0024~0. W22 ND 6~7 ND <0.0001 <0.001 <0.001 ND 4~5 ND 0.02 ND 2019 7.38 5 0032 Aug. 8.52~ 0.046~0. 1.3~1. 0.0034~0. W23 7~9 ND ND ND ND ND 4~9 ND ND ND 2018 8.60 063 4 0052 Nov. 8.75~ ND~0.02 1.3~2. 0.0050~0. ND~0.0 0.00007~0.0 W23 5~7 ND ND 0.003 ND 16~20 ND ND 2018 8.81 6 3 0056 3 0008 Jan. 6.53~ 0.053~0. 0.5~1. 0.0038~0. 0.37~0. W23 ND~4 ND ND~0.0001 ND ND ND 10~13 ND ND 2019 6.74 081 1 0039 38 Apr. 7.47~ 0.087~0. ND~0. 0.0022~0. 0.29~0. W23 ND ND ND ND ND ND 10~12 ND ND 2019 7.58 103 6 0023 30 Jul. 7.24~ 0.027~0. 1.7~2. 0.0020~0. <0.001~0. 0.29~0. W23 8~9 ND 0.0001 <0.001 ND 4~5 ND ND 2019 7.55 035 0 0025 001 30 Aug. 8.25~ 0.038~0. 1.0~1. 0.0031~0. W24 5~8 ND ND ND ND ND 9~15 ND ND ND 2018 8.34 058 1 0038 Nov. 8.09~ 1.0~1. 0.0035~0. 0.06~0. W24 ND ND~5 ND ND 0.002 ND 10~14 ND ND 0.00006 2018 8.21 2 0040 07 Jan. 7.85~ 0.027~0. 0.5~1. 0.0066~0. W24 ND~4 ND ND ND ND ND 5~6 ND ND ND 2019 7.96 030 3 0068 Apr. 7.54~ 0.182~0. 1.6~1. 0.0046~0. W24 7~8 ND ND 0.001 ND ND 11~13 ND ND ND 2019 7.60 206 8 0048 Jul. 7.28~ 1.6~1. 0.0011~0. 0.003~0.0 W24 ND 8 ND 0.0006 <0.001 ND 13~14 ND ND ND 2019 7.46 7 0018 04 Aug. 8.57~ 0.067~0. 1.0~1. 0.0129~0. W25 5~8 ND ND ND ND ND 21~28 ND ND ND 2018 8.63 081 4 0134 Nov. 7.98~ 0.9~1. 0.0090~0. 0.06~0. W25 ND ND ND ND 0.004 ND 12~15 ND ND ND 2018 8.05 0 0106 07 Jan. 7.63~ ND~0.02 0.5~1. 0.0064~0. W25 ND~4 ND ND ND ND ND 11~13 ND ND ND 2019 7.72 7 3 0071

218

Sample Sample pH NH3~N COD BOD5 As Hg Cd Cu Pb Cr SS Fe Mn TI point date Std 6~9 1 30 6 0.1 0.001 0.005 1 0.05 0.05 - - value Apr. 7.51~ 0.116~0. 0.6~0. 0.0040~0. W25 ND~4 ND ND ND ND ND 10~14 ND ND ND 2019 7.65 140 9 0042 Jul. 7.30~ 1.5~1. 0.0017~0. W25 ND 7~8 ND <0.0001 0.002 <0.001 ND 5~6 ND ND ND 2019 7.58 6 0053 Aug. 7.67~ 0.026~0. 1.1~1. 0.0004~0. W26 7~9 ND ND ND ND ND 7~18 ND ND ND 2018 7.83 033 2 0019 Nov. 7.58~ ND~0.02 0.9~1. 0.0017~0. 0.03~0. W26 ND~4 ND ND 0.002 ND 4~6 ND 0.02 ND 2018 7.67 9 0 0021 06 Jan. 7.18~ 0.081~0. 0.5~0. 0.0034~0. 0.00006~0.0 0.45~0. W26 ND ND~0.0001 ND ND ND 4~6 ND ND 2019 7.25 089 7 0035 0007 47 Apr. 7.41~ 0.079~0. 1.0~1. 0.0012~0. 0.41~0. W26 4~5 ND ND ND~0.001 ND ND 8 ND ND 2019 7.56 095 2 0015 43 Jul. 7.24~ 0.069~0. 1.6~1. 0.0015~0. W26 8~9 ND 0.0001 <0.001 <0.001 ND 4~5 ND ND ND 2019 7.57 077 9 0019 Aug. 5.65~ 0.184~0. 1.4~1. 0.0008~0. 0.0016~0.0 0.027~0.0 4.21~4. W27 7~8 ND ND ND 5~11 ND ND 2018 5.79 202 6 0010 018 29 39 Nov. 6.22~ 0.138~0. 0.9~1. 0.0049~0. 0.0017~0.0 0.05~0. 4.84~5. 0.00004~0.0 W27 ND ND 0.011 ND 11~18 ND 2018 6.31 146 0 0051 018 07 26 0007 Jan. 5.63~ 0.096~0. 0.5~0. 0.0003~0.0 0.005~0.0 1.59~1. W27 ND 0.001 ND ND ND 4~6 ND ND 2019 5.71 109 7 004 06 68 Apr. 7.31~ 0.081~0. 0.6~0. 0.0006~0. 1.27~1. W27 ND ND 0.0001 0.001 ND ND 8~10 ND ND 2019 7.46 103 7 0007 28 Jul. 7.32~ 0.075~0. 1.4~1. 0.0022~0. W27 7~8 ND 0.0006 <0.001 <0.001 ND 5~6 ND ND ND 2019 7.60 080 6 0026 Aug. 6.16~ 0.192~0. 1.2~1. ND~0.000 0.092~0.0 5.85~6. W28 6~8 ND 0.0016 ND ND ND~8 ND ND 2018 6.33 233 5 7 97 01 Nov. 6.17~ 0.152~0. 0.9~1. 0.040~0.0 0.04~0. 5.96~6. 0.00006~0.0 W28 ND 0.0003 ND 0.0016 ND ND ND 2018 6.25 159 1 41 07 01 0007 Jan. 6.66~ 0.220~0. 0.6~0. 0.0005~0. 0.0015~0.0 0.006~0.0 5.59~5. W28 ND ND ND ND ND~4 ND ND 2019 7.32 255 7 0006 017 07 64 Apr. 5.29~ 0.029~0. 0.0003~0. 0.0009~0.0 0.358~0.4 6.50~6. W28 ND ND ND ND ND 4~6 ND ND 2019 5.36 036 0005 012 15 62 Jul. 5.64~ 0.164~0. 1.5~1. 0.0007~0. 0.094~0.0 6.26~6. W28 7~8 ND ND <0.001 ND 5 ND ND 2019 5.90 175 6 0010 99 46 Aug. 6.15~ 0.155~0. 1.4~1. ND~0.000 0.098~0.1 5.89~5. W29 7~9 ND 0.0016 ND ND ND~6 ND ND 2018 6.32 195 8 7 00 99 Nov. 6.27~ 0.146~0. 1.1~1. 0.0015~0.0 0.041~0.0 0.03~0. 5.91~6. W29 ND~5 0.0003 ND ND ND~4 ND 0.00003 2018 6.33 166 4 016 44 05 06 Jan. 6.86~ 0.286~0. 0.6~0. 0.0004~0. 5.47~5. W29 ND~4 ND 0.0015 0.005 ND ND ND ND ND 2019 7.24 327 8 0005 81 Apr. 5.28~ 0.087~0. 1.0~1. 0.0018~0.0 0.506~0.5 6.49~6. W29 5~6 ND ND ND ND 4~6 ND ND 2019 5.33 105 3 019 24 62 219

Sample Sample pH NH3~N COD BOD5 As Hg Cd Cu Pb Cr SS Fe Mn TI point date Std 6~9 1 30 6 0.1 0.001 0.005 1 0.05 0.05 - - value Jul. 5.43~ 0.146~0. 2.1~2. 0.0006~0. 0.093~0.0 6.27~6. W29 10~11 ND ND <0.001 ND 4~6 ND ND 2019 5.60 161 2 0011 97 46 Aug. 6.13~ 0.200~0. 1.5~1. ND~0.000 0.0013~0.0 0.108~0.1 3.78~6. W30 7~9 ND ND ND 4~6 ND ND 2018 6.22 132 8 6 016 34 06 Nov. 6.15~ 0.121~0. 0.9~1. 0.0016~0.0 ND~0.0 5.87~6. 0.00005~0.0 W30 ND 0.0003 ND 0.03 ND 4~5 ND 2018 6.25 132 1 017 4 02 0006 Jan. 6.73~ 0.435~0. 0.7~0. 0.0005~0. 0.0015~0.0 5.56~5. W30 ND~5 ND 0.01 ND ND ND ND ND 2019 7.19 556 9 0006 016 82 Apr. 5.36~ 0.026~0. 1.7~1. 0.0019~0.0 0.480~0.5 6.40~6. 0.00003~0.0 W30 8~9 ND ND ND ND 5 ND 2019 5.40 039 9 020 00 52 0004 Jul. 5.49~ 0.164~0. 2.1~2. 0.0008~0. 0.100~0.1 6.36~6. W30 10~11 ND ND <0.001 ND 4~5 ND ND 2019 5.67 175 2 0010 03 63 Aug. 4.09~ 0.126~0. 2.0~2. ND~0.000 0.0032~0.0 0.403~0.4 10.1~1 W31 10~12 ND ND ND 4~11 0.09 ND 2018 4.16 160 4 9 033 84 1.0 Nov. 3.99~ 0.132~0. 0.8~1. 0.0003~0. 0.0041~0.0 0.604~0.6 0.20~0.2 11.6~1 0.00034~0.0 W31 ND ND ND ND ND~4 2018 4.13 144 0 0004 043 34 2 2.3 0037 Jan. 4.47~ 0.378~0. 0.6~1. 0.0004~0. 0.0021~0.0 0.339~0.3 6.78~6. W31 ND ND ND ND 5~6 ND ND 2019 5.41 463 3 0006 022 58 85 Apr. 3.68~ 0.036~0. ND~0. 0.0033~0.0 0.853~0.8 0.092~0. 9.73~9. W31 ND ND ND ND ND 7~8 ND 2019 3.89 047 6 034 89 093 94 Jul. 3.89~ 0.317~0. 2.5~2. 0.0008~0. 0.314~0.3 11.4~1 W31 12~13 ND ND <0.001 ND 5 ND ND 2019 4.17 340 6 0013 37 2.3 Aug. 4.02~ 0.140~0. 2.0~2. ND~0.000 0.380~0.3 0.56~0.5 4.22~4. W32 10~12 ND 0.0016 ND ND 6~15 ND 2018 4.22 182 4 9 87 8 44 Nov. 3.85~ 0.132~0. 0.0003~0. 0.0019~0.0 0.275~0.2 0.38~0.3 1.63~1. 0.00018~0.0 W32 ND 1 ND ND ND ND~5 2018 4.02 135 0004 020 95 9 75 0019 Jan. 4.26~ 0.343~0. 0.9~1. 0.249~0.2 3.76~3. 0.00005~0.0 W32 ND~4 0.0007 ND 0.0018 ND ND 4~6 ND 2019 5.04 399 3 51 84 0006 Apr. 3.51~ 0.039~0. 0.0003~0. 0.0013~0.0 0.485~0.4 0.040~0. 2.12~2. W32 ND ND ND ND ND 8~9 ND 2019 3.66 047 0004 014 87 041 13 Jul. 3.99~ 0.093~0. 2.1~2. ND~0.000 0.195~0.2 2.16~2. W32 10~11 ND ND <0.001 ND 4~6 ND ND 2019 4.32 101 2 6 05 27 Notes: (i) ND = not detected. (ii) The standard value is the Surface Water Quality Standard of GB3838-2002 – Grade IV. Source: DEIA Institute.

220

B. Table APP2-2: Surface Water Baseline of Hongshuiping Reservoir and Shalongchong Reservoir

Indicators pH NH3~N COD BOD5 As Hg Cd Cu Pb Cr TP TN CODMn DO SS Fe Mn TI

Grade III 6~9 1 20 4 0.05 0.001 0.005 1 0.05 0.05 0.2 1.0 6 5 - standard For drink water source Grade IV only 6~9 1.5 30 6 0.1 0.001 0.005 1 0.05 0.05 0.3 1.5 10 3 - standard 7.06~7 0.067~ 1.3~1. 0.0025~0. 0.60~0. 7.21~7 1.51~ H1 6 ND 0.0005 <0.001 <0.001 ND 0.02 0.8~0.9 3~4 ND ND .09 0.075 4 0036 66 .22 1.59 7.04~7 0.059~ 0.0018~0. 0.0004~ 0.93~0. 7.25~7 1.53~ H2 6 1.3 ND <0.001 <0.001 ND 0.02 0.9~1.0 4 ND ND .07 0.067 0022 0.0005 93 .33 1.58 7.06~7 0.056~ 1.3~1. 0.68~0. 7.18~7 1.54~ H3 6 0.0028 ND 0.0006 0.001 <0.001 ND 0.02 0.8~0.9 4~5 ND ND .09 0.059 4 69 .25 1.55 7.09~7 0.093~ 1.4~1. 0.0018~0. 0.001~0. 0.68~0. 7.25~7 H4 6 ND 0.0005 <0.001 ND 0.02 0.8~0.9 3~5 ND 1.52 ND .12 0.096 5 0021 003 73 .26 7.09~7 0.062~ 1.5~1. 0.0023~0. 0.80~0. 7.23~7 1.52~ H5 7~8 ND 0.0005 <0.001 <0.001 ND 0.02 0.9 3~4 ND ND .13 0.067 6 0027 86 .30 1.54 7.07~7 0.078~ 1.3~1. 0.0029~0. 0.93~0. 7.25~7 1.53~ H6 6~7 ND 0.0005 <0.001 <0.001 ND 0.02 0.9 3~4 ND ND .08 0.083 4 0035 94 .26 1.54 7.12~7 1.2~1. 0.0030~0. 0.0003~ 0.74~0. 7.19~7 H7 ND 6 ND <0.001 <0.001 ND 0.02 0.8~0.9 4~5 ND 1.54 ND .14 3 0031 0.0004 80 .20 7.10~7 0.077~ 0.0017~0. 0.0005~ <0.001~ 0.01~ 0.79~0. 7.26~7 1.53~ H8 6 1.2 ND <0.001 ND 0.8 2~3 ND ND .11 0.085 0021 0.0007 0.001 0.02 87 .33 1.57 7.15~7 0.069~ 1.2~1. 0.0018~0. 0.62~0. 7.21~7 1.52~ H9 6 ND 0.0005 <0.001 <0.001 ND 0.02 0.8 3~4 ND ND .16 0.075 3 0019 63 .30 1.54 7.08~7 0.138~ 1.2~1. 0.0016~0. 0.0005~ 0.70~0. 7.22~7 1.50~ H10 6 ND 0.001 <0.001 ND 0.02 0.9~1.0 2~3 ND ND .11 0.143 3 0018 0.0006 73 .28 1.52 7.08~7 0.072~ 1.3~1. 0.0018~0. 0.0006~ 0.01~ 0.75~0. 7.23~7 1.53~ H11 6 ND <0.001 <0.001 ND 0.8~1.0 3~4 ND ND .10 0.078 4 0019 0.0007 0.02 76 .28 1.54 0.072~ 1.3~1. 0.0005~ <0.001~ 0.68~0. 7.25~7 H12 7.13 6~7 0.0015 ND <0.001 ND 0.02 0.8 3~4 ND 1.49 ND 0.077 4 0.0006 0.001 73 .29 7.14~7 0.169~ 1.3~1. 0.0022~0. 0.83~0. 1.49~ H13 6~7 ND 0.0006 0.002 <0.001 ND 0.02 0.8~0.9 7.26 4 ND ND .16 0.172 4 0024 90 1.50 7.12~7 0.083~ 1.1~1. 0.0025~0. 0.78~0. 7.26~7 1.50~ H14 5~6 ND 0.0007 <0.001 <0.001 ND 0.01 0.9 4~5 ND ND .14 0.091 2 0026 83 .78 1.54 221

Indicators pH NH3~N COD BOD5 As Hg Cd Cu Pb Cr TP TN CODMn DO SS Fe Mn TI

7.10~7 0.091~ 1.4~1. 0.0017~0. 0.0005~ 0.61~0. 7.18~7 1.51~ H15 7 ND <0.001 <0.001 ND 0.02 0.9 3~5 ND ND .12 0.096 5 0023 0.0007 68 .35 1.54 7.06~7 0.104~ 1.5~1. 0.0025~0. 0.0006~ 0.69~0. 7.24~7 H16 7 ND <0.001 <0.001 ND 0.02 0.9~1.0 3~4 ND 1.5 ND .08 0.112 6 0030 0.0007 75 .33 7.11~7 0.075~ 1.6~1. 0.0025~0. 0.002~0. 0.83~0. 7.28~7 H17 7~8 ND <0.0001 <0.001 ND 0.03 1.2 4~5 ND ND ND .15 0.080 7 0031 003 85 .36 7.16~7 0.051~ 1.5~1. 0.0021~0. 0.002~0. 0.71~0. 7.30~7 H18 7 ND <0.0001 <0.001 ND 0.03 1.2~1.3 5~6 ND ND ND .17 0.056 6 0031 003 75 .31 7.15~7 0.085~ 1.7~1. 0.0026~0. 7.25~7 H19 8~9 ND <0.0001 0.001 <0.001 ND 0.04 0.86 1.1~1.3 4~5 ND ND ND .16 0.093 8 0029 .28 7.10~7 0.067~ 0.0026~0. 0.02~ 0.71~0. 7.25~7 H20 7 1.6 ND <0.0001 0.001 <0.001 ND 1.2 5 ND ND ND .13 0.072 0033 0.03 74 .26 7.12~7 0.094~ 1.4~1. 0.0031~0. 0.85~0. 7.25~7 H21 7 ND <0.0001 <0.001 <0.001 ND 0.03 1.1~1.2 4 ND ND ND .13 0.098 5 0032 86 .60 Note: Sampling date: 25–26 July 2019. H1-H16: Hongshuiping Reservoir, H17-H21: Shalongchong Reservoir. Source: DEIA Institute.

C. Table App2-3: Groundwater Baselines of Kedashan Subproject (mg/L except for coliform and pH)

Sampling Sampling Total 2~ ~ 6+ pH SO4 Total col. NH3~N CN Cr CODmn As Hg Cu Zn Pb Cd Fe Mn TI No. Date hardness Grade III 6.5 450 250 3 0.5 0.05 0.05 3 0.01 0.001 1 1 0.01 0.005 0.3 0.1 - Standard Aug.2018 7.30 242 10 24 0.157 ND ND 0.34 0.0021 ND 0.002 ND ND 0.0002 ND ND ND

Nov. 018 7.20 257 47 76 ND ND 0.007 0.70 0.0017 ND 0.002 ND ND 0.0002 ND ND ND

G1 Jan. 2019 7.56 234 9 27 0.030 ND ND 0.67 0.0011 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

Apr. 2019 7.24 197 13 26 0.029 ND ND 0.47 0.0017 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

Jul. 2019 7.33 215 10 79 0.026 ND ND 0.59 0.0022 ND <0.001 <0.05 <0.001 0.0003 ND ND ND

Aug.2018 7.65 76 27 22 0.162 ND ND 8.83 0.0108 ND 0.002 ND ND ND ND 0.14 0.00002

Nov.2018 7.79 106 166 9 0.113 ND 0.006 3.39 0.0072 ND 0.002 ND 0.010 ND ND 0.09 ND G2 Jan. 2019 7.63 106 15 7 0.089 ND 0.006 2.59 0.0147 ND ND ND 0.042 ND ND ND ND

Apr. 2019 7.67 108 15 13 0.029 ND 0.009 1.05 0.0135 ND 0.002 ND ND ND ND 0.05 ND

222

Sampling Sampling Total 2~ ~ 6+ pH SO4 Total col. NH3~N CN Cr CODmn As Hg Cu Zn Pb Cd Fe Mn TI No. Date hardness Grade III 6.5 450 250 3 0.5 0.05 0.05 3 0.01 0.001 1 1 0.01 0.005 0.3 0.1 - Standard Jul. 2019 6.42 276 218 26 0.138 ND 0.004 1.60 0.0027 ND 0.001 0.19 <0.001 0.0020 ND 3.29 ND

Aug.2018 7.45 258 8 26 0.157 ND 0.006 1.18 0.0006 ND 0.001 ND ND ND ND ND ND

Nov.2018 7.78 294 91 140 0.040 ND 0.006 1.35 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0.27 ND

G 3 Jan. 2019 7.60 329 9 11 0.058 ND ND 0.71 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Apr. 2019 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

Jul. 2019 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

Aug.2018 7.45 190 79 28 0.632 ND ND 7.01 0.0164 ND 0.002 ND ND ND ND 0.83 0.0003

Nov.2018 7.21 251 43 7 0.264 ND 0.010 0.71 0.0038 ND 0.002 ND ND ND ND 1.26 ND

G 4 Jan. 2019 6.56 296 255 5 0.386 ND ND 1.45 0.0279 ND ND ND ND 0.0015 ND 1.27 ND Apr. 2019 6.98 315 352 33 0.398 ND ND 1.07 0.0305 ND ND 0.21 ND 0.0002 ND 0.67 ND

Jul. 2019 6.29 278 180 33 0.148 ND 0.005 1.70 0.0023 ND 0.001 0.19 <0.001 0.0006 ND 3.28 ND

Aug.2018 7.58 397 101 110 0.233 ND 0.006 0.91 0.0555 ND 0.002 ND ND ND ND 0.88 ND

Nov.2018 7.58 390 164 9 0.245 ND 0.007 0.90 0.0378 ND 0.004 ND ND ND ND 0.78 ND

G 5 Jan. 2019 7.17 402 260 28 0.248 ND ND 1.57 0.0221 ND ND ND ND ND ND 1.11 ND Apr. 2019 6.81 354 283 49 0.729 ND ND 1.18 0.0067 ND ND ND ND ND ND 1.08 ND

Jul. 2019 6.81 112 40 2400 0.921 ND 0.006 2.80 0.0020 ND 0.001 <0.05 <0.001 0.0001 ND ND ND

Aug.2018 7.32 263 10 17 0.057 ND 0.005 0.34 0.0011 ND 0.001 ND ND ND ND ND ND

Nov.2018 7.38 265 90 40 ND ND 0.006 0.63 0.0010 ND 0.002 ND ND ND ND ND ND

G 6 Jan. 2019 7.43 243 16 26 0.025 ND ND 0.72 0.0008 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Apr. 2019 7.08 206 21 140 ND ND ND 0.39 0.0006 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

Jul. 2019 7.11 207 <8 130 0.030 ND ND 0.48 0.0005 ND <0.001 <0.05 <0.001 <0.0001 ND ND ND

Aug.2018 7.64 158 40 8 0.060 ND 0.004 0.42 0.0011 ND 0.002 ND ND ND ND ND 0.00004

G 7 Nov.2018 7.10 177 43 170 ND ND 0.008 0.64 0.0006 ND 0.002 ND ND ND ND ND ND Jan. 2019 7.64 155 30 8 0.027 ND ND 0.71 0.0008 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 223

Sampling Sampling Total 2~ ~ 6+ pH SO4 Total col. NH3~N CN Cr CODmn As Hg Cu Zn Pb Cd Fe Mn TI No. Date hardness Grade III 6.5 450 250 3 0.5 0.05 0.05 3 0.01 0.001 1 1 0.01 0.005 0.3 0.1 - Standard Apr. 2019 7.14 157 37 540 ND ND ND 0.42 0.001 ND 0.002 ND ND ND ND ND ND

Jul. 2019 7.28 146 18 49 0.043 ND 0.004 0.45 0.001 ND <0.001 <0.05 <0.001 <0.0001 ND ND ND Source: DEIA Institute.

D. Table App2-4: Monitoring Data of Soil and Sediment Baselines - Kedashan Subproject

Sampling Organic TN Site No. TP F pH As Hg Cd Cr Cu Pb Zn Ni Tl date (g/kg) (%) 16 Aug. 1 162 66.2 8800 5 0.048 32.6 0.087 0.03 15 20 109 71.6 10 1.17 2018 16 Aug. 2 414 33.8 1700 5.9 13400 1860 0.057 1.44 32 1660 161 364 34 0.612 2018 16 Aug. 3 190 24.8 3000 4.7 0.008 36.9 0.084 0.05 14 27 134 66.4 9 2.95 2018 16 Aug. 4 1180 45.7 4800 4.9 0.049 4510 0.055 1.21 50 850 273 335 51 2.07 2018 14 Aug. 5 652 53.4 2800 4.1 0.006 1950 0.02 0.71 55 705 165 224 40 1.97 2018 14 Aug. 6 365 44.9 2100 4.1 0.08 209 0.049 0.04 64 386 136 118 24 0.965 2018 16 Aug. 7 290 54.3 2600 5.7 0.02 584 0.066 1.47 11 305 504 276 10 2.59 2018 16 Aug. 8 302 21.8 3400 6 0.014 598 0.102 2.06 17 458 821 413 16 2.6 2018 16 Aug. 9 255 37.1 1500 5.4 0.005 166 0.06 0.02 26 20 92.6 44.9 12 1.19 2018 16 Aug. 10 636 23.1 6200 4.9 0.021 1860 0.028 0.64 44 561 170 142 28 0.455 2018 14 Aug. 11 623 30.6 2100 4.3 0.016 1450 0.134 1.2 41 448 349 364 28 0.632 2018 16 Aug. 12 512 37.3 1800 7 0.004 1300 0.108 1.08 38 922 147 347 33 0.558 2018 16 Aug. 13 555 24.7 8600 5 0.032 1150 0.249 3.89 62 517 407 753 67 0.568 2018 14 Aug. 14 280 45.2 4200 4.3 0.005 436 0.091 0.72 22 197 160 139 17 0.606 2018

224

Sampling Organic TN Site No. TP F pH As Hg Cd Cr Cu Pb Zn Ni Tl date (g/kg) (%) 14 Aug. 15 594 39.6 1700 3.9 0.047 829 0.094 0.74 46 762 168 381 41 0.295 2018 16 Aug. 16 585 39.5 5300 4 0.016 734 0.04 0.14 60 851 371 261 36 0.477 2018 16 Aug. 17 636 23.2 4700 3.5 0.022 1340 0.111 0.2 64 909 412 468 57 0.29 2018 16 Aug. 18 508 40.5 3800 4.8 0.036 996 0.16 1.75 45 413 292 439 43 2.79 2018 16 Aug. 19 406 45 3000 4.6 0.032 861 0.147 1.39 38 430 260 398 46 2.55 2018 14 Aug. 20 464 43.6 2900 4.2 0.026 770 0.061 0.3 26 1690 91.5 424 42 2.09 2018 14 Aug. 21 423 36.6 3000 5.4 0.012 791 0.115 0.93 24 848 168 353 36 1.77 2018 16 Aug. 22 630 45.3 1300 5.4 0.06 1150 0.283 0.08 61 1020 326 235 42 2.92 2018 15 Aug. 23 462 26.8 8700 4.1 0.02 889 0.098 0.87 29 695 247 333 49 4.82 2018 14 Aug. 24 525 39.6 2100 6.9 0.031 1160 0.168 2.15 33 223 287 570 45 5.67 2018 14 Aug. 25 226 41.6 4800 7 0.03 690 0.336 3.92 37 151 418 438 49 2.61 2018 15 Aug. 26 171 17.9 1800 5.8 0.013 391 0.062 0.04 19 67 319 69.1 23 3.06 2018 15 Aug. 28 954 39.8 2700 5.8 0.035 3190 0.067 0.34 46 729 528 704 49 3.03 2018 15 Aug. 29 311 21.3 1400 5.6 0.006 5300 0.067 2.03 46 684 846 825 67 3.06 2018 14 Aug. 30 658 49.3 2500 6.9 0.024 1600 0.398 3.95 55 415 764 773 54 2.21 2018 14 Aug. 32 555 23.5 2500 7 0.019 1820 0.42 3.23 51 395 662 676 61 1.5 2018 15 Aug. 33 165 27.4 1000 5.2 0.038 33.3 0.085 0.02 39 23 156 73 24 5.75 2018 15 Aug. 34 604 28 4000 5.3 0.017 1750 0.067 1.03 47 860 287 511 54 9.31 2018 15 Aug. 35 458 35.5 4100 6.2 0.001 2020 0.044 1.43 52 667 244 996 125 14.6 2018 225

Sampling Organic TN Site No. TP F pH As Hg Cd Cr Cu Pb Zn Ni Tl date (g/kg) (%) 15 Aug. 36 1930 22.6 3400 4.8 0.005 6560 0.694 1.67 33 863 51.8 761 28 19.7 2018 15 Aug. 37 179 64.2 1100 5.2 0.031 29.6 0.081 0.02 40 24 126 74.6 26 6.22 2018 14 Aug. 38 571 28.5 4500 7 0.024 1450 0.317 1.69 41 288 225 389 46 10.9 2018 14 Aug. 39 487 39.5 3400 6.8 0.038 1040 0.469 2.67 56 290 653 567 71 4.62 2018 14 Aug. 40 638 22 2000 7 0.019 1920 0.484 5.94 51 452 994 1100 43 2.42 2018 14 Aug. 41 202 41 1800 4.3 0.013 348 0.225 0.05 15 104 66.6 53.6 14 1.66 2018 14 Aug. 42 200 36 8500 3.9 0.005 279 0.12 0.35 36 734 1560 442 43 8.54 2018 14 Aug. 43 252 34.2 4700 3.7 0.019 434 0.142 0.22 23 907 112 306 31 0.987 2018 15 Aug. 44 202 28 1600 4.2 0.049 298 0.157 0.05 21 45 61.9 53.2 14 0.7 2018 15 Aug. 45 123 9.09 1400 4.4 0.008 31.6 0.088 0.02 41 24 107 75 29 0.681 2018 16 Aug. 46 62 20.3 3200 5.5 0.007 172 0.122 0.02 30 56 70.5 79.4 21 2.03 2018 16 Aug. 47 77 27.8 2900 5.8 0.005 102 0.11 0.02 30 57 68.4 77.7 17 1.17 2018 16 Aug. 48 164 18.7 1100 5.4 0.021 107 0.126 0.01 53 40 74.5 88 28 1.57 2018 14 Aug. 49 623 33.7 1300 5.3 0.002 2450 0.52 0.73 34 180 328 325 40 1.02 2018 14 Aug. 50 84 13.4 1500 5.2 14000 335 0.213 ND ND 17 80.2 27.7 14 0.687 2018 14 Aug. 51 550 59.4 1400 6.9 0.012 1220 0.309 0.11 38 360 147 90.8 24 0.93 2018 14 Aug. 52 1190 22 1200 3.9 0.017 3080 0.324 0.02 83 637 173 53.6 34 0.617 2018 14 Aug. 53 663 5.3 2100 5.3 0.009 1990 0.453 1.51 37 566 930 796 40 1.12 2018 16 Aug. 54 303 28.6 3200 4.9 0.016 532 0.105 0.2 33 164 294 236 41 0.66 2018

226

Sampling Organic TN Site No. TP F pH As Hg Cd Cr Cu Pb Zn Ni Tl date (g/kg) (%) 16 Aug. 55 122 20.6 3800 5.9 0.003 195 0.063 0.84 21 69 183 146 26 11.2 2018 16 Aug. 56 187 42.7 977 4.8 0.063 131 0.054 0.15 39 34 73.8 87.2 18 0.876 2018 16 Aug. 57 208 39.2 1300 5.4 0.019 378 0.44 0.14 64 163 928 217 85 2.18 2018 16 Aug. 58 445 34.7 2800 4.3 0.02 216 0.078 0.04 94 562 219 112 43 3.36 2018 16 Aug. 59 169 23.8 2300 6.1 0.014 331 0.093 5.44 42 111 713 620 31 0.277 2018 14 Aug. 60 1100 47.2 2300 5.4 0.023 2860 0.46 0.88 33 650 328 600 36 0.621 2018 14 Aug. 61 418 26.1 2200 6.7 0.038 864 0.099 0.19 32 146 108 95.4 21 1.6 2018 14 Aug. 62 201 38.2 1900 6.9 0.001 384 0.117 0.03 24 73 44.9 60.6 35 0.395 2018 16 Aug. 64 104 29.3 2500 5.7 0.011 213 0.101 3.34 24 119 338 457 34 1.19 2018 16 Aug. 65 621 35.8 2200 5.6 0.017 485 0.339 0.16 85 261 3240 319 94 0.432 2018 16 Aug. 66 272 51.4 2400 4.9 0.038 160 0.229 0.1 102 291 562 119 100 1.03 2018 16 Aug. 67 485 28.1 1800 5.2 0.025 319 0.398 0.16 89 1210 923 264 50 1.46 2018 16 Aug. 68 862 55.5 2200 5.8 0.038 1890 0.492 0.09 81 330 1970 436 78 1.14 2018 16 Aug. 69 838 27.3 1600 5.4 0.009 682 0.179 0.11 65 545 2990 165 139 0.6 2018 16 Aug. 70 564 31.6 1800 4.9 0.009 282 0.295 0.47 87 254 685 329 61 0.584 2018 16 Aug. 71 513 31.3 4300 5.1 0.016 292 0.3 0.11 84 164 1190 353 52 1.3 2018 16 Aug. 72 438 26.6 1700 3.9 0.076 338 0.2 0.17 78 175 213 208 32 1.39 2018 16 Aug. 73 764 38.4 3400 4.8 0.025 914 0.198 1.61 79 256 3620 471 74 1.26 2018 16 Aug. 74 434 23.5 2900 4.7 0.034 204 0.128 0.32 101 291 313 139 99 1.49 2018 227

Sampling Organic TN Site No. TP F pH As Hg Cd Cr Cu Pb Zn Ni Tl date (g/kg) (%) 16 Aug. 75 474 24.9 1400 3.5 0.028 112 0.316 0.15 166 671 61 79.4 36 1.28 2018 16 Aug. 76 402 21.4 799 6 0.043 244 0.494 0.18 118 180 126 140 50 1.81 2018 15 Aug. 77 480 30.9 1700 5.6 0.015 96.5 0.326 0.09 173 134 43.2 67.7 34 2.33 2018 15 Aug. 78 389 20.9 1300 4.8 0.022 91.7 0.383 0.09 176 134 39.9 71.6 40 1.82 2018 15 Aug. 79 449 26.3 1400 4.7 0.023 96.3 0.458 0.07 165 132 32.9 71.2 31 1.67 2018 15 Aug. 80 464 25.1 1800 4.8 0.014 115 0.391 0.06 169 120 28.7 65.3 32 0.67 2018 15 Aug. 81 790 36.8 2200 5.2 0.042 710 0.215 0.03 79 270 27.3 125 49 2.32 2018 15 Aug. 82 276 36 627 5.8 0.006 253 0.102 0.58 40 96 87 88.4 18 2.09 2018 15 Aug. 83 342 22.6 738 6.4 0.024 230 0.147 0.31 59 112 81.9 112 36 2.21 2018 15 Aug. 84 1530 30.5 6600 3.7 0.013 4710 0.12 0.83 42 856 13 156 41 1.04 2018 15 Aug. 85 554 68.1 6500 5.9 0.001 103 0.28 ND 64 44 36 38.2 24 1.38 2018 15 Aug. 86 660 33 3100 3.2 0.023 1050 0.131 0.43 40 1760 143 144 33 2.54 2018 15 Aug. 87 434 52.8 2700 5.9 0.038 665 0.163 0.7 41 304 160 215 40 4.34 2018 15 Aug. 88 392 66.1 2000 5.6 0.001 1070 0.355 6.37 57 459 509 732 91 10.5 2018 15 Aug. 89 634 75.8 1400 4.2 0.004 1050 0.188 2.62 31 611 155 374 73 9.65 2018 15 Aug. 90 291 19.9 4900 5.6 0.009 83 0.658 ND 135 55 22.7 56.9 35 0.867 2018 15 Aug. 91 628 64 1500 6.4 0.023 52.5 0.561 0.07 119 50 25.5 49.2 44 2.42 2018 15 Aug. 92 511 39.4 1600 6.4 0.019 463 0.591 0.79 53 292 207 308 63 5.07 2018 15 Aug. 93 302 42.8 1800 6.5 0.007 422 0.383 1.32 29 198 190 254 36 2.9 2018

228

Sampling Organic TN Site No. TP F pH As Hg Cd Cr Cu Pb Zn Ni Tl date (g/kg) (%) 15 Aug. 94 238 43.5 1200 6.2 0.008 90.7 0.666 0.07 132 58 36.5 53.1 33 0.84 2018 15 Aug. 95 801 36.1 1900 6.4 0.016 97.4 0.567 0.02 95 136 96 76.8 71 2.57 2018 15 Aug. 96 349 25.8 6000 5.6 0.02 282 0.325 0.12 17 137 69.8 76.6 25 4.22 2018 15 Aug. 98 504 20.7 2500 4.3 0.017 972 0.088 1.57 40 440 187 298 31 3.49 2018 15 Aug. 99 564 41.3 3100 5.8 0.019 665 0.086 1.76 82 595 220 264 78 2.79 2018 15 Aug. 100 403 22.2 4700 5.9 0.017 644 0.375 0.9 26 317 169 226 29 2.76 2018 15 Aug. 101 510 23.1 2900 6 0.019 1090 0.491 1.48 42 526 298 322 47 4.09 2018 15 Aug. 102 478 2.6 9100 3.4 0.004 455 0.376 0.35 18 303 80.7 65.7 18 5.08 2018 14 Aug. 103 522 24.4 1600 4.7 0.029 1000 0.31 0.32 53 446 137 167 39 4.29 2018 14 Aug. 104 439 31.6 2000 7 0.053 917 0.375 8.76 59 241 974 1120 60 5.39 2018 14 Aug. 105 456 35.3 2000 7 0.053 1000 0.554 8.56 47 230 934 1070 66 7.85 2018 23 Jan. A1 343 12 2830 5.1 0.032 1020 0.315 0.02 48 137 26.6 168 37 2.51 2019 23 Jan. A2 527 4.7 2360 5.2 0.015 70.7 0.101 0 69 416 308 62.5 33 2.55 2019 23 Jan. A3 328 3.6 2200 5.3 0.011 204 0.118 0.03 60 458 280 108 44 2.27 2019 24 Jan. A4 722 54.3 2820 5.5 0.214 177 0.321 1.41 85 186 504 344 68 1.21 2019 24 Jan. A5 236 16 2760 5.3 0.011 256 0.262 0.06 27 32 78.9 132 26 1.27 2019 24 Jan. A6 786 21.2 2820 5.7 0.048 1220 0.382 0.17 75 215 109 332 56 2.49 2019 24 Jan. A7 476 3 4190 5.1 0.015 312 0.273 0.08 108 206 16.9 246 60 1.02 2019 23 Jan. A8 270 12.7 1460 6 0.023 122 0.248 0.09 78 73 39.4 95.5 31 1.64 2019 229

Sampling Organic TN Site No. TP F pH As Hg Cd Cr Cu Pb Zn Ni Tl date (g/kg) (%) 23 Jan. A9 791 31.1 1260 5.2 0.12 132 0.34 0.43 80 42 49 121 22 1.54 2019 23 Jan. A10 565 56.7 1420 5.1 0.121 367 0.256 0.42 70 102 103 114 29 1.12 2019 23 Jan. A11 398 65.5 1670 5.2 0.115 164 0.267 0.09 73 65 53.7 95.3 26 1.63 2019 23 Jan. A12 723 43.4 1800 5.8 0.047 372 0.297 0.12 71 424 31.4 91.7 31 1.37 2019 23 Jan. A13 1140 21 1090 6 0.083 2790 0.055 0.98 23 2390 55.9 201 28 1.41 2019 23 Jan. A14 1210 9.7 1170 5.9 0.08 184 0.176 0.77 63 70 84.3 172 18 1.08 2019 24 Jan. A15 714 90.5 1860 4.8 0.012 840 0.326 0.32 76 118 9.4 89.8 30 1.35 2019 24 Jan. A16 620 20.9 1870 5.1 0.034 457 0.395 0.1 101 151 6.3 125 35 1.47 2019 24 Jan. A17 532 68.1 3240 4.6 0.093 341 0.307 0.08 106 80 12.6 89.3 28 1.32 2019 24 Jan. A18 551 42.2 2510 4.9 0.071 386 0.375 0.11 96 109 20.3 131 29 1.23 2019 24 Jan. A19 584 11.9 1130 4.9 0.033 561 0.33 0.09 98 91 105 176 33 0.375 2019 23 Jan. A20 1580 11.9 5860 4.6 0.007 3160 0.038 1.84 22 2640 118 39 40 1.48 2019 23 Jan. A21 1460 18.6 1070 6.1 0.006 4260 0.074 13.3 39 3300 288 1510 70 0.588 2019 23 Jan. A22 335 20.8 2540 5.6 0.012 232 0.05 0.11 19 75 75.9 56.5 11 0.645 2019 23 Jan. A23 372 22.2 1710 6 0.008 157 0.352 0.02 68 189 29 60.9 20 0.449 2019 24 Jan. A24 1410 17.9 6890 3.9 0.006 3000 0.047 0.98 31 964 106 114 20 1.28 2019 24 Jan. A25 458 9.5 1720 5 0.012 482 0.15 0.29 58 518 450 107 41 1.35 2019 24 Jan. A26 187 7 1860 5.3 0.007 58 0.019 0.04 13 98 68.3 37.9 10 2.35 2019 23 Jan. A27 342 28.1 1880 5.1 0.052 204 0.13 0.06 49 76 60 84.1 25 1.62 2019

230

Sampling Organic TN Site No. TP F pH As Hg Cd Cr Cu Pb Zn Ni Tl date (g/kg) (%) 23 Jan. A28 197 6.9 1980 6.1 0.005 123 0.024 0.11 13 53 205 18.6 9 2.07 2019 23 Jan. A29 124 8.4 1870 5.4 0.01 348 0.016 0.05 22 79 91.7 81 13 1.45 2019 23 Jan. A30 181 21.9 2560 5.2 0.044 163 0.08 0.15 39 38 45.8 59 18 2.55 2019 23 Jan. A31 308 12.3 3510 5.6 0.03 946 0.184 0.04 52 141 90.2 169 32 1.88 2019 23 Jan. A32 118 20.2 2810 6 0.024 163 0.132 0.05 46 47 37.8 88.2 25 2.06 2019 24 Jan. A33 598 57.2 2800 5.1 0.111 470 0.214 0.12 91 90 120 127 42 0.396 2019 24 Jan. A34 613 36 1950 5.1 0.072 725 0.227 0.43 57 158 198 178 36 1.23 2019 23 Jan. A35 237 55.5 764 6.6 0.113 18.2 0.1 0.14 56 14 15 69.1 22 0.374 2019 23 Jan. A36 1080 37.4 1380 7.6 0.076 30.4 0.15 0.44 54 44 29.4 238 100 1.01 2019 13 Nov. Q1 677 10.3 1200 7.3 0.102 63 0.327 0.31 80 53 38 161 67 3.52 2018 Source: DEIA and feasibility study report.

E. Table APP2-5: Soil Baseline of the Project Area – Kedashan Subproject (mg/kg except for pH)

Sites Testing Date pH As Hg Cd Cr Cu Pb Zn Ni Tl 23 15 Aug. 2018 4.1 889 0.098 0.87 29 695 247 333 49 4.82 47 16 Aug. 2018 5.8 102 0.11 0.02 30 57 68.4 77.7 17 1.17 48 16 Aug. 2018 5.4 107 0.126 0.01 53 40 74.5 88.0 28 1.57 50 14 Aug. 2018 5.2 335 0.213 ND ND 17 80.2 27.7 14 0.687 55 16 Aug. 2018 5.9 195 0.063 0.84 21 69 183 146 26 11.2 89 15 Aug. 2018 4.2 1050 0.188 2.62 31 611 155 374 73 9.65 90 15 Aug. 2018 5.6 83 0.658 ND 135 55 22.7 56.9 35 0.867 94 15 Aug. 2018 6.2 90.7 0.666 0.07 132 58 36.5 53.1 33 0.840 231

Sites Testing Date pH As Hg Cd Cr Cu Pb Zn Ni Tl 97 15 Aug. 2018 4.3 2510 0.04 1.44 6 2680 148 165 8 0.286 98 15 Aug. 2018 4.3 972 0.088 1.57 40 440 187 298 31 3.49 101 15 Aug. 2018 6.0 1090 0.491 1.48 42 526 298 322 47 4.09 Source: DEIA Institute.

F. Table APP2-6: Soil Baseline of Landfill and Stabilizing Sites (mg/kg except for pH)

Sites Testing Date Cu Pb Zn Ni Cd Cr As Hg pH S742 19 Nov. 2019 273.25 106.05 160.08 28.5 0.27 81.1 966.04 0.22 4.47 S833 19 Nov. 2019 124.74 393.05 324.91 34.0 0.52 52.7 759.41 0.19 4.90 S834 19 Nov. 2019 222.46 193.67 80.5 10.5 0.22 63.3 922.78 0.050 2.75 S835 19 Nov. 2019 243.90 22.0 27.9 2.12 0.070 60.1 1644.68 0.054 2.63 S836 20 Nov. 2019 473.58 137.21 84.3 19.7 0.16 80 1188.22 0.15 4.24 S929 20 Nov. 2019 181.97 121.07 136.26 30.7 0.18 92.9 468.68 0.21 4.95 S930 20 Nov. 2019 83.7 81.2 126.66 22.4 0.51 54.4 876.33 0.28 4.79 S1022 19 Nov. 2019 174.66 75.6 164.20 38.0 0.21 115.57 506.17 0.46 5.13 S1023 19 Nov. 2019 154.59 71.9 150.01 33.3 0.13 114.1 379.91 0.32 4.93 S1024 19 Nov. 2019 299.52 166.52 115.38 40.5 0.12 126.73 353.87 0.40 5.01 S1110 20 Nov. 2019 188.39 98.6 182.35 37.6 0.21 127.11 539.69 0.38 5.18 S1111 19 Nov. 2019 252.09 66.3 137.15 32.3 0.16 148.39 470.01 0.55 5.11 S1187 19 Nov. 2019 201.12 83.2 159.24 37.8 0.15 118.77 566.1 0.34 4.91 S1188 20 Nov. 2019 241.03 162.76 124.49 46.7 0.30 126.16 266.52 0.28 4.97

G. Table APP2-7:Sediment Baseline for Kedashan Subproject (mg/kg except for pH)

Sites Sampling. Date F pH As Hg Cd Cr Cu Ni Pb Zn Tl S1 16 Aug. 2018 2900 6.5 *783 0.167 2.23 35 420 10 809 423 8.393 S2 16 Aug. 2018 3400 6.2 *469 0.159 1.63 38 492 19 203 429 8.34

232

Sites Sampling. Date F pH As Hg Cd Cr Cu Ni Pb Zn Tl S3 16 Aug. 2018 2300 6.3 *574 0.099 1.91 33 336 7 808 316 13.8 S4 16 Aug. 2018 8100 6.9 *1980 0.092 1.66 39 1650 10 214 343 9.55 S5 16 Aug. 2018 6400 6.6 *703 0.16 1.91 35 570 19 327 474 6.28 S6 14 Aug. 2018 6800 7.1 *1070 0.161 7.85 59 203 23 756 702 7.18 S7 15 Aug. 2018 5100 5.6 *1870 0.549 2.27 41 1380 62 358 898 7.81 S8 16 Aug. 2018 3500 7.4 *177 0.178 1.69 30 85 8 267 339 9.46 S9 16 Aug. 2018 7400 7.3 *126 0.184 1.13 41 116 8 154 463 9.57 S10 15 Aug. 2018 3100 7 *280 0.221 2.88 59 173 40 186 695 4.19 S11 16 Aug. 2018 1300 5.2 *876 0.167 1.9 50 365 24 250 882 4.29 Source: DEIA Institute.

233

APPENDIX 3: HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN FOR COVID-19 CONSIDERATIONS IN CONSTRUCTION/CIVIL WORKS WITHIN ADB HEZHOU PROJECT

I. INTRODUCTION

The COVID-19 pandemic presents Governments with unprecedented challenges. Addressing COVID-19 related issues in both existing and new operations starts with recognizing that this is not business as usual and that circumstances require a highly adaptive responsive management design to avoid, minimize and manage what may be a rapidly evolving situation.

This plan emphasizes the importance of careful scenario planning, clear procedures and protocols, management systems, effective communication and coordination, and the need for high levels of responsiveness in a changing environment. It recommends assessing the current situation of the project, putting in place mitigation measures to avoid or minimize the chance of infection, and planning what to do if either project workers become infected or the work force includes workers from proximate communities affected by COVID-19. In many projects, measures to avoid or minimize will need to be implemented at the same time as dealing with sick workers and relations with the community, some of whom may also be ill or concerned about infection. Borrowers should understand the obligations that contractors have under their existing contracts (see Section 3), require contractors to put in place appropriate organizational structures (see Section 4) and develop procedures to address different aspects of COVID-19 (see Section 5).

II. CHALLENGES WITH CONSTRUCTION/CIVIL WORKS

Projects involving construction/civil works frequently involve a large work force, together with suppliers and supporting functions and services. The work force may comprise workers from international, national, regional, and local labor markets. They may need to live in on-site accommodation, lodge within communities close to work sites or return to their homes after work. There may be different contractors permanently present on site, carrying out different activities, each with their own dedicated workers. Supply chains may involve international, regional and national suppliers facilitating the regular flow of goods and services to the project (including supplies essential to the project such as fuel, food, and water). As such there will also be regular flow of parties entering and exiting the site; support services, such as catering, cleaning services, equipment, material and supply deliveries, and specialist sub-contractors, brought in to deliver specific elements of the works.

Given the complexity and the concentrated number of workers, the potential for the spread of infectious disease in projects involving construction is extremely serious, as are the implications of such a spread. Projects may experience large numbers of the work force becoming ill, which will strain the project’s health facilities, have implications for local emergency and health services and may jeopardize the progress of the construction work and the schedule of the project. Such impacts will be exacerbated where a work force is large and/or the project is in remote or under- serviced areas. In such circumstances, relationships with the community can be strained or difficult and conflict can arise, particularly if people feel they are being exposed to disease by the project or are having to compete for scarce resources. The project must also exercise appropriate precautions against introducing the infection to local communities.

III. COVID-19 PREPARATION WITHIN CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

Given the unprecedented nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, it is unlikely that the existing construction/civil works contracts will cover all the things that a prudent contractor will need to do. Nevertheless, the first place for a Borrower to start is with the contract, determining what a contractor’s existing obligations are, and how these relate to the current situation.

234

According to the standard FIDIC (International Federation of Consulting Engineers), Conditions of Contract for Construction (Second Edition 2017) states (in the General Conditions, clause 6.7) that the Contractor will be required to:

(i) take all necessary precautions to maintain the health and safety of the Contractor’s Personnel,

(ii) appoint a health and safety officer at site, who will have the authority to issue directives for the purpose of maintaining the health and safety of all personnel authorized to enter and or work on the site and to take protective measures to prevent accidents,

(iii) ensure, in collaboration with local health authorities, that medical staff, first aid facilities, sick bay, ambulance services and any other medical services specified are available at all times at the site and at any accommodation, and

(iv) ensure suitable arrangements are made for all necessary welfare and hygiene requirements and for the prevention of epidemics.

Beyond FIDIC’s general requirements discussed above, the Bank’s Standard Bidding Document (Section 8: Special Conditions of Contract)include a number of relevant requirements on the Contractor (Term 22.2.27), including:

The Contractor shall throughout the contract (including the Defect Liability Period),

(i) conduct Information, Education, and Consultation Communication (IEC)campaigns, at least every other month, addressed to all the Site staff and labor (including all the Contractor’s employees, all Subcontractor’s and Employer’s and Project Manager’s employees, and all truck drivers and crew making deliveries to Site for construction activities) and to the immediate local communities, concerning the risks, dangers, and impact, and appropriate avoidance behavior with respect to Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STD)—or Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI) in general and HIV/AIDS in particular;

(ii) provide male or female condoms for all Site staff and labor as appropriate;

(iii) provide for STI and HIV/AIDS screening, diagnosis, counseling, and referral to a dedicated national STI and HIV/AIDS program, (unless otherwise agreed) of all Site staff and labor.

The Contractor shall include in the program to be submitted for the execution of the Facilities under Subclause 18.2 an alleviation program for Site staff and labor and their families in respect of STI and STD including HIV/AIDS. The STI, STD, and HIV/AIDS alleviation program shall indicate when, how, and at what cost the Contractor plans to satisfy the requirements of this Subclause and the related specification. For each component, the program shall detail the resources to be provided or utilized and any related subcontracting proposed. The program shall also include provision of a detailed cost estimate with supporting documentation.

IV. PIU/CLIENT RESPONSIBILITY

PIUs/Clients should confirm that projects (i) are taking adequate precautions to prevent or minimize an outbreak of COVID-19, and (ii) have identified what to do in the event of an outbreak. Suggestions on how to do this are set out below:

•The PIU, either directly or through the Supervising Engineer, should request details in writing from the main Contractor of the measures being taken to address the risks. As stated in Section 3, the construction contract should include health and safety requirements, and these can be used as the basis for identification of, and requirements to implement, COVID-19 specific measures. The measures may be presented as a contingency plan, as an extension of the existing project emergency and preparedness plan or as standalone procedures. The measures may be reflected 235 in revisions to the project’s health and safety manual. This request should be made in writing (following any relevant procedure set out in the contract between the Borrower and the contractor).

(i) In making the request, it may be helpful for the PIU to specify the areas that should be covered. This should include the items set out in Section 5 below and take into account current and relevant guidance provided by national authorities, WHO and other organizations.

(ii) The PIU should require the Contractor to convene regular meetings with the project health and safety specialists and medical staff (and where appropriate the local health authorities), and to take their advice in designing and implementing the agreed measures.

(iii) A senior person should be identified as a focal point to deal with COVID-19 issues. This can be a work supervisor or a health and safety specialist. This person can be responsible for coordinating preparation of the site and making sure that the measures taken are communicated to the workers, those entering the site and the local community. It is also advisable to designate at least one back-up person, in case the focal point becomes ill; that person should be aware of the arrangements that are in place.

(iv) On sites where there are a number of contractors and therefore (in effect) different work forces, the request should emphasize the importance of coordination and communication between the different parties. Where necessary, the PIU should request the main contractor to put in place a protocol for regular meetings of the different contractors, requiring each to appoint a designated staff member (with back up) to attend such meetings. If meetings cannot be held in person, they should be conducted using whatever IT is available. The effectiveness of mitigation measures will depend on the weakest implementation, and therefore it is important that all contractors and sub-contractors understand the risks and the procedure to be followed.

(v) The PIU, either directly or through the Supervising Engineer, may provide support to projects in identifying appropriate mitigation measures, particularly where these will involve interface with local services, in particular health and emergency services. In many cases, the PIU can play a valuable role in connecting project representatives with local Government agencies, and helping coordinate a strategic response, which takes into account the availability of resources. To be most effective, projects should consult and coordinate with relevant Government agencies and other projects in the vicinity.

(vi) Workers should be encouraged to use the existing project grievance mechanism to report concerns relating to COVID-19, preparations being made by the project to address COVID- 19 related issues, how procedures are being implemented, and concerns about the health of their co-workers and other staff.

V. CONTRACTOR PRACTICE ON SITE

The Contractor should identify measures to address the COVID-19 situation according to the context of the project: the location, existing project resources, availability of supplies, capacity of local emergency/health services, the extent to which the virus already exist in the area. Measures to address COVID-19 may be presented in different ways (as a contingency plan, as an extension of the existing project emergency and preparedness plan or as standalone procedures). PIUs and contractors should refer to guidance issued by relevant authorities, both national and international (e.g., WHO), which is regularly updated.

Addressing COVID-19 at a project site goes beyond occupational health and safety, and is a broader project issue which will require the involvement of different members of a project

236 management team. In many cases, the most effective approach will be to establish procedures to address the issues, and then to ensure that these procedures are implemented systematically. Where appropriate given the project context, a designated team should be established to address COVID-19 issues, including PIU representatives, the Supervising Engineer, management (e.g. the project manager) of the contractor and sub-contractors, security, and medical and OHS professionals. Procedures should be clear and straightforward, improved as necessary, and supervised and monitored by the COVID-19 focal point(s). Procedures should be documented, distributed to all contractors, and discussed at regular meetings to facilitate adaptive management. The issues set out below include a number that represent expected good workplace management but are especially pertinent in preparing the project response to COVID-19.

ASSESSING WORKFORCE CHARACTERISTICS

Many construction sites will have a mix of workers e.g., workers from the local communities; workers from a different part of the country; workers from another country. Workers will be employed under different terms and conditions and be accommodated in different ways. Assessing these different aspects of the workforce will help in identifying appropriate mitigation measures:

(i) The Contractor should prepare a detailed profile of the project work force, key work activities, schedule for carrying out such activities, different durations of contract and rotations (e.g., 4 weeks on, 4 weeks off).

(ii) This should include a breakdown of workers who reside at home (i.e. workers from the community), workers who lodge within the local community and workers in on-site accommodation. Where possible, it should also identify workers that may be more at risk from COVID-19, those with underlying health issues or who may be otherwise at risk.

(iii) Consideration should be given to ways in which to minimize movement in and out of site. This could include lengthening the term of existing contracts, to avoid workers returning home to affected areas, or returning to site from affected areas.

(iv) Workers accommodated on site should be required to minimize contact with people near the site, and in certain cases be prohibited from leaving the site for the duration of their contract, so that contact with local communities is avoided.

(v) Consideration should be given to requiring workers lodging in the local community to move to site accommodation (subject to availability) where they would be subject to the same restrictions. Workers from local communities, who return home daily, weekly, or monthly, will be more difficult to manage. They should be subject to health checks at entry to the site (as set out above) and at some point, circumstances may make it necessary to require them to either use accommodation on site or not to come to work.

ENTRY/EXIT TO THE WORK SITE AND CHECKS ON COMMENCEMENT OF WORK

Entry/exit to the work site should be controlled and documented for both workers and other parties, including support staff and suppliers. Possible measures may include:

•Establishing a system for controlling entry/exit to the site, securing the boundaries of the site, and establishing designating entry/exit points (if they do not already exist). Entry/exit to the site should be documented.

(i) Training security staff on the (enhanced) system that has been put in place for securing the site and controlling entry and exit, the behaviors required of them in enforcing such system and any COVID -19 specific considerations.

(ii) Training staff who will be monitoring entry to the site, providing them with the resources they need to document entry of workers, conducting temperature checks and recording 237

details of any worker that is denied entry.

(iii) Confirming that workers are fit for work before they enter the site or start work. While procedures should already be in place for this, special attention should be paid to workers with underlying health issues or who may be otherwise at risk. Consideration should be given to demobilization of staff with underlying health issues.

(iv) Checking and recording temperatures of workers and other people entering the site or requiring self-reporting prior to or on entering the site.

(v) Providing daily briefings to workers prior to commencing work, focusing on COVID-19 specific considerations including cough etiquette, hand hygiene and distancing measures, using demonstrations and participatory methods.

(vi) During the daily briefings, reminding workers to self-monitor for possible symptoms (fever, cough) and to report to their supervisor or the COVID-19 focal point if they have symptoms or are feeling unwell.

(vii) Preventing a worker from an affected area or who has been in contact with an infected person from returning to the site for 14 days or (if that is not possible) isolating such worker for 14 days.

(viii) Preventing a sick worker from entering the site, referring them to local health facilities if necessary or requiring them to isolate at home for 14 days.

GENERAL HYGIENE

Requirements on general hygiene should be communicated and monitored, to include:

(i) Training workers and staff on site on the signs and symptoms of COVID-19, how it is spread, how to protect themselves (including regular handwashing and social distancing) and what to do if they or other people have symptoms (for further information see WHO COVID-19 advice for the public).

(ii) Placing posters and signs around the site, with images and text in local languages.

(iii) Ensuring handwashing facilities supplied with soap, disposable paper towels and closed waste bins exist at key places throughout site, including at entrances/exits to work areas; where there is a toilet, canteen or food distribution, or provision of drinking water; in worker accommodation; at waste stations; at stores; and in common spaces. Where handwashing facilities do not exist or are not adequate, arrangements should be made to set them up. Alcohol based sanitizer (if available, 60-95% alcohol) can also be used.

(iv) Review worker accommodations, and assess them in light of the requirements set out in IFC/EBRD guidance on Workers’ Accommodation: processes and standards, which provides valuable guidance as to good practice for accommodation.

(v) Setting aside part of worker accommodation for precautionary self-quarantine as well as more formal isolation of staff who may be infected (see paragraph (f)).

CLEANING AND WASTE DISPOSAL

Conduct regular and thorough cleaning of all site facilities, including offices, accommodation, canteens, common spaces. Review cleaning protocols for key construction equipment (particularly

238 if it is being operated by different workers). This should include:

(i) Providing cleaning staff with adequate cleaning equipment, materials, and disinfectant.

(ii) Review general cleaning systems, training cleaning staff on appropriate cleaning procedures and appropriate frequency in high use or high-risk areas.

(iii) Where it is anticipated that cleaners will be required to clean areas that have been or are suspected to have been contaminated with COVID-19, providing them with appropriate PPE: gowns or aprons, gloves, eye protection (masks, goggles or face screens) and boots or closed work shoes. If appropriate PPE is not available, cleaners should be provided with best available alternatives.

(iv) Training cleaners in proper hygiene (including handwashing) prior to, during and after conducting cleaning activities; how to safely use PPE (where required); in waste control (including for used PPE and cleaning materials).

(v) Any medical waste produced during the care of ill workers should be collected safely in designated containers or bags and treated and disposed of following relevant requirements (e.g., national, WHO). If open burning and incineration of medical wastes is necessary, this should be for as limited a duration as possible. Waste should be reduced and segregated, so that only the smallest amount of waste is incinerated (for further information see WHO interim guidance on water, sanitation and waste management for COVID-19).

ADJUSTING WORK PRACTICES

Consider changes to work processes and timings to reduce or minimize contact between workers, recognizing that this is likely to impact the project schedule. Such measures could include:

(i) Decreasing the size of work teams.

(ii) Limiting the number of workers on site at any one time.

(iii) Changing to a 24-hour work rotation.

(iv) Adapting or redesigning work processes for specific work activities and tasks to enable social distancing, and training workers on these processes.

(v) Continuing with the usual safety trainings, adding COVID-19 specific considerations. Training should include proper use of normal PPE. While as of the date of this plan, general advice is that construction workers do not require COVID-19 specific PPE, this should be kept under review (for further information see WHO interim guidance on rational use of personal protective equipment (PPE) for COVID-19).

(vi) Reviewing work methods to reduce use of construction PPE, in case supplies become scarce or the PPE is needed for medical workers or cleaners. This could include, e.g., trying to reduce the need for dust masks by checking that water sprinkling systems are in good working order and are maintained or reducing the speed limit for haul trucks.

(vii) Arranging (where possible) for work breaks to be taken in outdoor areas within the site.

(viii) Consider changing canteen layouts and phasing meal times to allow for social distancing and phasing access to and/or temporarily restricting access to leisure facilities that may exist on site, including gyms.

(ix) At some point, it may be necessary to review the overall project schedule, to assess the extent to which it needs to be adjusted (or work stopped completely) to reflect prudent work 239

practices, potential exposure of both workers and the community and availability of supplies, taking into account Government advice and instructions.

PROJECT MEDICAL SERVICES

Consider whether existing project medical services are adequate, taking into account existing infrastructure (size of clinic/medical post, number of beds, isolation facilities), medical staff, equipment and supplies, procedures and training. Where these are not adequate, consider upgrading services where possible, including:

(i) Expanding medical infrastructure and preparing areas where patients can be isolated. Guidance on setting up isolation facilities is set out in WHO interim guidance on considerations for quarantine of individuals in the context of containment for COVID-19). Isolation facilities should be located away from worker accommodation and ongoing work activities. Where possible, workers should be provided with a single well-ventilated room (open windows and door). Where this is not possible, isolation facilities should allow at least 1 meter between workers in the same room, separating workers with curtains, if possible. Sick workers should limit their movements, avoiding common areas and facilities and not be allowed visitors until they have been clear of symptoms for 14 days. If they need to use common areas and facilities (e.g., kitchens or canteens), they should only do so when unaffected workers are not present and the area/facilities should be cleaned prior to and after such use.

(ii) Training medical staff, which should include current WHO advice on COVID-19 and recommendations on the specifics of COVID-19. Where COVID-19 infection is suspected, medical providers on site should follow WHO interim guidance on infection prevention and control during health care when novel coronavirus (nCoV) infection is suspected.

(iii) Training medical staff in testing, if testing is available.

(iv) Assessing the current stock of equipment, supplies and medicines on site, and obtaining additional stock, where required and possible. This could include medical PPE, such as gowns, aprons, medical masks, gloves, and eye protection. Refer to WHO guidance as to what is advised (for further information see WHO interim guidance on rational use of personal protective equipment (PPE) for COVID-19).

(v) If PPE items are unavailable due to world-wide shortages, medical staff on the project should agree on alternatives and try to procure them. Alternatives that may commonly be found on constructions sites include dust masks, construction gloves and eye goggles. While these items are not recommended, they should be used as a last resort if no medical PPE is available.

(vi) Ventilators will not normally be available on work sites, and in any event, intubation should only be conducted by experienced medical staff. If a worker is extremely ill and unable to breathe properly on his or her own, they should be referred immediately to the local hospital (see (g) below).

(vii) Review existing methods for dealing with medical waste, including systems for storage and disposal (for further information see WHO interim guidance on water, sanitation, and waste management for COVID-19, and WHO guidance on safe management of wastes from health-care activities).

240

LOCAL MEDICAL AND OTHER SERVICES

Given the limited scope of project medical services, the project may need to refer sick workers to local medical services. Preparation for this includes:

(i) Obtaining information as to the resources and capacity of local medical services (e.g. number of beds, availability of trained staff and essential supplies).

(ii) Conducting preliminary discussions with specific medical facilities, to agree what should be done in the event of ill workers needing to be referred.

(iii) Considering ways in which the project may be able to support local medical services in preparing for members of the community becoming ill, recognizing that the elderly or those with pre-existing medical conditions require additional support to access appropriate treatment if they become ill.

(iv) Clarifying the way in which an ill worker will be transported to the medical facility, and checking availability of such transportation.

(v) Establishing an agreed protocol for communications with local emergency/medical services.

(vi) Agreeing with the local medical services/specific medical facilities the scope of services to be provided, the procedure for in-take of patients and (where relevant) any costs or payments that may be involved.

(vii) A procedure should also be prepared so that project management knows what to do in the unfortunate event that a worker ill with COVID-19 dies. While normal project procedures will continue to apply, COVID-19 may raise other issues because of the infectious nature of the disease. The project should liaise with the relevant local authorities to coordinate what should be done, including any reporting or other requirements under national law.

INSTANCES OR SPREAD OF THE VIRUS

WHO provides detailed advice on what should be done to treat a person who becomes sick or displays symptoms that could be associated with the COVID-19 virus (for further information see WHO interim guidance on infection prevention and control during health care when novel coronavirus infection is suspected). The project should set out risk-based procedures to be followed, with differentiated approaches based on case severity(mild, moderate, severe, critical) and risk factors(such as age, hypertension, diabetes) (for further information see WHO interim guidance on operational considerations for case management of COVID-19 in health facility and community). These may include the following:

(i) If a worker has symptoms of COVID-19 (e.g., fever, dry cough, fatigue) the worker should be removed immediately from work activities and isolated on site.

(ii) If testing is available on site, the worker should be tested on site. If a test is not available at site, the worker should be transported to the local health facilities to be tested (if testing is available).

(iii) If the test is positive for COVID-19 or no testing is available, the worker should continue to be isolated. This will either be at the work site or at home. If at home, the worker should be transported to their home in transportation provided by the project.

(iv) Extensive cleaning procedures with high-alcohol content disinfectant should be undertaken in the area where the worker was present, prior to any further work being undertaken in that area. Tools used by the worker should be cleaned using disinfectant and PPE disposed of. 241

(v) Co-workers (i.e., workers with whom the sick worker was in close contact) should be required to stop work, and be required to quarantine themselves for 14 days, even if they have no symptoms.

(vi) Family and other close contacts of the worker should be required to quarantine themselves for 14 days, even if they have no symptoms.

(vii) If a case of COVID-19 is confirmed in a worker on the site, visitors should be restricted from entering the site and worker groups should be isolated from each other as much as possible.

(viii) If workers live at home and has a family member who has a confirmed or suspected case of COVID-19, the worker should quarantine themselves and not be allowed on the project site for 14 days, even if they have no symptoms.

(ix) Workers should continue to be paid throughout periods of illness, isolation or quarantine, or if they are required to stop work, in accordance with national law.

(x) Medical care (whether on site or in a local hospital or clinic) required by a worker should be paid for by the employer.

CONTINUITY OF SUPPLIES AND PROJECT ACTIVITIES

Where COVID-19 occurs, either in the project site or the community, access to the project site may be restricted, and movement of supplies may be affected.

(i) Identify back-up individuals, in case key people within the project management team (PIU, Supervising Engineer, Contractor, sub-contractors) become ill, and communicate who these are so that people are aware of the arrangements that have been put in place.

(ii) Document procedures, so that people know what they are, and are not reliant on one person’s knowledge.

(iii) Understand the supply chain for necessary supplies of energy, water, food, medical supplies, and cleaning equipment, consider how it could be impacted, and what alternatives are available. Early pro-active review of international, regional and national supply chains, especially for those supplies that are critical for the project, is important (e.g., fuel, food, medical, cleaning and other essential supplies). Planning for a 1−2 month interruption of critical goods may be appropriate for projects in more remote areas.

(iv) Place orders for/procure critical supplies. If not available, consider alternatives (where feasible).

(v) Consider existing security arrangements, and whether these will be adequate in the event of interruption to normal project operations.

(vi) Consider at what point it may become necessary for the project to significantly reduce activities or to stop work completely, and what should be done to prepare for this, and to re-start work when it becomes possible or feasible.

TRAINING AND COMMUNICATION WITH WORKERS

Workers need to be provided with regular opportunities to understand their situation, and how they can best protect themselves, their families, and the community. They should be made aware of the

242 procedures that have been put in place by the project, and their own responsibilities in implementing them.

(i) It is important to be aware that in communities close to the site and amongst workers without access to project management, social media is likely to be a major source of information. This raises the importance of regular information and engagement with workers (e.g. through training, town halls, tool boxes) that emphasizes what management is doing to deal with the risks of COVID-19. Allaying fear is an important aspect of work force peace of mind and business continuity. Workers should be given an opportunity to ask questions, express their concerns, and make suggestions.

(ii) Training of workers should be conducted regularly, as discussed in the sections above, providing workers with a clear understanding of how they are expected to behave and carry out their work duties.

(iii) Training should address issues of discrimination or prejudice if a worker becomes ill and provide an understanding of the trajectory of the virus, where workers return to work.

(iv) Training should cover all issues that would normally be required on the work site, including use of safety procedures, use of construction PPE, occupational health and safety issues, and code of conduct, taking into account that work practices may have been adjusted.

(v) Communications should be clear, based on fact and designed to be easily understood by workers, for example by displaying posters on handwashing and social distancing, and what to do if a worker displays symptoms.

COMMUNICATION AND CONTACT WITH THE COMMUNITY

Relations with the community should be carefully managed, with a focus on measures that are being implemented to safeguard both workers and the community. The community may be concerned about the presence of non-local workers, or the risks posed to the community by local workers presence on the project site. The project should set out risk-based procedures to be followed, which may reflect WHO guidance (for further information see WHO Risk Communication and Community Engagement (RCCE) Action Plan Guidance COVID-19 Preparedness and Response). The following good practice should be considered:

(i) Communications should be clear, regular, based on fact and designed to be easily understood by community members.

(ii) Communications should utilize available means. In most cases, face-to-face meetings with the community or community representatives will not be possible. Other forms of communication should be used; posters, pamphlets, radio, text message, electronic meetings. The means used should take into account the ability of different members of the community to access them, to make sure that communication reaches these groups.

(iii) The community should be made aware of procedures put in place at site to address issues related to COVID-19. This should include all measures being implemented to limit or prohibit contact between workers and the community. These need to be communicated clearly, as some measures will have financial implications for the community (e.g. if workers are paying for lodging or using local facilities).The community should be made aware of the procedure for entry/exit to the site, the training being given to workers and the procedure that will be followed by the project if a worker becomes sick.

(iv) If project representatives, contractors or workers are interacting with the community, they should practice social distancing and follow other COVID-19 guidance issued by relevant authorities, both national and international (e.g., WHO). 243

VI. EMERGENCY POWERS AND LEGISLATION

The government is enacting emergency legislation. The scope of such legislation, and the way it interacts with other legal requirements, will vary from country to country. Such legislation can cover a range of issues, for example:

i) Declaring a public health emergency

ii) Authorizing the use of police or military in certain activities (e.g., enforcing curfews or restrictions on movement)

iii) Ordering certain categories of employees to work longer hours, not to take holiday or not to leave their job (e.g., health workers)

iv) Ordering non-essential workers to stay at home, for reduced pay or compulsory holiday

Except in exceptional circumstances, projects will need to follow emergency legislation to the extent that these are mandatory or advisable. It is important that the clients/PIUs understands how mandatory requirements of the legislation will impact the project. Where the legislation requires a material departure from existing contractual obligations, this should be documented, setting out the relevant provisions.

244

APPENDIX 4: OUTLINE OF THE INTERNAL ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING REPORT (IEMR)

1. The Hezhou Project Management Office (HPMO) is required to prepare and submit to ADB internal environmental monitoring reports (IEMR) during project implementation that describe progress with implementation of the project EMP, compliance issues, and corrective actions. A sample outline that can be adapted as necessary is provided below.

1. Introduction Report purpose Project Safeguard Team Name Designation/Office Email Address Contact Number 1. HPMO

2. PIUs

3. CSCs

4. Consultants

Project implementation progress Package Components/List Status of Implementation Contract Status If On-going Construction Number of Works (Preliminary Design/Detailed (specify if %Physical Expected Design/On-going underbidding or Progress Completion Construction/Completed/O&M) contract awarded) Date

2. Verification of environmental assessment preparation and approval before commencement of construction Verify that each project implementing agency (i) produced an environmental assessment document, and (ii) received ADB’s no-objection before the commencement of construction. Include a copy of the document providing approval in appendixes. 3. Incorporation of environmental requirements into project contractual arrangements Confirm that EMP requirements were incorporated into contractual arrangements, such as with contractors or other parties. Provide example clauses of contractor bidding documents in the appendixes. 4. Summary of environmental mitigations and compensation measures 245

implemented during the reporting period Summarize key mitigations listed in the EMP. This may include measures related to air quality, water quality, noise quality, pollution prevention, biodiversity, and natural resources, health and safety, physical cultural resources, capacity building, and others.

A. Compliance status with PRC / International environmental requirements Package Subproject Statutory Status of Validity Action Specific No. Name Environmental Compliance if Required Conditions Requirements obtained that will require environmental monitoring as per Permits

5. Adequacy of public consultation / disclosure activities Provide information on the number and type of public consultation and disclosure events and key issues raised for all project environmental assessments. It may be useful to provide this information in a table. 6. Summary of environmental monitoring1 7. Compliance Inspections. Describe the inspection schedule and methods by the HPMO and PIUs. Include inspection reports as appendixes. Provide information on mitigation compliance and effectiveness.

A. Compliance status with environmental loan covenants No. (List schedule and Covenant Status of Compliance Action Required paragraph number of Loan Agreement)

Emission Discharge (Source) Monitoring Program (if relevant). Include a summary of monitoring, results, and assessment of results. Note that discharge levels should be compared with the relevant discharge standards and/or performance indicators noted in the EMP. Noncompliance should be highlighted for attention and follow-up. Ambient Monitoring Program (if relevant). Include a summary of monitoring, results, and assessment of results. Note that ambient environmental conditions should be compared to the relevant ambient standards and/or performance indicators noted in the EMP. Any exceedances should be highlighted for attention and follow-up.

1 Semiannual monitoring reports shall include data monitored and submitted by a certified monitoring agency.

246

Summary of Environmental Monitoring Activities (for the Reporting Period)a Impacts Mitigation Parameters Method of Location of Date of Name of (List from Measures Monitored (As a Monitoring Monitoring Monitoring Person EIA) (List from minimum those Conducted /Agency EIA) identified in the Who EIA should be Conducted monitored) the Monitoring Design Phase

Pre-Construction Phase

Construction Phase

Operational Phase

a Attach Laboratory Results and Sampling Map/Locations.

8. Key environmental issues Key issues identified during this reporting period (including any grievances or complaints made and how they have been recorded/documented) Action taken during this reporting period Additional action required during the next reporting period

9. Conclusion Overall progress of implementation of environmental management measures Problems identified and actions recommended

• Appendixes 1. Site Inspection/Monitoring Reports 2. Ambient Monitoring Results 3. Public Consultation Results 4. Photographs 5. Copies of environmental clearances and permits 6. Others

2. Note: compliance in each section could be described in qualitative terms or be evaluated based on a ranking system, such as the following:

1. Very Good (all requirements implemented) 2. Good (most requirements implemented) 3. Fair (some requirements implemented) 4. Poor (few requirements implemented) 5. Very Poor (very few or no requirements implemented)

247

3. Additional explanatory comments should be provided as necessary.

248

APPENDIX 5: OUTLINE OF THE EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING REPORT (EEMR)

The HPMO engaged external independent monitor is required to prepare and submit to ADB semiannual external environmental monitoring reports (EEMR) that describe third party review, verification and validation of the implementation of the project EMP, compliance issues, and corrective actions. A sample outline that can be adapted as necessary is provided below.

1. Executive Summary summarize findings of the external monitoring report. 2. Introduction Background of Project. Purpose of the report. 3. Environmental Safeguard in the Project Describe the environmental safeguard assessments carried out and documentation prepared for the project from both ADB and Government requirements. 4. Changes and Adjusted Safeguard Measures Describe if there are any changes in the project design and related safeguards measures. Confirm if any updating of EIA / EMP is required. 5. Implementation Arrangement Describe overall project implementation arrangement including safeguard implementation arrangement. Confirm if adequate resources are allocated / available for environmental safeguards implementation. 6. Status of Environmental Safeguard Implementation Based on the review of IEMR and field verifications, present the status of environmental safeguards implementation. This should cover status of (i) environmental permits/approvals, (ii) capacity building activities, (iii) appointment of environmental focal persons within HPMO, PIUs, CSC, Contractors etc. (iv) training and awareness programs, (v) environmental monitoring, (vi) pollution control and waste management, (vii) Occupation and Community health and safety including measures on COVID19 prevention and control, (viii) GRM, (ix) reporting and disclosure of documents, (x) and monitoring of safeguards implementation. 7. Overall Compliance with EMP Describe overall compliance status and additional measures/corrective actions to fill the gaps. 8. Key environmental issues and way forward Present key issues identified and follow up action plan. 9. Conclusion Conclusion of external monitoring.

Appendixes 1. IEMR 2. Field inspection records. 3. Photographs 4. Others 249

APPENDIX 6: TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENT MONITORING CONSULTANT (EEMC)

HPMO will appoint an external environment monitoring consultant for third party review, verification and validation of the implementation of the project EMP, compliance issues, and corrective actions. The EEMC will provide technical guidance and monitor the implementation and effectiveness of all the environmental safeguards activities.

The EEMC should have bachelor’s degree in environment or related field with 7-10 years’ experience in implementation and monitoring of EMPs for externally funded projects.

The EEMC will: (i) review EIA (including the EMP and environment monitoring and inspection plan) and all monitoring reports prepared for the project to understand the environmental issues in the project area and mitigation and monitoring requirements of the project; (ii) ensure that environmental impact assessment fully comply with ADB Safeguards Policy Statement (SPS, 2009) and ensure that all required mitigation measures are identified and acceptable. (iii) review EMP for the inclusion of all site-specific issues and make necessary amendments if any issues are not covered. Ensure that the environmental management and monitoring plans reflecting full details regarding the estimated mitigation costs are in place through the site-specific environmental management plan (SSEMP); (iv) review the environment monitoring and inspection plan and ensure that the location and timing of checking/testing all environmental parameters are in accordance with the site conditions; (v) prepare or review (if already existing) monitoring checklists for monitoring implementation of the EMP by the contractor; (vi) prepare or review (if already existing) reporting formats for semi-annual monitoring reports; (vii) include test results of environment monitoring carried out in the monitoring reports and advise/support the contractor in taking remedial actions if any of the test results are not within the required limits; (viii) confirm and verify presence or absence of complaints in relation to the project and selected sites. (ix) recommend corrective actions for any non-compliance; and (x) prepare semi-annual external environmental monitoring reports (EEMR) in English based on monitoring site visits and inspection for submission to HPMO and ADB.

250

APPENDIX 7: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY IN CHINESE

环境影响评价(EIA)摘要

1. 中华人民共和国广西壮族自治区贺州市政府(HMG)已请求亚洲开发银行(ADB)为广西贺州市环境修复 与可持续发展项目(以下简称本项目)提供投资和技术援助贷款。该项目将帮助贺州市(1)清理污染,恢复 原矿区生态环境;(2)为贺州市人民提供必要的社会服务,加强机构能力,促进贺州市绿色、健康、可持 续发展。根据亚行《安全保障政策声明》(SPS, 2009),该项目被划分为环境 A 类,需要编制项目环境影 响评价(EIA)和环境管理计划(EMP)。

2. 本环评草案是根据亚行 SPS 的要求,在以下基础上编制的:(1)经认证的国内环评机构编制的国内环境 影响评价(DEIAs);(2)项目可行性研究报告(FSR);(3)在项目技术援助(TRTA)下进行的社会和经济评估;(4) 对现有设施进行实地考察和环境合规审计;(5)在亚行访问期间与 TRTA 顾问、HMG 和贺州项目管理办公 室(HPMO)进行讨论;(6)在项目地点举行两轮公众咨询会议(TRTA 顾问出席)。

3. 贺州市位于广西自治区东北部,北接湖南省,南、东接广东省。全市总面积为 1.18 万平方公里,2020 年总人口为 209 万人。贺州是我国欠发达地区。到 2020 年,人均国内生产总值(GDP)分别为 36077 元, 仅为全国平均水平的 47.3%。在全自治区 14 个市中,贺州市 2020 年人均 GDP 排名倒数第三。

4. 贺州四面环山,山区面积约占总面积的 63%。山区以低山丘陵区和喀斯特地貌为主要特征。贺州地 区有丰富的矿产资源,包括铁、锰、钛、铜、铅、锌、砷、稀土、煤,以及大理石、花岗岩和各种建筑 材料。这个地区有数百年的矿产开采历史。在 20 世纪 80 - 90 年代,平桂矿务局(PMB)是广西最大的矿 业公司之一,在该地区有广泛的矿产开采业务。在同一时期,有许多中小型矿物开采公司在该地区进行 矿物开采作业。由于缺乏相关法规,特别是环境保护法规,监管力度和执法力度较弱,采矿作业留下了 许多废弃的矿区,矿区废弃物散落,地表裸露严重。大部分开采区土壤、地表水和地下水均受到各种重 金属和砷的污染。由于矿产资源枯竭、环保法规的收紧和政府的检查和执法力度加强,大部分矿山已经 停产。现存主要的采矿作业是大理石、石材等建筑材料的开采。然而,几乎所有废弃的矿场都没有得到 妥善处理和关闭。采矿废弃物继续向环境释放污染物,可能对该地区的水质和土壤产生不利影响。

5. 2013 年 7 月 6 日,因无证矿山企业非法排放镉、铊污染的采矿尾矿,对贺江河造成重大环境污染。 贺州市属于珠江流域的一部分,隶属于西江水系,是珠江的主要支流之一。珠江是中国第三大河,全长 2320 公里,流域总面积 453690 平方公里。广东省位于流域内,是中国经济最发达的地区。该流域人口 约 8990 万。河流系统的水质对该地区的居民来说是非常重要的,保障人们的水质安全是该流域政府当 局的首要任务。

6. 另外,贺州市平桂区教育、卫生、养老等公共机构严重匮乏,尤其是医疗领域,缺乏大、中型医院。 一些小医院缺乏必要的医疗设备,导致很多当地患者不得不到其他地方(桂林、广东、湖南等省)就医。 与我国老龄化趋势一样,贺州市也在逐步进入老龄化社会,老年人口比例快速上升。如何克服医疗养老 服务发展的瓶颈,已成为贺州市经济社会发展的头等大事。此外,职业教育现状也不足以支撑当地经济 发展的需要。职业教育机构的缺乏和技术劳动力的严重短缺制约了当地社会经济的发展。因此,建立一 个高效、实用的职业教育机构也是市政府的迫切需要。

B.项目影响、结果和产出

7. 项目的影响是环境清理、生态修复以及资源枯竭的城市振兴,这与中国第十四个五年社会经济发展 规划在环境和生态保护、人民生活条件改善、改革和经济发展方面的内容相一致。项目成果是对废弃矿 区的污染治理和生态修复,资源枯竭型城市的民生改善和经济转型。项目在地理上分为可达山矿区和平 桂区两个部分。项目产出包括: 251

8. 产出 1:在原矿区采用自然友好型措施清理污染。在可达山分项目下的产出 1 将采用基于自然的措施 来改善可达山原采矿区的环境,并对环境和污染进行长期监测。这一产出包括(1)基于自然的解决方案 (NBS)的环境恢复和政策框架的研究;(2)废弃矿区的环境和生态恢复;(3)倾倒的矿山尾矿和废物收 集和处理,建立填埋场;(4)地表水系统清理和恢复,包括 3 个生态渗水坝,污染过滤带,潜流湿地;(5) 建设和改建矿区道路;(6)环境和污染监测系统。

9. 产出 2:平桂区医疗健康、养老体制和服务质量加强。平桂子项目下的产出 2 将加强贺州市平桂区的 机构、工作机制和为人民提供高质量健康和老年护理的能力。在卫生方面,支持:(1)设计切实可行的工 作机制和制度,实现医疗共同体建设;(2)在平桂区工人医院建设“医共体信息平台”,服务于平桂区的区、 乡、村三级公共医疗机构;(3)建设平桂区 IIA 级工人医院;(4)提供培训,提高平桂工人医院管理人员的管 理能力和医生、护士和工作人员的技术能力;(5)升级 9 所乡镇医院的设备,以确保初级医疗服务的提供 和质量提升;(6)提供培训,提高乡镇和村级医院工作人员的技术能力。对于老年人护理,产出将支持(1) 医养结合工作机制的完善(2)平桂医养结合中心的建设,(三)提供培训,提高医养结合中心工作人员的技 术能力。项目设施采用绿色环保措施(建成后通过中国绿色建筑标准二星认证),兼顾妇女、残疾人、老 年人和少数民族的需求。

10. 产出 3:建立绿色和健康相关技能的培训机构。产出 3 将为平桂人员提供非学位技能发展机会,来适 应最新的市场需求,包括绿色和健康相关技能。产出将支持:(1)根据需求进行运营研究,优化培训质量, 包括技能认证机制、课程设置和人力资源开发计划;(2)为培训中心管理人员和教师制定培训计划;(3)提供 课程和培训所需的设备。为了提供所需的非学位培训,政府将利用内配资金建设一个绿色的知识和技能 共享中心(建成后获得中国绿色建筑二星认证),并充分考虑到妇女、残疾人士、老年人和少数民族的需 求。 c 项目效益

11. 该项目将有助于实现环境改善、社会经济发展和人民生活水平提高的目标。

12. 隔离污染源,消除对下游水系的污染:本项目可达山子项目采用基于自然的解决方案对受污染的废 弃矿区进行清理修复,对长期积累的污染矿渣和土壤进行稳定化处理后,埋入特定的填埋场,采用雨水 防渗措施封闭。项目将从根本上消除造成水系污染的主要污染源,有效保护下游数百万居民的饮水健康。 通过人工湿地的建设和运营,和对拟建区域轻度污染土壤进行生态修复,降低土壤和水体中的重金属含 量,改善土壤和水体质量,保护下游两个小型灌溉水库的水质。还将执行一个专门的环境监测计划,专 门监测可达山的环境恢复情况。

13. 增加就业机会:该项目的建设和运营将对促进内需、促进贺州市社会经济和谐发展发挥重要作用。施 工期间,预计将雇用当地施工工人 1046 人左右,其中可达山子项目 200 人,平桂子项目 846 人左右。 在项目运营期间,两个子项目将提供约 800 个就业机会。除了直接的社会效益,通过发展生态旅游等业 务,以及对周边劳动力的职业培训,该项目将促进这个资源枯竭城市实现经济转型和第三产业的发展, 这将在项目运营期间间接创造数千个就业岗位。

14. 改善居民的健康和老年人护理状况:建设平桂综合医养结合中心和平桂区工人医院,将显著提升平 桂区医疗养老服务水平,满足居民的健康和养老需求。由于中国社会的快速老龄化,医院和养老院的发 展客观上充满了紧迫性。该项目将有效解决本区医疗和养老资源短缺的问题,能够满足医疗养老需求, 吸引和稳定医疗养老领域的技术人才,为片区及周边地区居民提供高质量、专业、低成本的医疗养老服 务。工人医院将为 43 万本地或非本地居民提供医疗服务,而老年护理设施可容纳 120 名 60 岁以上的 人,包括失能和半失能老人。

252

15. 通过职业教育提供就业机会:由于矿产资源枯竭,导致城市失业率高,城市化率降低。该项目将为失 业工人、农村外来务工人员、大学毕业生、贫困人口、妇女和少数民族劳动者提供职业知识和技能培训。 该项目将增加就业,扩大中等收入群体。提供综合性技能培训,对于缓解技能劳动力供需矛盾具有重要 意义。

16. 增加植被覆盖度,产生碳汇:项目计划造林和恢复绿色植被面积约为 16.18 公顷,其中陆生植被约 14.8 公顷,水生植被约 1.36 公顷。增加绿化面积有助于控制水土流失、美化环境、净化土壤、恢复生 态环境、产生碳汇、减轻气候变化的影响。根据当地的气候条件,该项目种植的树木和灌木估计每年可 实现 27 吨的碳固存效益。

17. 该项目与中国的第十三和第十四个五年规划(2016-2020 年,2021-2025 年)相一致,旨在促进环境 友好型和资源节约型社会的发展,减少污染和自然灾害,提高居民生活水平,全面建设小康社会。该项 目也符合亚行的《2030 年战略》,该战略支持创新和包容性增长,旨在消除经济限制,解决气候变化和 环境问题,促进可持续的社会和经济增长,并支持政策和制度改革。 d .环境基准值

18. 由于样品量大,土壤样品预处理工作复杂,地表水、地下水、空气、噪声、土壤、泥沙的环境基线 监测由具有资质的环境监测机构(海勤天成技术检测服务有限公司)承担和其他三家监测机构承担。监测 采用了中国污染物标准检测方法,采用了 QA/QC 程序,并按照适用的环境质量标准进行了评估。

19. 环境空气:基线项目区域的空气质量评估通过国内环评机构的监测数据提供。,贺州市当地的生态和 环境局安装了永久性自动监测站持续监测六个空气污染物(NO2、SO2、CO、O3、PM10、PM2.5)。2019 年记录的 6 个参数中有 5 个的年平均值达到《环境空气质量标准》(GB3095-2012)的二级标准。由于监 测站位于城区内,靠近车辆,以及其他排放源,PM2.5 参数略超标。

20. 声环境:分别于 2018 年 11 月 13 日至 14 日和 2020 年 12 月 30 日至 31 日在 20 个地点对可达山、 平桂两个子项目进行了噪声基线监测。监测结果表明,两个分项工程所有地点的噪声水平均符合《中华 人民共和国环境噪声质量标准》(GB3096-2008)二级和 4a 级。但是在两个点(养老设施和工人医院的西 边界)的噪音基线超过了世界银行集团(WBG)的环境、健康和安全(EHS)日间 55 分贝的指导值。DEIA 团队得出结论,超标的原因(WBG EHS 指南)是城市地区的交通噪音。

21. 地表水:可达山子项目由具有认证的环境监测机构分别于 2018 年 8 月 27 日至 29 日、2018 年 11 月 1 日至 3 日、2019 年 1 月 14 日至 16 日、2019 年 4 月 11 日至 13 日和 2019 年 7 月 25 日至 27 日 对项目区基线地表水水质进行监测。共选取 32 个采样点。适用标准为 GB3838 -2002《地表水水质标 准 III 级》。对于平桂子项目,在 2019 年 12 月 30 日至 2021 年 1 月 1 日期间选择了 4 个采样点并进行 监测,适用标准为 GB3838-2002 的 III 级。

22. 可达山子项目地表水基线:监测结果表明:(i)沙龙冲水库、大水塘地表水水质达到三级标准;(ii)洪水坪 水库锰超标;(iii)中南区域 Mn 超标,其他点达标;(iv)大湖塘水因 pH 值偏低而受到污染,超标污染物为 Mn;(v)废渣排土场附近地表水因 pH 值极低而受到严重污染,加速废渣中重金属向水体释放,造成水体 重金属超标,导致水体重金属污染。 23. 平桂子项目的地表水基线:除了粪大肠菌的 W33, W34, W36,所有监测参数满足的三级标准 GB 地 表水 GB3838 - 2002 质量标准,同时参考标准(Ag)和余氯)的饮用水质量标准 GB5749 - 2006。 24. 地下水:可达山子项目:分别于 2018 年 9 月 26 日至 28 日、2018 年 11 月 1 日至 3 日、2019 年 1 月 14 日至 16 日、2019 年 4 月 11 日至 13 日和 2019 年 7 月 25 日至 27 日采集了 7 份地下水样品。监 测 pH、总硬度、COD、Mn、Cr6+、Cd、Mn、Fe、Hg、Pb、As、NH3-N、Cu、Zn、CN-、SO4、Tl、 粪便大肠菌群等 17 个参数。监测结果表明,可达山地区地下水水质超过了《中华人民共和国地下水水 253

质标准》GB/ t14848 -2017 III 级,国内环评机构总结认为,CODMn、粪大肠菌群、As、Pb、Mn 等污 染物超标。粪便大肠菌群和 CODMn 超标的主要原因是地表水的渗入;而砷、铅、锰超标则是来自废渣 堆场的污染。 25.平桂分项工程的内容为三个设施的建设,不涉及对地下水水质的影响。根据《HJ610-2016 环境影响 评价技术地下水环境导则》,基线不需要进行地下水进行监测检测。然而,根据 2020 年 11 月 27 日在 ‘平桂工人医院场地东北方向 1.2km 处的测试数据,地下水指标均符合《地下水水质》(GB/T14848-2017) 规定的 III 级标准。 26. 土壤和池塘沉积物:环境监测单位分别于 2018 年 8 月 14 日至 16 日、2018 年 11 月 13 日、2018 年 12 月 18 日至 24 日和 2019 年 1 月 23 日至 24 日对可达山地区的基线土壤和沉积物质量进行监测。 地表土壤监测选取了可达山矿区 138 个采样点;建议取土区 4 个,池塘底泥区 11 个,不同深度剖面取样 点 12 个。适用标准为 GB15618-2018《农田污染风险控制土壤质量标准》。 27. 监测结果表明:(1)地表土壤监测点的土壤质量均达不到 GB15618-2018《农田土壤质量标准》的要 求,As、Cd、Cu、Pb、Zn、Ni、Cr 等污染物超标;(2)不同深度(柱状采样)土壤质量不达标,超标污染 物为 As、Cu、Pb、Cd、Zn、Ni;(3)沉积物中超标污染物为 As、Cd、Cu、Pb 和 Zn;(4) A1、A36 和 Q1 取土区超标污染物为 As、Cu 和 Cd。监测结果表明,项目区土壤和沉积物污染严重。

E.自然文化资源:

28. 在项目区内及附近没有已知的文化遗产或考古遗址。

F.潜在的环境影响和缓解措施

29. 建设阶段。预计风险有:(1)可达山子项目填埋场开挖、道路建设、人工湿地等过程中的水土流失;(2) 对附近的学校、村庄及社区造成临时噪音干扰;(3)空气污染(主要是扬尘);(4)不适当或不受控制的固体废 物处置(建筑固体废物和建筑工人的生活垃圾);以及(5)职业和社区卫生与安全。这些风险被评估为相对 较小和暂时的:(i)建筑活动的影响是短期、局部、小规模和可逆转的;(2)建筑区域没有重大的生态价值;(3) 由于大多数地点的性质被改变,现有的植被群落一般都是广泛分布的物种,大部分可被种植和/或二次 再生。根据生物多样性综合评估工具(IBAT)筛选结果进行了特定地点的评估,以确定拟议项目影响区域 内可能存在的关键生境物种。根据评估,在项目影响地区附近没有濒危或极度濒危物种。

30. 评估的主要环境风险主要集中在项目的运作阶段,包括(2)受污染的废渣填埋场渗漏造成的地表水 和地下水污染和渗滤液处置不当;(2)可达山地区已建成的人工湿地和其他设施维护不足;(3)医疗固体废 物和污水处理不当造成的社区健康风险;(4)工人医院污水处理站发出的气味。为处理这些影响和风险而 采取的缓解措施已列入《环境管理计划》(EMP),主要包括:(1)定期监测渗滤液中的污染物;(2)为运维人 员提供培训,使填埋区及渗滤液处理设施保持良好运作状态;(3)确保医疗废物处理中心、旺高工业园区 工业污水处理厂等相关设施保持良好工作状态;(4)所有已建成的设施由项目实施机构管理,为每一个已 建成的设施制订运维程序,并会接受环保操作及运维方面的培训。

31. 防控新冠肺炎专项措施。项目建设涉及数百名建筑工人,以及供应商和配套服务人员。劳动力可能 包括来自国家、地区和地方劳动力市场的工人。他们将住在现场住宿,在工作地点附近的社区住宿或下 班后回家。考虑到建筑工程的复杂性和工人人数的集中,涉及建筑工程的传染病传播的可能性可能是严 重的,这种传播的影响也是严重的。该项目还应采取适当的预防措施,防止将感染引入当地社区。本环 评第五章提出预防新冠肺炎传播的预防措施。 g 公众谘询和申诉处理机制

32. 在工程项目范围内进行了首轮资料披露和公众咨询。咨询村民和机构的反馈包括:100%支持该项目, 改善污染控制和废弃矿区生态修复的预期效益,最小化河流水污染风险,恢复被污染和废弃矿区的土地

254

利用功能。受访者的反馈包括:(1)为减轻施工车辆扬尘对附近村落的影响,应尽快完成该村至施工现场 的土路沥青路面铺设;(2)施工时应采取有效措施,保护附近水源和土壤不受污染土壤和废渣的污染;(3)加 强对填埋场现场施工的施工监督,避免地表水和地下水污染;(4)尽量增加有关地点的景观面积,以改善 风景;及(5)每天向建筑区域洒水,以减少建筑活动所产生的尘埃。这些考虑已作为缓解和管理措施列入 更新的可研报告和国内环评中。解决这些问题的措施将纳入更新后的可研报告、《环境影响报告》、《环 境管理计划》 (附录 1)。在《环境影响报告书》起草后,于 2021 年 4 月 20 日进行了第二轮公众咨询, 回答者表示 100%支持该项目。将建立申诉纠正机制,以解决与该项目有关的环境、健康、安全和社会 问题。申诉纠正机制将在设计阶段向村民和居民进行介绍,并在项目实施过程中实施。 h .备选方案分析:

33. 根据每个子项目的技术、经济、环境和社会标准对备选设计进行了评估和比较。关于环境标准的主 要目标是确定有害环境影响最少和环境效益最大的备选办法。采用以下环境和社会经济因素进行分 析:(1)废弃矿区恢复后地表水、地下水和土壤质量的安全性;(2)成本和使用寿命;(3)技术成熟;(3)适应地方 和行业情况。替代方案包括:(1)无项目的替代方案,(2)处理受污染的土壤和尾矿的替代方案,(3)填埋场 衬砌的替代方案,以及(4)修复受污染的水体的替代方案。

I.相关设施/现有设施:

34. 项目尽职调查根据亚行的 SPS 考虑了两种类型的设施:(i)关联设施——那些不是由项目资助,但其 生存和存在完全依赖于项目的设施,其运营和服务对项目的成功运营至关重要;和(ii)现有设施-那些已经 建成和运行,并将有助于项目升级或修复的设施。此外,还对项目运作所需的现有设施进行了尽职调查, 但这些设施不属于项目范围,也不受 adb 资助的任何建设、运营、升级、修复或其他活动的影响。这项 工程的七个“相关设施”包括两个税款;两个污水处理厂,包括一个工业污水处理厂;1 个固体废物焚烧发 电厂和 2 个医疗固体废物处置设施。该项目没有“现有设施”需要支持。 j .气候变化

35. 为确定气候变化给项目可行性带来的风险,TRTA 顾问对项目区域进行了气候风险脆弱性评估 (CRVA),假设设计寿命为 30-40 年。近 50 年来,年平均气温每 10 年上升 0.201℃;年最高温度每十年 增加 0.076°C。近 50 年平均降水量变化不显著,每 10 年仅增加 3.0 mm,但年际变化较大。最大年降 水量为 1797.1 mm(1986 年),最小年降水量为 827.9 mm(1989 年)。CRVA 的研究结果表明,气候模 型和排放情景对气候变化的预测具有较大的不确定性,降水预测的不确定性大于温度预测。在 2020- 2050 年期间,气候模型的所有排放情景都预测了显著的变暖趋势。根据 1951-2005 年的历史记录,这 一预测与过去 60 年的气候趋势是一致的。

36. 亚洲开发银行资助的这个项目将增加 16.18 公顷的新植被,包括 14.8 公顷的陆地植被和 1.36 公顷 的水生植被(可达山地区的人工湿地)。乔木和灌木种植估计每年可产生约 27 吨(C)(99 吨二氧化碳排放) 的碳固存效益。假设项目每年温室气体排放量为 16268 t CO2 (4437 t Carbon)(表 V-15),该项目每年的 净温室气体排放量为 16169 t CO2e。这一水平低于亚行对温室气体排放(每年 10 万吨 COe)的关注阈 值。

K.环境管理计划

37. 作为环评的一部分,我们制订了一份工程项目环境管理计划(附录一)(EMP)。该计划涵盖工程项目 从筹备、建造、投运及运作的所有阶段,旨在监督工程项目对环境的影响及环境缓解措施的执行情况。 招标文件将纳入环境管理计划,土建工程承建商需要遵守环境管理计划的规定。 255

38. EMP 针对预期的环境影响确定了适当的缓解措施,并确定了监督和确保遵守中国环境法律、标准和 法规以及亚行 SPS 的机构职责和机制。EMP 规定了(i)目标;(ii)主要环境影响及缓解措施;(iii)实施组织和 职责;(iv)监督、监测和报告的安排;(v)培训和机构能力加强;(vi)反馈和调整机制;(vii)申诉抱怨机制。在更 新的环评中,环境管理计划会根据需要进行检讨和修订。

L.风险和保证

39. HMG 已经实施了几个世亚行资助的项目,在世亚行的保障程序和要求方面经验丰富。然而,两个 项目实施单位(PIUs)的工作人员以前没有亚行保障措施方面的经验,而且环境管理的机构能力较低。这 可能导致项目管理方案的执行受限。将采取以下措施将这些风险降至最低:(i)在 HPMO 和 PIUs 分别任 命专门的环境人员;(ii)在贷款咨询服务中包括一名项目实施期的环境顾问;(iii)明确所有有关实施环境管 理方案的机构的角色和责任,包括承建商和监理公司;(四)实施 EMP 的能力建设。有关的环境的保证(第 十节)已达成共识,并列入贷款和项目协议。

M .结论

40.结论是,通过全面和有效地实施项目环境管理计划,加上培训和项目保证措施,可将项目的环境风 险降至最低,并符合本项目环评所适用的政策和规管标准。执行机构(EA)和实施机构(IAs)应确保 EMP 包含在工程量清单(BOQ)中,并作为招标文件和土建工程合同的一部分。如有必要,在项目实施过程中, 或在项目设计有变化时,经亚行批准,应进行修改。